Pioneer S-DV131 Operating Instructions
00 1 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español DVD/CD Receiver XV-DV131 XV-DV232T Speaker System S-DV131 S-DV232T Operating Instructions XV-DV131_232T.book 1 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (ser vicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance. The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated "dangerous voltage" within the product's enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons. CAUTION: TO PREVENT THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE P ARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN IMPOR T ANT D3-4-2-1-1_En-A W ARNING This equipment is not waterproof. T o prevent a fir e or shock hazard, do not place any container filed with liquid near this equipment (such as a vase or flower pot) or expose it to dripping, splashing, rain or moisture. D3-4-2-1-3_A_En W ARNING To prevent a fir e hazard, do not place any naked flame sources (such as a lighted candle) on the equipment. D3-4-2-1-7a_A_En VENTILA TION CAUTION When installing this unit, make sure to leave space around the unit for ventilation to impr ove heat radiation (at least 10 cm at top, 10 cm at rear , and 10 cm at each side). WA RNING Slots and openings in the cabinet are pr ovided for ventilation to ensure r eliable operation of the product, and to pr otect it from overheating. T o prevent fir e hazard, the openings should never be blocked or covered with items (such as newspapers, table-cloths, curtains) or by operating the equipment on thick carpet or a bed. D3-4-2-1-7b_A_En Operating Environment Operating environment temperatur e and humidity: 5 úC â 35 úC ( 41 úF â 95 úF); less than 85 %RH (cooling vents not blocked) Do not install this unit in a poorly ventilated area, or in locations exposed to high humidity or direct sunlight (or strong artificial light) D3-4-2-1-7c_A_En Location: rear of the unit W ARNING The voltage of the available power supply differs according to country or r egion. Be sure that the power supply voltage of the area wher e this unit will be used meets the requir ed voltage (e.g., 230V or 120V) written on the rear panel. D3-4-2-1-4_A_En Before plugging in for the first time, read the following section carefully . CAUTION : USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MA Y RESUL T IN HAZARDOUS RADIA TION EXPOSURE. CAUTION : THE USE OF OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH THIS PRODUCT WILL INCREASE EYE HAZARD. D6-8-2-1_En This product is intended for household purposes. Any failure due to use for other than household purposes (such as long- term use for business purposes in a restaurant or use in a car or ship) and which requir es r epair will be charged for even in the warranty period. KO41_En DRM (digital rights management) copy protection is a technology designed to prevent unauthorized copying by restricting playback, etc. of material on devices other than the PC (or other WMA recor ding equipment) used to recor d it. F or detailed information, please see the instruction manuals or help files that came with your PC and/or software. XV-DV131_232T.book 2 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
CAUTION These speaker terminals carr y HAZARDOUS LIVE voltage . T o prevent the risk of electric shock when connecting or disconnecting the speaker cables, disconnect the power cord before touching any uninsulated parts. D3-4-2-2-3_A_En CAUTION The ST ANDBY/ON switch on this unit will not completely shut off all power from the AC outlet. Since the power cord ser ves as the main disconnect device for the unit, you will need to unplug it from the AC outlet to shut down all power . Therefore, make sure the unit has been installed so that the power cord can be easily unplugged from the AC outlet in case of an accident. T o avoid fire hazard, the power cord should also be unplugged from the AC outlet when left unused for a long period of time (for example, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-2a_A_En If the AC plug of this unit does not match the AC outlet you want to use, the plug must be removed and appropriate one fitted. Replacement and mounting of an AC plug on the power supply cord of this unit should be per formed only by qualified ser vice personnel. If connected to an AC outlet, the cut-off plug can cause severe electrical shock. Make sure it is properly disposed of after removal. The equipment should be disconnected by removing the mains plug from the wall socket when left unused for a long period of time (for example, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-1a_A_En POWER CORD CAUTION Handle the power cord by the plug. Do not pull out the plug by tugging the cord and never touch the power cord when your hands are wet as this could cause a short circuit or electric shock. Do not place the unit, a piece of furniture, etc., on the power cord, or pinch the cord. Never make a knot in the cord or tie it with other cords. The power cords should be routed such that they are not likely to be stepped on. A damaged power cord can cause a fire or give you an electrical shock. Check the power cord once in a while. When you find it damaged, ask your nearest PIONEER authorized ser vice center or your dealer for a replacement. S002_En CAUTION This product is a class 1 laser product, but this product contains a laser diode higher than Class 1. To ensure continued safety , do not remove any covers or attempt to gain access to the inside of the product. Refer all servicing to qualified personnel. The following caution label appears on your unit. Location: top of the unit [T aiwanese model] D3-4-2-1-8_A_En [All other models] CAUTION : CLASS 3B VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER VRW2159 EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM. RADIA TION WHEN OPEN, AVOID XV-DV131_232T.book 3 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
4 En Thank you for buying this Pioneer product. Please read through these operating instructions so that you will know how to operate your model properly. After you have finished reading the instructions, put them in a safe place for future reference . Contents 01 Getting started Home theater sound setup . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Setting the channel levels . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Using the on-screen displays . . . . . . . . . . 7 Playing discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Basic playback controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Resume and Last Memory . . . . . . . . . . . 8 DVD-Video disc menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus . . . . . 8 Listening to the radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Improving poor FM reception . . . . . . . . . 9 Memorizing stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Listening to station presets . . . . . . . . . . 9 Listening to other sources . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Setting the sleep timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Dimming the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 02 Listening to your system About the listening modes . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Auto listening mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Listening in surround sound . . . . . . . . . 11 Using Front Surround . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Listening in stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Listening with headphones . . . . . . . . . 12 Using the SFC modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Adjusting the bass and treble . . . . . . . . . 12 Boosting the bass level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 03 Playing discs Scanning discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Playing in slow motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Frame advance/frame reverse . . . . . . . . 13 Playing a JPEG slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Browsing DVD or Video CD/Super VCD discs with the Disc Navigator . . . . . . . . . 14 Browsing WMA, MP3, DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator . . . . . 14 Looping a section of a disc . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Using repeat play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Using random play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Creating a program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Other functions available from the program menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Searching a disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Switching subtitles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Switching language/audio channels . . . . 17 Zooming the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Switching camera angles . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Displaying disc information . . . . . . . . . . . 18 04 Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus Audio Settings menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Audio DRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Video Adjust menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 05 Initial Settings menu Using the Initial Settings menu . . . . . . . . 20 Video Output settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Language settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Options settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Speakers settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Parental Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 About DivXî VOD content . . . . . . . . . . 22 Speaker Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 06 Other connections Connecting auxiliary components . . . . . . 25 Recording mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Connecting external antennas . . . . . . . . . 26 Connecting the S-video output . . . . . . . . . 26 Connecting using the component video output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 About progressive scan video . . . . . . . . 27 XV-DV131_232T.book 4 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
5 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 07 Controls and displays Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 08 Additional information Disc/content format playback compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Disc compatibility table . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 About DivX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 DivX video compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 About WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Using and taking care of discs . . . . . . . . 33 DVD Video regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Handling discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Storing discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Discs to avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Installation and maintenance . . . . . . . . . 34 Hints on installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Cleaning the pickup lens . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Problems with condensation . . . . . . . . 34 Moving the system unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Screen sizes and disc formats . . . . . . . . 35 TV system setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Frequency step setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 DVD/CD/Video CD player . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Using the language code list . . . . . . . . . 39 Language code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Country/Area code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Wall-mounting the front and surround speaker system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 XV-DV131_232T.book 5 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 01 6 En Chapter 1 Getting started Home theater sound setup Depending on the size and characteristics of your room, you can place your speakers in one of two ways using this system: 1 ⢠Standard surround 5-spot setup â This is a standard multichannel surround sound speaker setup for optimal 5.1 channel home theater sound. ⢠Front surround 3-spot setup â This setup is ideal when rear surround speaker placement isn't possible or you want to avoid running long speaker cables in your listening area. Use this setup together with the Front Surround modes to take advantage of wall and ceiling reflections for a very realistic surround effect. After placing your speakers, complete Setting the channel levels below then refer to Speakers settings on page 21 to complete your surround sound setup. Setting the channel levels Set the relative channel levels from your main listening position. 2 1 Press SHIFT TEST TONE . The test tone is output in the following order (from the speakers active in the current listening mode): ⢠L â Front left speaker ⢠C â Center speaker ⢠R â Front right speaker ⢠SR â Right surround speaker ⢠SL â Left surround speaker ⢠SW â Subwoofer 3 2 Use the VOLUME /â button to adjust the volume to an appropriate level. 3 Use the îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) buttons to adjust the speaker levels in turn. You should hear the test tone at the same volume from each speaker when seated in the main listening position. The channel level range is ñ 10 dB. 4 When youâÂÂre done, press ENTER to exit test tone setup. Note 1 See About the listening modes on page 11 for more on using the different listening modes with each speaker setup. Fr o nt left Surround left Listening position Center Subwoofer Fr ont right Surround right Fr o nt left Fr o nt right Surround left Surround right Listening position Center Subwoofer 2⢠This is only available when DVD/CD is selected and playback is stopped. Also make sure headphones are unplugged. ⢠The speaker volume can be adjusted while listening to any sound source you want: Press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP , use the îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) buttons to select the channel level setting, then press ENTER . Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to adjust the channel levels; îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to move to the next channel. Press ENTER when youâÂÂre finished. 3 Since the subwoofer produces ultra-low frequencies its sound may seem quieter than it actually is. XV-DV131_232T.book 6 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 01 7 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Using the on-screen displays For ease of use, this system makes extensive use of graphical on-screen displays (OSDs). All the screens are navigated in basically the same way, using the cursor buttons ( î , î , î , î ) to change the highlighted item and pressing ENTER to select it. 1 Important ⢠Throughout this manual, âÂÂSelectâ means use the cursor buttons to highlight an item on-screen, then press ENTER . Tip ⢠The button guide at the bottom of every OSD screen shows you which buttons youâÂÂll need to use for that screen. Playing discs The basic playback controls for playing DVD, CD, Video CD/Super VCD, DivX video and MP3/ WMA discs are covered here. Further functions are detailed in chapter 3. 1 If the player isnâÂÂt already on, switch it on. If youâÂÂre playing a disc with video, also turn on your TV and make sure that it is set to the correct video input. 2 Press î OPEN/CLOSE to load a disc. Load a disc with the label side facing up, using the disc tray guide to align the disc (if youâÂÂre loading a double-sided DVD disc, load it with the side you want to play face down). 3 Press î (play) to start playback. If youâÂÂre playing a DVD or Video CD/Super VCD, a menu may appear. See DVD-Video disc menus and Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus on page 8 to navigate these. If youâÂÂre playing a DivX video or WMA/MP3 disc, it may take a few seconds before playing. If you loaded a CD/CD-R/RW containing JPEGs, a slideshow will start. See Playing a JPEG slideshow on page 13 for more on this. ⢠If a disc contains a mixture of DivX video and other media file types (MP3, for example), first select whether to play the DivX video files ( DivX ) or the other media file types ( MP3 / WMA / JPEG ) from the on-screen display. 4 Adjust the volume. Use the VOLUME control. Basic playback controls The following table shows the basic controls on the remote for playing discs 2 . You can find other playback features in the chapter 3. Note 1 The screen saver will appear after five minutes of inactivity. Button What it does HOME MENU Displays/exits the on-screen display îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî Changes the highlighted menu item ENTER Selects the highlighted menu item RETURN Returns to the main menu without saving changes 2 You may find with some DVD discs that some playback controls donâÂÂt work in certain parts of the disc. Button What it does î Starts/resumes normal playback. ⢠If the display shows RESUME or LAST MEM playback starts from the resume or last memor y point (see Resume and Last Memory below). î P auses/unpauses a disc. XV-DV131_232T.book 7 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 01 8 En Resume and Last Memory When you stop playback of a disc, RESUME shows in the display indicating that you can resume playback from that point. With DVDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, even if ejected, the play position is stored in memory. 1 The next time you load the disc, the display shows LAST MEM and you can resume play- back. If you want to clear the resume point, press î (stop) while RESUME is displayed. DVD-Video disc menus Many DVD-Video discs contain menus from which you can select what you want to watch. Sometimes DVD-Video menus are displayed automatically when you start playback; others only appear when you press DVD MENU or TOP MENU . Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus Some Video CD/Super VCDs have menus from which you can choose what you want to watch. These are PBC (Playback control) menus. You can play a PBC Video CD/Super VCD without having to navigate the PBC menu by starting playback using a number button to select a track, rather than the î (play) button. î Stops playback or cancels the resume function (if the display shows RESUME ). î P ress to start fast reverse scanning. î P ress to start fast forward scanning. î Skips to the start of the current track or chapter , then previous tracks/chapters. î Skips to the next track or chapter . Numbers Use to enter a title/chapter/track number . P ress ENTER to select. ⢠If the disc is stopped, playback starts from the selected title (for DVD) or track (for CD/Video CD/Super VCD). ⢠If the disc is playing, playback jumps to the start of the selected title (VR mode DVD-RW), chapter (DVD - Video) or track (CD/Video CD/Super VCD). Note 1⢠The Last Memory function may not work with some discs. ⢠For DVD-Video discs (except VR mode DVD-RW), the player stores the play position of the last five discs. Button What it does Button What it does SHIFT TOP MENU Displays the âÂÂtop menuâ of a DVD discâÂÂthis varies with the disc. DVD MENU Displays a DVD disc menuâÂÂthis varies with the disc and may be the same as the âÂÂtop menuâÂÂ. îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî Moves the cursor around the screen. ENTER Selects the current menu option. RETURN Returns to the previously displayed menu screen. Numbers Highlights a numbered menu option (some discs only). P ress ENTER to select. Button What it does RETURN Displays the PBC menu. Numbers Selects numbered menu options. P ress ENTER to select. î Displays the previous menu page (if there is one). î Displays the next menu page (if there is one). XV-DV131_232T.book 8 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 01 9 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Listening to the radio The tuner can receive both FM and AM broadcasts, and lets you memorize your favorite stations so you donâÂÂt have to manually tune in every time you want to listen. 1 Press TUNER to switch to the tuner, then press repeatedly to select the AM or FM band. The display shows the band and frequency. 2 Tune to a frequency. There are three tuning modesâÂÂmanual, auto, and high-speed: ⢠Manual tuning : Press TUNE /â repeatedly to change the displayed frequency. ⢠Auto tuning : Press and hold TUNE /â until the frequency display starts to move, then release. The tuner will stop on the next station it finds. Repeat to keep searching. ⢠High-speed tuning : Press and hold TUNE /â until the frequency display starts to move rapidly. Keep the button held down until you reach the frequency you want. If necessary, fine tune the frequency using the manual tuning method. Improving poor FM reception If youâÂÂre listening to an FM station in stereo but the reception is weak, you can improve the sound quality by switching to mono. 1 Tune to an FM radio station then press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to choose FM MODE then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select FM MONO then press ENTER . The mono indicator ( ) lights when the tuner is in mono reception mode. Select FM AUTO above to switch back to auto- stereo mode (the stereo indicator ( ) lights when receiving a stereo broadcast). Memorizing stations You can save up to 30 station presets so that you always have easy access to your favorite stations without having to tune in manually each time. 1 Tune to an AM or FM radio station. For the FM band, select mono or auto-stereo reception as necessary. This setting is saved along with the preset. 2 Press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP . 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to choose âÂÂST.MEM.â then press ENTER . 4 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select the station preset you want then press ENTER . Listening to station presets 1 Make sure the TUNER function is selected. 2 Use the ST /â buttons to select a station preset. ⢠You can also use the number buttons to do this. Listening to other sources You can connect up to two external sources (TV, satellite receiver, etc.) to this system. See Connecting auxiliary components on page 25. 1 Make sure that the external source (TV, satellite receiver, etc.) is switched on. 2 Press LINE to select the source. 3 If necessary, start playback of the source. DVD/CD FM/AM TUNER LINE XV-DV131_232T.book 9 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 01 10 En Setting the sleep timer The sleep timer switches off the system after a specified time so you can fall asleep without worrying about it. 1 ⢠Press SLEEP repeatedly to select an option then press ENTER . Choose between the following options: 2 ⢠SLP AUTO â Switches off automatically after the currently playing CD, Video CD or DivX disc has finished. ⢠SLP ON â Switches off after about an hour ⢠SLP OFF â Cancels the sleep timer After selecting SLP ON , you can press SLEEP again to check how much time is left. Each line indicates approximately 12 minutes (remaining): Dimming the display You can choose to dim the display if you find it too bright. 1 Press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) then ENTER to choose the dimmer setting. This is shown in the front panel display. 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select LIGHT or DARK then press ENTER. Note 1 The display dims when the sleep timer is set. 2 Sleep Auto will not work with WMA/MP3 discs, Video CD/Super VCDs during PBC playback, or CDs in repeat play. SL P --- -- XV-DV131_232T.book 10 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to your system 02 11 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 2 Listening to your system About the listening modes As explained in Home theater sound setup on page 6, there are two basic surround speaker setup options available with any of the listening modes: ⢠Standard surround 5-spot setup â Use any of the surround listening modes with this setup (except Front Surround). ⢠Front surround 3-spot setup â Make sure the Front Surround mode is switched on before selecting a surround listening mode (see Using Front Surround on page 11). Auto listening mode The Auto listening mode is the simplest way to listen to any source as it was mastered: the output from the speakers mirrors the channels in the source material. ⢠Press SHIFT SURROUND to select the AUTO listening mode. 1 Listening in surround sound You can listen to stereo or multichannel sources in surround sound. 2 Surround sound is generated from stereo sources using one of the Dolby Pro Logic decoding modes. ⢠Press SHIFT SURROUND repeatedly to select a listening mode. 1 The choices that appear in the display will vary according to the type of source thatâÂÂs playing. ⢠AUTO â Auto listening mode (see above) ⢠DOLBY DIGITAL / DTS â Dolby Digital or DTS decoding (depending on the source). 3 For a multichannel source, this will be the same as AUTO . ⢠PROLOGIC (Dolby Pro Logic) â 4.1 channel surround sound for use with any two- channel source ⢠MOVIE (Dolby Pro Logic II Movie) â Pro Logic II 5.1 channel surround sound, especially suited to movie sources (use with any two-channel source) ⢠MUSIC (Dolby Pro Logic II Music) â Pro Logic II 5.1 channel surround sound, especially suited to music sources, for use with any two-channel source ⢠STEREO â See Listening in stereo below Using Front Surround The Front Surround mode is effective when you are using the Front surround 3-spot speaker setup as described in Home theater sound setup on page 6. The surround speakers should be placed on top of the front speakers and oriented towards the walls (see the Speaker Setup Guide ) and DVD/CD must be selected as the input source. 2 Note 1 If the source is Dolby Digital or DTS, the front panel 2 D or DTS indicator lights. 2⢠Note that the input source must be switched to DVD/CD for multichannel playback. ⢠If youâÂÂre planning on recording a multichannel source, refer to Recording mode on page 25. SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND 3 When listening in DOLBY DIGITAL / DTS mode, two-channel material will automatically be played in surround sound using Dolby Pro Logic II decoding. XV-DV131_232T.book 11 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to your system 02 12 En ⢠Press SHIFT FRONT SURROUND to switch Front Surround on or off. When set to MODE ON , make sure to follow the guidelines in the Setup Guide for best surround sound. Listening in stereo You can listen to any sourceâÂÂstereo or multichannelâÂÂin stereo. When playing a multichannel source, all channels are downmixed to the front left/right speakers and the subwoofer. ⢠Press SHIFT SURROUND repeatedly until STEREO shows in the display. Listening with headphones When headphones are connected, only the STEREO mode is available. Using the SFC modes The SFC (Sound Field Control) modes can be used with any multichannel or stereo source for a variety of additional surround sound effects. 1 Press SOUND MODE . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to select SFC MODE then press ENTER . 3 Press îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) then ENTER to select an SFC Sound Mode. Select between OFF , ACTION , DRAMA , ROCK , POP , HALL or LIVE . Adjusting the bass and treble Use the bass and treble controls to adjust the overall tone. 1 Press SOUND MODE . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to select BASS or TREBLE then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to adjust the sound then press ENTER to confirm . Boosting the bass level There are two bass modes you can use to enhance the bass in a source. 1 Press SOUND MODE . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to select BASSMODE then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to adjust the sound then press ENTER to confirm . Select between OFF , MUSIC or CINEMA . SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND SYSTEM SETUP HOME MENU DVD MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE SOUND MODE ENTER XV-DV131_232T.book 12 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Playing discs 03 13 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 3 Playing discs Important ⢠Many of the functions covered in this chapter apply to DVD discs, Video CDs/ Super VCDs, CDs, DivX video and WMA/ MP3/JPEG discs, although the exact operation of some varies slightly with the kind of disc loaded. ⢠Some DVDs restrict the use of some functions (random or repeat, for example) in some or all parts of the disc. This is not a malfunction. ⢠When playing Video CD/Super VCDs, some of the functions are not available during PBC playback. If you want to use them, start the disc playing using a number button to select a track. Scanning discs You can fast-scan discs forward or backward at various different speeds. 1 ⢠During playback, press î or î to start scanning. Press repeatedly to increase the scanning speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 2 Playing in slow motion You can play DVDs, Video CD/Super VCDs and DivX video at four different forward slow motion speeds. DVD discs can also be played in reverse slow motion. 1 During playback, press î (pause). 2 Press and hold îÂÂ/î or îÂÂ/î until slow motion playback starts. Press repeatedly to change the slow motion speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 2 Frame advance/frame reverse You can advance or back up DVD discs frame- by-frame. With Video CD/Super VCDs and DivX video you can only use frame advance. 1 During playback, press î (pause). 2 Press îÂÂ/î or îÂÂ/î to reverse or advance a frame at a time. ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 2 Playing a JPEG slideshow After loading a CD/CD-R/RW containing JPEG pictures, press î to start a slideshow from the first folder/picture on the disc. 3 The player displays the pictures in each folder in alphabet- ical order. Pictures are automatically adjusted so that they fill as much of the screen as possible. While the slideshow is running: Note 1 Only one speed is available for DivX video discs. 2⢠Depending on the disc, normal playback may automatically resume when a new chapter is reached on a DVD disc. ⢠With Video CD/Super VCDs in PBC mode or a WMA/MP3 track, playback automatically resumes at the end or beginning of the track. 3 The time it takes for the player to load a file increases with large file sizes. Button What it does î P auses the slideshow ; press again to restart. î Displays the previous picture. XV-DV131_232T.book 13 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Playing discs 03 14 En Browsing DVD or Video CD/ Super VCD discs with the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to browse through the contents of a DVD or Video CD/Super VCD disc to find the part you want to play. 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Disc Navigator â from the on- screen menu. 2 Select a view option. The options available depend on the kind of disc loaded and whether the disc is playing or not, but include: ⢠Title â Titles from a DVD-Video disc. ⢠Chapter â Chapters from the current title of a DVD-Video disc. ⢠Track â Tracks from a Video CD/Super VCD disc. ⢠Time â Thumbnails from a Video CD /Super VCD disc at 10 minute intervals. ⢠Original: Title â Original titles from a VR mode DVD-RW disc. ⢠Playlist: Title â Playlist titles from a VR mode DVD-RW disc. ⢠Original: Time â Thumbnails from the Original content at 10 minute intervals. ⢠Playlist: Time â Thumbnails from the Playlist at 10 minute intervals. The screen shows up to six moving thumbnail images displayed one after another. To display the previous/next six thumbnails, press î / î . 3 Select the thumbnail image for what you want to play. You can use either the cursor buttons ( îÂÂ/îÂÂ/ îÂÂ/î ) and ENTER to select a thumbnail, or the number buttons. To select using the number buttons, enter a two-digit number then press ENTER . Browsing WMA, MP3 , DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to find a particular file or folder by filename. î Displays the next picture. îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î P auses the slideshow and rotates/ï¬Âips the displayed picture. (P ress î (play) to restart slideshow) ZOOM P auses the slideshow and zooms the picture. P ress again to toggle between 1x, 2x and 4x zoom. (P ress î (play) to restart slideshow) DVD MENU Displays the Disc Navigator screen (see below). Button What it does Disc Navigator Disc Navigator Title Chapter 01 04 02 05 03 06 Disc Navigator: Title 01- 49: - - XV-DV131_232T.book 14 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Playing discs 03 15 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 1 Press HOME MENU and select â Disc Navigator â from the on-screen menu. 2 Use the cursor buttons ( îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ) and ENTER to navigate. Use the cursor up/down buttons ( îÂÂ/î ) to move up and down the folder/file list. Use the cursor left button ( î ) to return to the parent folder. 1 Use ENTER or cursor right ( î ) to open a highlighted folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is highlighted, a thumbnail image is displayed on the right. 3 To play the highlighted track or DivX video file or display the highlighted JPEG file, press ENTER . ⢠When a WMA/MP3 or DivX video file is selected, playback begins from that file, and continues until the end of the folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is selected, a slideshow begins, starting with that file, and continues to the end of the folder. Tip ⢠To play the contents of the whole disc rather than just the current folder, exit the Disc Navigator and start playback using the î (play) button. Looping a section of a disc The A-B Repeat function allows you to specify two points (A and B) within a track (CD, Video CD/Super Video CD) or title (DVD) that form a loop which is played over and over. 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂA-B RepeatâÂÂ. 3 Press ENTER on âÂÂA(Start Point)â to set the loop start point. 4 Press ENTER on âÂÂB(End Point)â to set the loop end point. After pressing ENTER , playback jumps back to the start point and plays the loop. 5 To resume normal playback, select âÂÂOffâÂÂ. Using repeat play In addition to various repeat play options, itâÂÂs also possible to use repeat play together with program play (see Creating a program list on page 16). 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂRepeatâ then select a repeat play option. 2 If program play is active, select Program Repeat to repeat the program list, or Repeat Off to cancel. Note 1 You can also do this by going to the â .. â folder at the top, then pressing ENTER . 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 File1 File2 File3 File4 File5 Folder 2 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps 2 You canâÂÂt use repeat play with WMA/MP3 discs. Play Mode XV-DV131_232T.book 15 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Playing discs 03 16 En ⢠For DVD discs, select Title Repeat or Chapter Repeat . ⢠For CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, select Disc Repeat or Track Repeat . ⢠For DivX video discs, select Repeat Title (or Repeat Off ). Using random play Use this function to play titles or chapters (DVD-Video) or tracks (CD and Video CD/Super VCD) in a random order. 1 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂRandomâ then select an option. ⢠For DVD discs, select Random Title or Random Chapter . ⢠For CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, select On or Off to switch random play on or off. Tip ⢠Use the following controls during random play: ⢠Random play remains in effect until you select Random Off from the random play menu options. Creating a program list This feature lets you program the play order of titles/chapters/tracks on a disc. 2 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂProgramâ then select âÂÂCreate/Editâ from the list of program options. 3 Use the cursor buttons and ENTER to select a title, chapter or track for the current step in the program list. For a DVD disc, you can add a title or a chapter. ⢠For a CD or Video CD/Super VCD, select a track to add to the program list. After pressing ENTER to select the title/ chapter/track, the step number automatically moves down one. 4 Repeat step 3 to build up a program list. A program list can contain up to 24 steps. ⢠You can insert steps by just highlighting the position where you want the new step to appear and entering a title/chapter/track number. ⢠To delete a step, highlight it and press CLEAR . 5 To play the program list, press î (play). Program play remains active until you turn off program play (see below), erase the program list (see below), eject the disc or switch off. Note 1⢠You can set the random play option when a disc is playing or stopped. However, you can't use random play together with program play. ⢠You canâÂÂt use random play with VR format DVD-RW discs, WMA/MP3 discs, DivX video discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being displayed. Button What it does î Selects a new track/title/chapter at random. î Returns to the beginning of the current track/title/chapter; further presses select another random track/title/chapter. 2⢠Program lists are saved for the DVD disc loaded. When you load a disc with a saved program list, program play is automat- ically turned on. ⢠You canâÂÂt use Program play with VR format DVD-RW discs, WMA/MP3 discs, DivX video discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being displayed. XV-DV131_232T.book 16 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Playing discs 03 17 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Tip ⢠Use the following controls during program play: Other functions available from the program menu There are a number of other options in the program menu in addition to Create/Edit. ⢠Playback Start â Starts playback of a saved program list ⢠Playback Stop â Turns off program play, but does not erase the program list ⢠Program Delete â Erases the program list and turns off program play Searching a disc You can search DVD discs by title or chapter number, or by time; CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs by track number or time; DivX video discs by time. 1 Press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂSearch ModeâÂÂ. The search options that appear depend on the kind of disc loaded. 3 Select a search mode. ⢠The disc must be playing in order to use time search. 4 Use the number buttons to enter a title, chapter or track number, or a time. ⢠For a time search, enter the number of minutes and seconds into the currently playing title (DVD/ DivX video) or track (CD/ Video CD/Super VCD) you want playback to resume from. For example, press 4 , 5 , 0 , 0 to have playback start from 45 minutes into the disc. For 1 hour, 20 minutes and 30 seconds, press 8 , 0 , 3 , 0 . 5 Press ENTER to start playback. Switching subtitles Some DVD discs and DivX video discs have subtitles in one or more languages; the disc box will usually tell you which subtitle languages are available. You can switch subtitle language during playback. 1 ⢠Press SHIFT SUBTITLE repeatedly to select a subtitle option. ⢠To set subtitle preferences, see Language settings on page 20. ⢠See Displaying DivX subtitle files on page 32 for more on DivX subtitles. Switching language/audio channels When playing discs recorded with dialog in two or more languages, or with dual-mono audio 2 you can switch these during playback. 3 ⢠Press SHIFT AUDIO repeatedly to select an audio language option. ⢠To set audio language preferences, see Language settings on page 20. Button What it does HOME MENU Save the program list and exit without starting playback. î Skip to the next step in the program list. Note 1 Some discs only allow you to change subtitle language from the disc menu. Press SHIFT TOP MENU or DVD MENU to access. 2 Some Super VCDs have two soundtracks. With these discs you can switch between the two soundtracks as well as individual channels in each. 3 Some discs only allow you to change audio language from the disc menu. Press SHIFT TOP MENU or DVD MENU to access. XV-DV131_232T.book 17 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Playing discs 03 18 En Zooming the screen Using the zoom feature you can magnify a part of the screen by a factor of 2 or 4, while watching a DVD, DivX video title or Video CD/ Super VCD or playing a JPEG disc. 1 During playback, use the SHIFT ZOOM button to select the zoom factor (Normal, 2x or 4x). 2 Use the cursor buttons to change the zoomed area. You can change the zoom factor and the zoomed area freely during playback. 1 Switching camera angles Some DVD discs feature scenes shot from two or more anglesâÂÂcheck the disc box for details. When a multi-angle scene is playing, a icon appears on screen (this can be switched off if you preferâÂÂsee Display settings on page 21). ⢠During playback (or when paused), press SHIFT ANGLE to switch angle. Displaying disc information Various track, chapter and title information can be displayed on-screen during playback. ⢠To show/switch/hide the information displayed, press DISPLAY repeatedly. Limited disc information also appears in the front panel display. Press DISPLAY to change the displayed information. Note 1⢠Since DVD, Video CD/Super VCD, DivX video title and JPEG pictures have a fixed resolution, picture quality will deteriorate, especially at 4x zoom. This is not a malfunction. ⢠If the navigation square at the top of the screen disappears, press SHIFT ZOOM again to display it. XV-DV131_232T.book 18 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus 04 19 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 4 Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus Audio Settings menu The Audio Settings menu offers features for adjusting the way discs sound. 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂAudio Settingsâ from the on-screen display. 2 Select and change settings using the îÂÂ/ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î (cursor) buttons, and ENTER . Audio DRC ⢠Settings: High , Medium , Low , Off (default) When watching Dolby Digital DVDs at low volume, itâÂÂs easy to lose the quieter sounds completelyâÂÂincluding some of the dialog. Switching Audio DRC (Dynamic Range Control) to on can help by bringing up the quieter sounds, while controlling loud peaks. How much of a difference you hear depends on the material youâÂÂre listening to. If the material doesnâÂÂt have wide variations in volume, you may not notice much change. 1 Video Adjust menu From the Video Adjust screen you can adjust settings that affect picture presentation. 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂVideo Adjustâ from the on-screen display. 2 Make settings using the îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î (cursor) buttons, and ENTER . You can adjust the following settings: ⢠Sharpness â Adjusts the sharpness of edges in the picture ( Fine , Standard , Soft ) ⢠Brightness â Adjusts the overall brightness ( âÂÂ20 to 20 ) ⢠Contrast â Adjusts the contrast between light and dark ( âÂÂ16 to 16 ) ⢠Gamma â Adjusts the âÂÂwarmthâ of the picture ( High , Medium , Low , Off ) ⢠Hue â Adjusts the red/green balance ( Green 9 to Red 9 ) ⢠Chroma Level â Adjusts how saturated colors appear ( âÂÂ9 to 9 ) Adjust the Brightness, Contrast, Hue and Chroma Level settings using the îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) buttons. 3 Press ENTER to return to the Video Adjust screen, or HOME MENU to exit. Note 1⢠Audio DRC is only effective with Dolby Digital audio sources. Audio Settings Au dio Settings Au dio DRC High Medium Low Off V ideo Adjust Sharpness Brightness Contrast Gamma Hue Chroma Level Standard 0 0 Off 0 0 î î î î î î V ideo Adjust Brightness min max 0 XV-DV131_232T.book 19 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 05 20 En Chapter 5 Initial Settings menu Using the Initial Settings menu The Initial Settings menu provides audio and video output settings, parental lock settings, and display settings, among others. If an option is grayed out it means that it cannot be changed at the current time. This is usually because a disc is playing. Stop the disc, then change the setting. 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂInitial SettingsâÂÂ. 2 Use the cursor buttons and ENTER to select the setting and option you want to set. All the settings and options are explained on the following pages. 1 Video Output settings Language settings Note 1⢠In the table, the default setting is shown in bold : other settings are shown in italics . ⢠Some settings, such as TV Screen , Audio Language and Subtitle Language may be overridden by the DVD disc. Often these settings can also be made from the DVD disc menu. Initial Settings Setting Option What it means TV Screen (See also Screen sizes and disc formats on page 35.) 4:3 (Letter Box) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are shown with black bars top and bottom. 4:3 (Pan & Scan) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are shown with the sides cropped so that the image fills the screen. 16:9 (Wide) Set if you have a widescreen TV. Component Out (See also Connecting using the component video output on page 27.) Interlace Set if your TV is not compatible with progressive scan video. Progressive Set if your TV is compatible with progressive scan video (see your TVâÂÂs instruction manual for details). Press ENTER once more to confirm (or RETURN to cancel). Note that progressive scan video is only output from the component video jacks. Setting Option What it means Audio Language English If there is an English soundtrack on the disc, it is played. Languages as displayed Taiwan model â Chinese If there is a language selected on the disc, it is played. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 39). XV-DV131_232T.book 20 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 05 21 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Display settings Options settings Speakers settings Subtitle Language English If there are English subtitles on the disc they are displayed. Languages as displayed Taiwan model â Chinese The subtitle language selected on the disc is displayed. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 39). DVD Menu Language w/Subtitle Lang. DVD disc menus are displayed in the same language as your selected subtitle language, if possible. Languages as displayed DVD menus are displayed in the selected language, if possible. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 39). Subtitle Display On Subtitles are displayed in your selected subtitle language. Off Subtitles are always off by default when you play a DVD disc. Setting Option What it means OSD Language English On-screen displays of the player are in English. Languages as displayed Taiwan model â On-screen displays are shown in the language selected. Angle Indicator On A camera icon is displayed on-screen during multi-angle scenes on a DVD disc. Off No multi-angle indication is shown. Setting Option What it means Parental Lock â See Parental Lock below. DivX VOD Display See About DivXî VOD content below. Setting Option What it means Speaker Distance â Specify the distance of your speakers from your listening position (see Speaker Distance on page 23). Setting Option What it means XV-DV131_232T.book 21 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 05 22 En Parental Lock ⢠Default level: Off ; Default password: none ; Default Country/Area code: us (2119) To give you some control over what your children watch on your DVD player, some DVD- Video discs feature a Parental Lock level. If your player is set to a lower level than the disc, the disc wonâÂÂt play. Some discs also support the Country/Area Code feature. The player does not play certain scenes on these discs, depending on the Country/Area Code you set. Registering a new password Register a password to change the Parental Lock level or enter a Country/Area code. 1 1 Select âÂÂPasswordâÂÂ. 2 Use the number buttons to input a 4-digit password then press ENTER . Changing your password To change your password, confirm your existing password then enter a new one. 1 Select âÂÂPassword ChangeâÂÂ. 2 Input your existing password, then press ENTER . 3 Enter a new password and press ENTER . Setting/changing the Parental Lock 1 Select âÂÂLevel ChangeâÂÂ. 2 Use number buttons to enter your password, then press ENTER . 3 Select a new level and press ENTER . ⢠Press î (cursor left) repeatedly to lock more levels (more discs will require the password); press î (cursor right) to unlock levels. You canâÂÂt lock level 1. Setting/changing the Country/Area code You can find the Country/Area code list on page 40. 1 Select âÂÂCountry CodeâÂÂ. 2 Input your password, then press ENTER . 3 Select a Country/Area code then press ENTER . There are two ways you can do this: ⢠Select by code letter: Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/ down) to change the Country/Area code. ⢠Select by code number: Press î (cursor right) then use the number buttons to enter the 4-digit Country/Area code. The new Country/Area code takes effect after ejecting the disc once. About DivX î VOD content In order to play DivX VOD (video on demand) content on this player, you first need to register the player with your DivX VOD content provider. You do this by generating a DivX VOD registration code, which you submit to your provider. 2 Important ⢠DivX VOD content is protected by a DRM (Digital Rights Management) system. This restricts playback of content to specific, registered devices. ⢠If you load a disc that contains DivX VOD content not authorized for your player, the message Authorization Error is displayed and the content will not play. Note 1⢠Not all discs use Parental Lock, and will play without requiring the password first. ⢠If you forget your password, youâÂÂll need to reset the player to register a new password. (see Resetting the system on page 39) Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Parental Lock DivX VOD Passw ord Level Change Country Code Initial Settings 2 Resetting the player (as described in Resetting the system on page 39) will not cause you to lose your registration code. XV-DV131_232T.book 22 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 05 23 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Displaying your DivX VOD registration code 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂInitial SettingsâÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂOptionsâÂÂ, then âÂÂDivX VODâÂÂ. 3 Select âÂÂDisplayâÂÂ. Your 8-digit registration code is displayed. Make a note of the code as you will need it when you register with a DivX VOD provider. Playing DivX î VOD content Some DivX VOD content may only be playable a fixed number of times. When you load a disc containing this type of DivX VOD content, the remaining number of plays is shown on-screen and you then have the option of playing the disc (thereby using up one of the remaining plays), or stopping. If you load a disc that contains expired DivX VOD content (for example, content that has zero remaining plays), the message Rental Expired is displayed. If your DivX VOD content allows an unlimited number of plays, then you may load the disc into your player and play the content as often as you like, and no message will be displayed. Speaker Distance ⢠Default setting: 3.0 m To get the best surround sound from your system, you should set up the speaker distances from your listening position. 1 Use the îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select a speaker. ⢠The L and R speakers are paired; you canâÂÂt set them differently. 2 Press î (cursor right) to change the speaker distance for the highlighted speaker. 3 Use the îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to change the distance. ⢠When you change the distance settings of the front left ( L ) or front right ( R ) speakers, all the other speaker distances change relative to it. ⢠Front left/right ( L / R ) speaker distances can be set from 30 cm to 9 m in 30 cm increments. ⢠The center speaker ( C ) can be set from âÂÂ2.1 m to 0 m relative to the front left/right speakers. ⢠Surround left/right ( SL / SR ) speakers can be set from âÂÂ6.0 m to 0 m relative to the front left/right speakers. 1 Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Display Initial Settings Parental Lock DivX VOD Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Initial Settings DivX VOD Registration Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Note 1 Make sure to set them the same distance when using Front Surround ( page 11). Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Speaker Distance Initial Settings V ideo Output Language Display Options Speakers L C R SR SL SW 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m Initial Settings XV-DV131_232T.book 23 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 05 24 En ⢠The subwoofer ( SW ) can be set from âÂÂ2.1 m to 0 m relative to the front left/right speakers. 4 Press î (cursor left) to go back to the speaker list if you want to modify another speaker, or press ENTER to exit the Speaker Distance screen. XV-DV131_232T.book 24 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 06 25 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 6 Other connections Connecting auxiliary components This system has both stereo analog inputs and outputs. Use these to connect external components, such as your VCR, MD or CD-R recorder. 1 Connect the LINE (AUDIO IN) jacks to the analog outputs of an external playback component. Connect using RCA pin-plug stereo cables. 2 Connect the LINE (AUDIO OUT) jacks to the analog inputs of an external recording component. These include components such as a cassette deck, VCR, MD, or another recorder with analog inputs. Connect using RCA pin-plug stereo cables. Recording mode The Recording mode allows you to make surround-compatible analog recordings from the LINE (AUDIO OUT) jacks. 1 Dolby multichannel sources will be downmixed to stereo for improved playback with systems that can provide matrix-decoding (like Dolby Pro Logic). 1 Press SOUND MODE . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to select REC MODE then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select MODE ON or MODE OFF then press ENTER to confirm. ⢠MODE ON â Multichannel sources are downmixed to stereo for recording (the same downmix is heard through the front speakers and the subwoofer). ⢠MODE OFF â For regular multichannel playback through your speaker system (only the front left and right channels are output from the line output). AUDIO IN R L OUT R L SPEAKERS T RL RL FRONT SURROUND LINE Y C B / P B C R / P R AUDIO INPUT AUDIO OUTPUT T ape deck, etc. XV -DV131/232T Note 1⢠When Recording mode is on, most sound features cannot be used. The display will briefly blink REC MODE if you try and use a prohibited function while Recording mode is on. ⢠When Recording mode is off, the audio from the LINE (AUDIO OUT) jacks may be interrupted, depending on the operation. ⢠The Recording mode switches off if you change the input function ( DVD/CD , TUNER , etc.) or switch the power off. XV-DV131_232T.book 25 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 06 26 En Connecting external antennas For an external AM antenna, use 5âÂÂ6 meters of vinyl-insulated wire and set up either indoors or outdoors. Leave the loop antenna connected. For an external FM antenna, Use a PAL connector to hook up an external FM antenna. Connecting the S-video output If your TV has an S-video input, you can use this instead of the standard video output for a better quality picture. ⢠Use an S-video cable to connect the S- VIDEO OUT to an S-video input on your TV. Line up the small triangle above the jack with the same mark on the plug before plugging in. Outdoor antenna 5âÂÂ6 m Indoor antenna (vinyl-coated wire) AM LOOP ANTENNA ANTENNA P AL connector AUDIO IN R L OUT R L VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT S-VIDEO OUT R R FRONT SURROUND VIDEO LINE Y C B / P B C R / P R TV XV -DV131/232T S-VIDEO INPUT XV-DV131_232T.book 26 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 06 27 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Connecting using the component video output If your TV has component video inputs, you can use these instead of the standard video output to connect this system to your TV. 1 This should give you the best quality picture from the three types of video output available. ⢠Use a component video cable to connect the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT to a set of component inputs on your TV. About progressive scan video Compared to interlace video, progressive scan video effectively doubles the scanning rate of the picture, resulting in a very stable, flicker- free image. Progressive scan video is available only from the component video output. Important ⢠If you connect a TV that is not compatible with a progressive scan signal and switch the system to progressive, you will not be able to see any picture at all. In this case, press î STANDBY/ON to put the system in standby, then press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP , use the îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) button to select INTER L . Press ENTER to set to interlace and switch the system back on. Compatibility of this player with progressive-scan and high-definition TVs. This player is compatible with progressive video Macro Vision System Copy Guard. 2 This system is compatible with the following Pioneer displays and monitors: Plasma display (Taiwanese model ) PDP-502MX, PDP-503HDG, PDP-433HDG, PDP-5040HD, PDP-4340HD, PDP-505HDG, PDP-435HDG Projection monitor receiver (Taiwanese model) SD-532HD5, SD-533HD5 Plasma display (All other models) PDP-503HDG, PDP-433HDG, PDP-504HDG, PDP-434HDG, PDP-505HDG, PDP-435HDG Note 1 The component video output is switchable between interlaced and progressive formats. See Video Output settings on page 20. AUDIO IN R L OUT VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT S-VIDEO OUT VIDEO LINE Y C B / P B C R / P R TV XV -DV131/232T COMPONENT INPUT 2 Consumers should note that not all high-definition television sets are fully compatible with this product and may cause artifacts to be displayed in the picture. In case of 525 progressive scan picture problems, it is recommended that the user swi tch the connection to the âÂÂstandard definitionâ output (Interlace). If there are questions regarding our TV set compatibility with this model, please contact our customer service center. XV-DV131_232T.book 27 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 07 28 En Chapter 7 Controls and displays Display 1 DTS Lights during playback of a DTS source (page 11). 2 PRGSVE Lights when progressive scan video output is selected (page 20). 3 SOUND Lights when the SFC Modes or the tone controls (treble, bass or bass boost) are active (page 12). 4 F.SURR. Lights when the Front Surround listening mode is selected (page 11). 5 RPT and RPT -1 RPT lights during repeat play. RPT -1 lights during repeat one-track play (page 15). 6 REC MODE Lights when Rec Mode is on (page 25). 7 PGM Lights during program play (page 16). 8 Tuner indicators â Lights when a broadcast is being received. â Lights when a stereo FM broadcast is being received in auto stereo mode. â Lights when FM mono reception is selected. 9 RDM Lights during random play (page 16). 10 kHz / MHz Indicates the frequency unit shown in the character display ( kHz for AM, MHz for FM). 11 Character display 12 Lights when sleep timer is active (page 10). 13 î Lights when a disc is playing. 14 2 PL II Lights during Dolby Pro Logic II decoding (page 11). 15 2 D Lights during playback of a Dolby Digital source (page 11). 2 PL 2 D REC MODE RPT -1 kHz PGM MHz RDM PRGSVE SOUND DTS F .SURR. 6 7 13 9 10 8 5 4 12 14 3 15 11 2 1 XV-DV131_232T.book 28 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 07 29 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Front panel 1 Display See Display above for detailed information. 2 î OPEN/CLOSE Opens/closes the disc tray. 3 î DVD/CD Selects the DVD/CD function and starts/ pauses/resumes playback. 4 î Stops playback. 5 FM/AM Selects the tuner function and toggles between FM/AM bands. 6 VOLUME buttons Adjusts the volume. 7 î STANDBY/ON Switches the system on or into standby. 8 PHONES jack Headphone jack. Remote control 1 î STANDBY/ON Switches the system on or into standby. 2 Function select buttons Selects the source you want to listen to ( DVD/ CD . TUNER , LINE ) 3 Number buttons Select chapters/tracks from a disc directly. Press DVD/CD to access these controls: SHIFT AUDIO Selects audio channel/language (page 17). SHIFT SUBTITLE Displays/changes the subtitles (page 17). SHIFT ANGLE Changes camera angle during DVD multi- angle scene playback (page 18). SHIFT ZOOM Changes the screen zoom level (page 18). 6 DVD/CD FM/ AM â î STANDBY/ON VOLUME 0 OPEN/CLOSE 7 4 5 6 7 8 3 2 1 AUDIO SUBTITLE ANGLE ZOOM STANDBY/ON MUTE DVD/CD FM/AM TUNER LINE SYSTEM SETUP HOME MENU DVD MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE SOUND MODE SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY VOLUME 12 3 45 6 78 9 0 TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER SURROUND FRONT SURROUND 1 2 4 6 3 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 XV-DV131_232T.book 29 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 07 30 En 4 HOME MENU Displays (or exits) the on-screen menu for Initial Settings, Play Mode functions, etc. SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP Use to make various system and surround sound settings (page 6, 10 and 35). 5 Cursor buttons, ENTER and tuning buttons Cursor buttons Use the cursor buttons ( îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ) to navigate on-screen displays and menus. ENTER Selects an option or executes a command. TUNE /â Tunes the radio. ST /â Selects station presets when listening to the radio. 6 SOUND MODE Accesses the sound menu to adjust the SFC Mode, bass and treble, etc. (page 12 and 25) SHIFT TEST TONE Outputs the test tone (for speaker setup) (page 6). 7 Disc playback controls See Basic playback controls on page 7 and Playing discs on page 13 for an explanation of these controls. 8 SHIFT Some of the buttons have alternate functions (they are outlined on the remote control). Press and hold SHIFT to access these. 9 CLEAR Clears an entry. 10 MUTE Mutes the sound (press again to cancel). 11 VOLUME /â Adjusts the volume. 12 DVD MENU Press to display a DVD disc menu, or the Disc Navigator (page 8). SHIFT TOP MENU Displays the top menu of a DVD disc in the play positionâÂÂthis may be the same as pressing DVD MENU (page 8). 13 RETURN Returns to a previous menu screen. 14 DISPLAY Displays/changes disc information shown on-screen (page 18) SHIFT FRONT SURROUND Selects a Front Surround listening mode (page 11). 15 SLEEP Press to set the sleep timer (page 10). SHIFT SURROUND Selects a Surround mode (page 11). XV-DV131_232T.book 30 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 31 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 8 Additional information Disc/content format playback compatibility This player is compatible with a wide range of disc types (media) and formats. Playable discs will generally feature one of the following logos on the disc and/or disc packaging. Note however that some disc types, such as recordable CD and DVD, may be in an unplayable format. See the Disc compatibility table below for more information. ⢠is a trademark of Fuji Photo Film Co. Ltd. ⢠is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation ⢠Also compatible with KODAK Picture CD This player supports the IECâÂÂs Super VCD stan- dard for superior picture quality, dual soundtracks, and widescreen support. ⢠About DualDisc playback A DualDisc is a new two -sided disc, one side of which contains DVD content video, audio, etc. while the other side contains non-DVD content such as digital audio material. The non-DVD, audio side of the disc is not compliant with the CD Audio specification and therefore may not play. The DVD side of a DualDisc plays in this product. DVD-Audio content will not play. For more detailed information on the DualDisc specification, please refer to the disc manufacturer or disc retailer. Disc compatibility table DVD- Video DVD -R DVD-RW Vid e o CD Fu jicolor CD Audio CD CD-R CD-RW VIDEO CD Super Video CD (Super VCD) Media Compatible formats CD-R/RW ⢠CD-Audio, Video CD/Super VCD, ISO 9660 CD-ROM* * ISO 9660 Level 1 or 2 compliant. CD physical format: Mode1, Mode2 XA Form1. Romeo and Joliet file systems are both compatible. ⢠Multi-session playback: No ⢠Unï¬Ânalized disc playback: No DVD-R/RW ⢠DVD- Video , Video Recording (VR)* * Edit points may not play exactly as edited; screen may go momentarily blank at edited points. ⢠Unï¬Ânalized playback: No ⢠WMA/MP3/JPEG ï¬Âle playback on DVD-R/RW : No Additional_information.fm 31 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 32 En About DivX DivX is a compressed digital video format created by the DivX î video codec from DivXNetworks, Inc. This player can play DivX video files burned on CD-R/RW/ROM discs. Keeping the same terminology as DVD-Video, individual DivX video files are called âÂÂTitlesâÂÂ. When naming files/titles on a CD-R/RW disc prior to burning, keep in mind that by default they will be played in alphabetical order. DivX video compatibility ⢠Official DivX î Certified product. ⢠Plays DivX î 5, DivX î 4, DivX î 3, and DivX î VOD video content (in compliance with DivX î Certified technical requirements). ⢠File extensions: .avi and .divx (these must be used for the player to recognize DivX video files). Note that all files with the .avi extension are recognized as MPEG4, but not all of these are necessarily DivX video files and therefore may not be playable on this player. Displaying DivX subtitle files The font sets listed below are available for DivX external subtitle files. You can see the proper font set on-screen by setting the Subtitle Language (in Language settings on page 20) to match the subtitle file. This player supports the following language groups: Group 1: Albanian (sq), Basque (eu), Catalan (ca), Danish (da), Dutch (nl), English (en), Faroese (fo), Finnish (fi), French (fr), German (de), Icelandic (is), Irish (ga), Italian (it), Norwegian (no), Portuguese (pt), Rhaeto- Romanic (rm), Scottish (gd), Spanish (es), Swedish (sv) Group 2: Albanian (sq), Croatian (hr), Czech (cs), Hungarian (hu), Polish (pl), Romanian (ro), Slovak (sk), Slovenian (sl) Group 3: Bulgarian (bg), Byelorussian (be), Macedonian (mk), Russian (ru), Serbian (sr), Ukrainian (uk) Group 4: Hebrew (iw), Yiddish (ji) Group 5: Turkish (tr) DivX, DivX Certified, and associated logos are trademarks of DivXNetworks, Inc. and are used under license. ⢠Some external subtitle files may be displayed incorrectly or not at all. PC-created disc ⢠Discs recorded using a PC may not be playable due to the setting of the software used to create the disc. In these instances, check the DVD-R/RW or CD -R/RW sof tware manual or disc boxes for more on compatibility . ⢠Discs recorded in packet write mode (UDF format) are not compatible. Compressed audio ⢠MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3), Windows Media Audio (WMA) ⢠Sampling rates: 32, 44.1 or 48kHz ⢠Bit-rates: Any (128Kbps or higher recommended) ⢠VBR (variable bit rate) MP3 playback: No ⢠VBR WMA playback: No ⢠WMA lossless encoding: No ⢠DRM (Digital Rights Management) compatible: Y es (DRM-protected audio ï¬Âles will not play in this player) ⢠File extensions: .mp3, .wma (these must be used for the player to recognize MP3 and WMA ﬠles ⢠File structure (may differ): Up to 299 folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and ï¬Âles (combined) within each folder JPEG ï¬Âle ⢠Baseline JPEG and EXIF 2.2* still image ï¬Âles up to a resolution of 3072 x 2048. *File format for digital still cameras ⢠P rogressive JPEG compatible: No ⢠File extensions: .jpg (must be used for the player to recognize JPEG ﬠles) ⢠File structure (may differ): Up to 299 folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and ï¬Âles (combined) within each folder Media Compatible formats XV-DV131_232T.book 32 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 33 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español ⢠For external subtitle files the following subtitle format filename extensions are supported (please note that these files are not shown within the disc navigation menu): .srt, .sub, .ssa, .smi ⢠The filename of the movie file has to be repeated at the beginning of the filename for the external subtitle file. ⢠The number of external subtitle files which can be switched for the same movie file is limited to a maximum of 10. About WMA The Windows Media î logo printed on the box indicates that this player can playback Windows Media Audio content. WMA is an acronym for Windows Media Audio and refers to an audio compression technology developed by Microsoft Corporation. WMA content can be encoded by using Windows Media î Player version 7, 7.1, Windows Media î Player for Windows î XP, or Windows Media î Player 9 Series. Microsoft, Windows Media, and the Windows logo are trademarks, or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/ or other countries. Using and taking care of discs DVD Video regions All DVD Video discs carry a region mark that indicates which region(s) of the world the disc is compatible with. Your DVD system also has a region mark (on the rear panel). Discs from incompatible regions will not play in this player. Discs marked ALL play in any player. Handling discs Hold the disc by its edges when handling so as not to leave fingerprints, dirt or scratches on either side of the disc. Damaged or dirty discs can affect playback performance. If a disc becomes marked with fingerprints, dust, etc., clean using a soft, dry cloth. Wipe lightly from the center of the disc using straight strokes. DonâÂÂt wipe the disc surface with circular strokes. If necessary, use a cloth soaked in alcohol, or a commercially available CD/DVD cleaning kit to clean a disc more thoroughly. Never use benzine, thinner or other cleaning agents such as those designed for cleaning vinyl records. Storing discs Avoid leaving discs in excessively cold, humid, or hot environments (including under direct sunlight). Don't glue paper or put stickers onto the disc, or use a pencil, ball-point pen or other sharp-tipped writing instrument. These could all damage the disc. Discs to avoid Discs spin at high speed inside the player. If a disc is cracked, chipped, warped, or otherwise damaged, don't risk using it in your playerâ you could end up damaging the unit. This unit is designed for use with conventional, fully circular discs only. Pioneer disclaims all liability arising in connection with the use of shaped discs. XV-DV131_232T.book 33 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 34 En Installation and maintenance Hints on installation We want you to enjoy using this system for years to come, so please bear in mind the following points when choosing a location: Do... î Use in a well-ventilated room. î Place on a solid, flat, level surface, such as a table, shelf or stereo rack . DonâÂÂt... î Use in a place exposed to high temperatures or humidity, including near radiators and other heat-generating appliances. î Place on a window sill or other place where the system will be exposed to direct sunlight. î Use in an excessively dusty or damp environment. î Place directly on top of an amplifier, or other component in your stereo system that becomes hot in use. î Use near a television or monitor as you may experience interferenceâÂÂespecially if the television uses an indoor antenna. î Use in a kitchen or other room where the system may be exposed to smoke or steam. î Use on a thick rug or carpet, or cover with clothâÂÂthis may prevent proper cooling of the system unit. î Place on an unstable surface, or one that is not large enough to support all four of the system unitâÂÂs feet. Cleaning the pickup lens The DVD playerâÂÂs lens should not become dirty in normal use, but if for some reason it should malfunction due to dust or dirt, consult your nearest Pioneer authorized service center. Although lens cleaners are commercially available, we do not recommend using them since some may damage the lens. Problems with condensation Condensation may form inside the player if it is brought into a warm room from outside, or if the temperature of the room rises quickly. Although the condensation wonâÂÂt damage the player, it may temporarily impair performance. Leave it to adjust to the warmer temperature for about an hour before switching on. Moving the system unit If you need to move the main unit, first remove a disc if thereâÂÂs one in the player, then press î STANDBY/ON on the front panel to turn the system off. Wait for GOOD BYE to disappear from the display, then unplug the power cord. 1 Never lift or move the unit during playbackâ discs rotate at high speeds and may damage. Note 1 Unplugging the unit before GOOD BYE disappears from the display may cause the system to return to the factory settings. XV-DV131_232T.book 34 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 35 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Screen sizes and disc formats DVD-Video discs come in different screen aspects, ranging from TV programs, which are generally 4:3, to CinemaScope widescreen movies 1 , with an aspect ratio of up to about 7:3. Televisions also come in different aspect ratios; âÂÂstandardâ 4:3 and widescreen 16:9. 2 TV system setting Not applicable to the Taiwanese model The default setting of this system is AUTO , and unless you notice that the picture is distorted when playing some discs, you should leave it set to AUTO . If you find picture distortion with some discs, set the TV system to match your country or regionâÂÂs system. However, this may restrict the kinds of disc you can watch. See the table for the kinds of discs compatible with each setting ( AUTO , PAL and NTSC ). 3 1 Switch the unit into standby, then press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to choose TV SYS then press ENTER . The TV system changes as follows: ⢠AUTO î NTSC ⢠NTSC î PAL ⢠PAL î AUTO The system automatically switches on and youâÂÂll see the new TV system setting in the display after seeing WELCOME . 4 Frequency step setting If you find that you canâÂÂt tune into stations successfully, the frequency step may not be suitable for your country/region. 1 Switch the unit into standby, then press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to choose AM 9K/10K then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select AM 9K or AM 10K then press ENTER . Note 1 Many widescreen discs override the systemâÂÂs settings so that the disc is shown in letterbox format regardless of the setting. Set to 4:3 (Letter Box), widescreen discs are shown with black bars top and bottom. Set to 4:3 (Pan&Scan) , widescreen discs are shown with the left and right sides cropped. Although the picture looks larger, you donâÂÂt actually see the whole picture. 2⢠Using the 16:9 (Wide) setting with a standard 4:3 TV, or one of the 4:3 settings with a widescreen TV, will result in distortion. ⢠When you watch discs recorded in 4:3 format, you can use the TV controls to select how the picture is presented. Your TV may offer various zoom and stretch options; see the instructions that came with your TV for details. ⢠Some movie aspect ratios are wider than 16:9, so even with a widescreen TV, these discs will still play in a âÂÂletterboxâ style. 3 Most models of the newly developed countdown PAL TV system detect 50 Hz (PAL)/60 Hz (NTSC) and automatically switch vertical amplitude, resulting in a display without vertical shrinkage. However, in some cases, the image may appear without col - or. If your PAL TV does not have a V-Hold control, you may not be able to watch NTSC discs because of picture roll. If the TV h as a V-Hold control, adjust it until the picture stops rolling. On some TVs, the picture may shrink vertically, leaving black bands at the top and bottom of the screen. Disc Player setting Type Format NTSC PAL AUTO DVD/Super VCD/ Video CD/DivX Video NTSC NTSC PAL NTSC PAL NTSC PAL PAL CD/MP3/WMA/ JPEG/no disc â NTSC PAL NTSC or PAL 4 You have to switch the player into standby (press î STANDBY/ON ) before each change. XV-DV131_232T.book 35 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 36 En Troubleshooting Incorrect operations are often mistaken for trouble and malfunctions. If you think that there is something wrong with this component, check the points below. Sometimes the trouble may lie in another component. Investigate the other components and electrical appliances being used. If the trouble cannot be rectified even after exercising the checks listed below, ask your nearest Pioneer authorized service center or your dealer to carry out repair work. ⢠If the system does not operate normally due to external effects such as static electricity disconnect the plug from the outlet and insert again to return to normal operating conditions. General Problem Remedy The power does not turn on, or switches off suddenly (an error message may be displayed at startup). ⢠Leave the unit plugged in, wait for one minute, then switch back on. ⢠Make sure there are no loose strands of wire touching the unit. This could cause the system to shut off automatically. ⢠Check that the speakers are connected correctly. ⢠Make sure the voltage of the mains power source is correct for the model. ⢠Try reducing the volume level. ⢠If the problem persists, take it to your nearest Pioneer authorized service center or your dealer for servicing. No sound is output when a function is selected. ⢠If youâÂÂre using the line input, make sure the component is connected correctly (see Connecting auxiliary components on page 25). ⢠Press MUTE on the remote control to turn muting off. No image is output when playing discs. ⢠Make sure the TV is connected correctly (refer to the Setup Guide). ⢠Reset the video output to interlace (see Video Output settings on page 20). No sound from surround or center speakers. ⢠Refer to Setting the channel levels on page 6 to check the speaker levels. ⢠When TUNER or LINE is selected, you can only hear the source in stereo. Switch the input source to DVD/CD for multichannel sound. ⢠Check that the Recording mode hasn âÂÂt been switched on (see Recording mode on page 25). ⢠Check that you havenâÂÂt selected the STEREO mode (see Listening in surround sound on page 11). ⢠Connect the speakers properly (refer to the Setup Guide). CanâÂÂt operate the remote control. ⢠Replace the batteries (refer to the Setup Guide). ⢠Operate within 7 m, 30ð of the remote sensor (refer to the Setup Guide). ⢠Remove any obstacles or operate from another position . ⢠Avoid exposing the remote sensor on the front panel to direct light. SND. DEMO shows in the display and the unit canâÂÂt be controlled. ⢠P ress and hold î (stop) on the front panel for about ï¬Âve seconds. The disc tray ejects automatically to indicate the Sound Demo mode is disabled. XV-DV131_232T.book 36 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 37 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español DVD/CD/Video CD player TRAYLOCK shows in the display and the tray canâÂÂt be ejected. ⢠P ress and hold î (eject) on the front panel for about eight seconds. Then the tray can be opened/closed using î (eject). Problem Remedy Problem Remedy The disc is ejected automatically after loading. ⢠Clean the disc and align the disc properly in the disc guide. ⢠If the region number on a DVD-video disc does not match the number on the player, the disc cannot be used (see DVD Video regions on page 33). ⢠Allow time for any condensation inside the player to evaporate. Avoid using the player near an air-conditioning unit. Playback not possible. ⢠If the disc is loaded upside down, reload the disc with label side face up. Picture playback stops and buttons cannot be used. ⢠Press î (stop), then î (play) to start playback again. ⢠Switch the power off once, then on again using the front panel î STANDBY/ON button. Settings are canceled. ⢠When the power is cut, settings will be canceled. No picture/No color. ⢠Check that connections are correct and that plugs are inserted fully. ⢠Check the manual of the TV/monitor to make sure the settings are correct. Screen is stretched or aspect doesnâÂÂt change. ⢠The TV Screen setting is incorrect. Set the TV Screen option to match the TV/monitor you're using (see Video Output settings on page 20). When recorded on a VCR or passed through an A V selector , there is disturbance in the playback picture. ⢠This system uses copy-protection technology which may prevent recording or cause picture problems when connected through a VCR or A V selector . This is not a malfunction. P icture disturbance during playback or dark. ⢠This player is compatible with Macro- Vision System copy guard. Some discs include a copy prevention signal, and when this type of disc is played back, stripes etc., may appear on some sections of the picture depending on the TV . This is not a malfunction. ⢠Discs respond differently to particular player functions. This may result in the screen becoming black for a brief instant or shaking slightly when the function is executed. These problems are largely due to differences between discs and disc content and are not malfunctions of this player . Noticeable difference in DVD and CD volume. ⢠DVDs and CDs use different recording methods. This is not a malfunction. CD-ROM disc is not recognized by the system. ⢠Make sure that the CD-ROM was recorded using the ISO 9660 disc format. See on page 31 for other disc compatibility information. XV-DV131_232T.book 37 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 38 En Tuner Error Messages Files don âÂÂt show up in the Disc Navigator/ Photo Browser . ⢠The ï¬Âles on the disc must be named with the correct ï¬Âle extension: .mp3 for MP3 ï¬Âles; .wma for WMA ï¬Âles; .jpg for JPEG ï¬Âles (upper or lower-case is OK). See Disc compatibility table on page 31 for more on this. CanâÂÂt play WMA ï¬Âles. ⢠The ï¬Âles were recorded using DRM (digital rights management). This is not a malfunction. Problem Remedy Problem Remedy Considerable noise in radio broadcasts. ⢠Connect the AM antenna (refer to the Setup Guide) and adjust the direction and position for best reception. Y ou may also connect an additional internal or external AM antenna (refer to Connecting external antennas on page 26). ⢠F ully extend the FM wire antenna, position for best reception, and secure to a wall. Y ou may also connect an outdoor FM antenna (see Connecting external antennas on page 26). ⢠T urn off other equipment that may be causing the noise or move it further away . ⢠The tuning inter val is incorrect for your countr y or region. T ry switching the tuning inter val (frequency step) (see Frequency step setting on page 35). Auto tuning does not pick up some stations. ⢠The radio signal is weak. Auto tuning will only detect radio stations with a good signal. F or more sensitive tuning, connect an outdoor antenna. Message Description REC MODE ⢠An operation is prohibited because the Recording Mode is on (page 25). SND. DEMO ⢠The sound demo is on. See General in Troubleshooting on page 36. CANNOT ⢠An operation is prohibited because headphones are connected, or TEST TONE is pressed during disc playback. STEREO ⢠An operation is prohibited because the DVD/CD function isnâÂÂt selected. TRA YLOCK ⢠The tray lock is on. See General in Troubleshooting on page 36. MUTING ⢠An operation is prohibited because the sound is muted (press MUTE ). EEP ERR ⢠Contact your Pioneer authorized service center or your dealer for servicing. EXIT ⢠Appears when a menu is automatically exited after a set period of inactivity . Additional_information.fm 38 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 39 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Resetting the system Use this procedure to reset all system settings to the factory default. 1 Switch the system on. 2 Press î STANDBY/ON while holding down the front panel FM/AM button. The next time you switch on, all the system settings should be reset. Using the language code list Some of the language options (see Language settings on page 20) allow you to set your preferred language from any of the 136 languages listed in the Language code list on page 40. 1 Select âÂÂOther LanguageâÂÂ. 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to select either a code letter or a code number. 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select a code letter or a code number. See the Language code list (next page) for a complete list of languages and codes. XV-DV131_232T.book 39 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 40 En Language code list Language (Language code letter), Language code Country/Area code list Country/Area, Country/Area code, Country/Area code letter Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Dutch (nl), 1412 Russian (ru), 1821 Chinese (zh), 2608 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar (aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic (am), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (az), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (bo), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroese (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (ha), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croatian (hr), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0914 Icelandic (is), 0919 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1009 Javanese (jw), 1023 Georgian (ka), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambodian (km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malagasy (mg), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (ml), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 1318 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese (mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne), 1405 Norwegian (no), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Romanian (ro), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskrit (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si), 1909 Slovak (sk), 1911 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (sr), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st), 1920 Sundanese (su), 1921 Swedish (sv), 1922 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapük (vo), 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 2515 Zulu (zu), 2621 Argentina, 0118, ar Australia, 0121, au Austria, 0120, at Belgium, 0205, be Brazil, 0218, br Canada, 0301, ca Chile, 0312, cl China, 0314, cn Denmark, 0411, dk Finland, 0609, fi France, 0618, fr Germany, 0405, de Hong Kong, 0811, hk India, 0914, in Indonesia, 0904, id Italy, 0920, it Japan, 1016, jp Korea, Republic of, 1118, kr Malaysia, 1325, my Mexico, 1324, mx Netherlands, 1412, nl New Zealand, 1426, nz Norway, 1415, no Pakistan, 1611, pk Philippines, 1608, ph Portugal, 1620, pt Russian Federation, 1821, ru Singapore, 1907, sg Spain, 0519, es Switzerland, 0308, ch Sweden, 1905, se Taiwan, 2023, tw Thailand, 2008, th United Kingdom, 0702, gb United States of America, 2119, us XV-DV131_232T.book 40 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 41 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Specifications ⢠Amplifier section RMS Power Output: Front, Center, Surround . . . 60 W per channel (1 kHz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 ⦠) 50 W per channel (1 kHz, 10 % T.H.D., 6 ⦠) Subwoofer . . 60 W (100 Hz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 ⦠) 50 W (100 Hz, 10 % T.H.D., 6 ⦠) ⢠Disc section Digital audio characteristics . . . . . . . . . DVD fs: 96 kHz, 24-bit Type . . . . . . . . DVD system, Video CD/Super VCD system and Compact Disc digital audio system Frequency response . . . . 4 Hz to 44 kHz (96kHz sampling) / 4 Hz to 22 kHz (48kHz sampling) Wow and Flutter. . . . . . . . Limit of measurement (ñ0.001 % W.PEAK) or less (JEITA) ⢠FM tuner section Frequency range . . . . . . . . 87.5 MHz to 108 MHz Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ⦠, unbalanced ⢠AM tuner section Frequency range: With 9kHz step . . . . . . . . 531 kHz to 1,602 kHz With 10kHz step . . . . . . . 530 kHz to 1,700 kHz Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loop antenna ⢠Miscellaneous Power requirements: Singapore, Malaysian, Hong Kong models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz Taiwanese model . . . . . . . . AC 110 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 W Power consumption in standby . . . . . . . . . 0.4 W Dimensions . . . 420 (W) x 60 (H) x 331.5(D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 kg ⢠Accessories (DVD/CD receiver) Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AA/R6 dry cell batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Video cable (yellow plugs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AM loop antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 FM antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Power cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Setup Guide These operating instructions S-DV131 Speaker system (Front speakers x2, surround speakers x2, center speaker x1, subwoofer x1) ⢠Front speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . 105 (W) x 115 (H) x 114 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 kg ⢠Center speaker Enclosure . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . 115 (W) x 105 (H) x 114 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 kg ⢠Surround speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . 105 (W) x 118 (H) x 114 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.63 kg ⢠Subwoofer Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bass-reflex floor type System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way system Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz to 2.0 kHz Maximum Input Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . 190 (W) x 360 (H) x 317 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 kg XV-DV131_232T.book 41 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 42 En ⢠Accessories Non-skid pads (small). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mounting brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Screws (for mounting brackets) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 S-DV232T Speaker system (Front speakers x2, surround speakers x2, center speaker x1, subwoofer x1) ⢠Front speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . Closed-box floorstanding type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 2-way system Speakers: Woofer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Tweeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 cm ceramic type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . 260 (W) x 983.5 (H) x 260 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 kg ⢠Center speaker Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . . 270 (W) x 90 (H) x 100 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8 kg ⢠Surround speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . 105 (W) x 118 (H) x 114 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 kg ⢠Subwoofer Enclosure . . . . . . . Bass-reflex floorstanding type System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way system Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz to 2.0 kHz Maximum Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . 190 (W) x 360 (H) x 317 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 kg ⢠Accessories Speaker cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Non-skid pads (small) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Front speaker stand bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Screws (for base) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Screws (for brackets). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mounting brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Screws (for mounting brackets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Note ⢠Specifications and design subject to possible modification without notice, due to improvements. Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.âÂÂDolbyâÂÂ, âÂÂPro LogicâÂÂ, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. âÂÂDTSâ and âÂÂDTS Digital Surroundâ are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc. This product includes F ontA venueî fonts licenced by NEC corporation. F ontAvenue is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation. This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is pr otected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited uses only unless other wise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. XV-DV131_232T.book 42 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 43 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Wall-mounting the front and surround speaker system Attaching the brackets ⢠Make sure to tighten the supplied screw as securely as possible when attaching the bracket to the back of the speaker. ⢠Please do not attach the brackets to the center speaker. ⢠Please do not attach the brackets to the tall front speakers supplied with the following speaker systems: S-DV232T. Before mounting ⢠Remember that the speaker system is heavy and that its weight could cause the wood screws to work loose, or the wall material to fail to support it, resulting in the speaker falling. Make sure that the wall on which you intend to mount the speakers is strong enough to support them. Do not mount on plywood or soft surface walls. ⢠Mounting screws are not supplied. Use screws that are suitable for the wall material and that will support the weight of the speaker. Note ⢠If you are unsure of the qualities and strength of the walls, consult a professional for advice. ⢠Pioneer is not responsible for any accidents or damage that result from improper installation. 5 â 7 mm Mounting screw (not supplied) Bracket screw (supplied) 5 mm 10 mm XV-DV131_232T.book 43 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ä½Âç½® : æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸ ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 2 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
CAUTION : CLASS 3B VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER VRW2159 EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM. RADIA TION WHEN OPEN, AVOID XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 3 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
01 4 ChH æÂÂè¬ÂæÂ¨è³¼è²·æÂŒÂ° Pioneer ç¢åÂÂã 諠徹åºÂé±è®ÂæÂ¾ÂÂä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以便æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¢åÂÂãÂÂå¨é±è®Âå®ÂæÂ¾ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼Âè«Âå°Â堶妥çºä¿Â管ï¼Â便æÂ¼ æÂ¥å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂè ã ç®é 01 éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ å®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 è¨Âç½®è²éÂÂé³é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 使ç¨å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ÂOSDï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Resume å Last Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Video CD/Super VCD PBC é¸å® . . . . . . . . 9 æÂ¶è½æÂ¶é³橠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 è¨ÂæÂ¶éÂȌ° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 æÂ¶è½é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 èÂÂè½堶ä»Âä¾Â溠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 調æÂÂ顯示å¹Â亮度 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 02 ç¨å¿ÂèÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 éÂÂæÂ¼èÂÂè½模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 èÂÂè½ç°ç¹Âè² . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 使ç¨åÂÂç°ç¹Âè² . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂèÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 使ç¨ SFC 模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 å éÂÂä½Âé³é³é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 03 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 æ ¼é² / æ ¼ éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 DVD æÂ V ideo CD/ Super VCD ç¢Âç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 WMAãÂÂMP3ãÂÂDivX video å J PEG æªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ段 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 建ç«Âç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ç¨Âå¼Â編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå ¶ä»Âå¯ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . 17 æÂÂç´¢ç¢Âç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂèªÂ訠/ è² é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 æÂ¾å¤§ç«é¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè§Â度 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 04 é³頻è¨Âç½®åÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´é¸å® ãÂÂé³頻è¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 é³頻 DRC ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶@. . . . . . . . . 19 ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 4 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
01 5 ChH 05 ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 使ç¨åÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®é¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 顯示è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 é¸頠è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 æÂÂ人éÂÂå® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 06 å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©è¨Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 éÂÂ製模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 飿ÂÂ¥ S-video 輸åº . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 éÂÂæÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 07 æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 顯示 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 éÂÂæÂ§å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 08 å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠ç¢Âç / 堧容格å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¸容æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . 30 ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 DivX video ç¸容æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 éÂÂæÂ¼ WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂç¶Âè· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 DVD Video é©ç¨å°å . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 æÂÂæÂ¿ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 å²æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂé¿å ÂäºÂé  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 å®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿Â餠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂ示 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 渠æ½Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé  (pickup lens) æÂ . . . . . . . 33 æ°´æ°£åÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 æÂŒÂÂ系統主橠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 ç«é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 é»è¦Â系統è¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 é »çÂÂæÂ¥è·Âè¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 DVD/CD/Video CD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . 36 調諧å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂ渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 è¦Âæ ¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 çÂÂå£Âå®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®åÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨系統 . . . . . . . 42 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 5 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 01 6 ChH 第 1 ç« éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ å®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® 覠æÂ¨æÂ¿é çÂÂ大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¹ æÂ§èÂÂå®Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以å¨堩 種æÂ¹ å¼Âä¸Â鏿ÂÂå ¶ä¸ÂæÂºè¨ÂæÂ¨çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨ä¾Â使ç¨æÂ¬ç³»çµ±ï¼ 1 ⢠æ¨ÂæºÂç°ç¹Âè² 5 é»Âè¨Âç½® ï¼ÂæÂ¤çºå¯æÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³ 5.1 è²éÂÂ家庠å é¢é³ æÂÂçÂÂ樠溠å¤Âè²é ç° ç¹Âè²æÂ è²å¨è¨Âç½®æÂ¹å¼Âã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè² 3 é»Âè¨Âç½® ï¼ÂæÂ¤ç¨®è¨Âç½®ç¸ç¶é©åÂÂç¡ æ³ÂæÂ¡ç¨徠ç° ç¹ÂæÂ è²å¨æÂº 訠æÂ¹å¼ÂæÂ æÂ¨ å¸ÂæÂÂè½ é¿å Âå¨èÂÂè½室堧æÂÂè²å¨ç½ç·ÂéÂÂé·æÂÂæÂ¡ç¨ ã 諠èÂÂF ront Surround 模å¼Âä¸Â起使ç¨æÂ¤ç¨®è¨Âç½® æÂ¹å¼ ï¼Â以å å å©ç¨ç 壠å 天è±æÂ¿ ç åÂÂå°Â梠件ï¼ÂæÂÂä¾Â極度é¼çÂÂçÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂÂã å¨ æÂ¨æÂºè¨ å®ÂæÂÂè²å¨å¾Âï¼Âè« å®ÂæÂÂä¸Âå è¨Âç½®è² éÂÂé³ é ï¼ÂæÂ¥èÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé± æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® å¨第 21 頠以å®ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ çÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âç½®ã è¨Âç½®è²éÂÂé³é è¨Âç½®æÂ¨ä¸»è¦ÂèÂÂè½ä½Âç½®çÂÂç¸å°Âè²éÂÂé³éÂÂã 2 1 æÂÂ丠SHIFT TEST TONE ã 測試é³調æÂÂæÂÂ以ä¸Âé ÂåºÂ輸åº ï¼Âå¾Âç®åÂÂèÂÂè½模张ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂè²å¨@@⢠L ï¼Âå·¦åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠C ï¼Âä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠R ï¼Âå³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SR ï¼Âå³ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SL ï¼Âå·¦ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SW ï¼ÂéÂÂä½Âé³ 3 2 使ç¨ VOLUME / ï¼ æÂÂéµ以調æÂ´é³éÂÂè³é© 度çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î æÂÂéµ以輪æµÂ調æÂ´æÂÂè²å¨é³éÂÂã ç¶ Ã¥ÂÂå¨主è¦ÂèÂÂè½你置ä¸Âï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂ該æÂ è½å°ä¾Âèª毠å æÂÂè²å¨åÂÂ樣é³é çÂÂ測試é³調ãÂÂè² éÂÂé³éÂÂç¯Âå çºñ 1 0 dBã 4 å®ÂæÂÂæÂ ENTER 以éÂÂåº測試é³調è¨Âç½®ã éÂÂ註 1 è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± éÂÂæÂ¼èÂÂè½模张å¨第 11 頠以äºÂè§£æÂ´å¤Â使ç¨ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂè½模å¼ÂæÂÂé Âæ¯Â種æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½®çÂÂè³Âè¨Âã 左åÂÂç½® å·¦ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ å³åÂÂç½® å³ç°繠左åÂÂç½® å·¦ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ å³åÂÂç½® å³ç°繠2 ⢠æÂ¤é  å å¨ DVD/CD é¸åÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂè½使ç¨ãÂÂå¦è«Â確å®Âè³æ©Âå°ÂæÂªæÂ¥ä¸Âã â¢ æÂÂè²å¨é³éÂÂå¨èÂÂè½任ä½ÂæÂ¨åÂÂæÂ¡çÂÂ鳿ÂÂä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂå¯å 以調æÂ´ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ï¼Âè«Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î æÂÂéµ以é¸åÂÂè²éÂÂé³é è¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ãÂÂè«Âç¨ îÂÂ/î 以調æÂ´è²éÂÂé³éÂÂï¼ îÂÂ/î 以移åÂÂè³ä¸Âä¸Âè²éÂÂãÂÂå¨æÂ¨å®ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 ç±æÂ¼éÂÂä½Â鳿ÂÂç¢çÂÂè¶ ä½ÂéÂÂé »çÂÂï¼Âå æÂ¤å ¶é³æÂÂè½起ä¾ÂæÂÂè¼Â實éÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂé³éÂÂå®ÂéÂÂä¸ÂäºÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 6 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 01 7 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ä½¿ç¨å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ çºäºÂ使ç¨æÂ¹ 便ï¼ÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂ¡ç¨äºÂ大 éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå½¢åÂÂç å¨ å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ÂOSDï¼ ã æÂÂæÂÂç«é¢åº æÂ¬ä¸Âé½使ç¨åÂÂ樣 çÂÂå°Â覽æÂ¹å¼Âï¼Â諠使 ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµ ï¼ î ã î ã î ã î ï¼Â以è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½頠ç®ï¼Â並æÂÂ丠ENTER 以鏿ÂÂé  ç®ã 1 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 â¢ å¨æÂ´ä»½æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ裠@ãÂÂé¸åÂÂã çº表示使ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂ éµåÂÂç½è¢å¹Âä¸Âé  ç® ï¼ ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¹ÂæÂ ã æÂÂ示 ⢠æ¯Âå OSD ç«é¢ä¸ÂæÂ¹åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéµå°Â覽 @說æÂÂæ¯Âå æÂÂ鵿ÂÂé©åÂÂæÂÂä½ÂçÂÂç«é¢ã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¾ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå°ÂæÂ¼ DVDãÂÂCDãÂÂVideo CD/Super VCDã DivX video å M P3/WMA ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨åºæÂ¬ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ å 以說æÂÂãÂÂé²é åÂÂè½æÂ å¨第 3 ç« ä¸Â詳細說æÂÂã 1 å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå°ÂæÂªéÂÂæ©Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«Âå°Â堶黿ºÂæÂÂéÂÂã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾å«æÂÂå½±åÂÂç ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå° é» è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂéÂÂ並確å®Âè¨Âç½®çÂÂæÂ¯æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥ã 2 æÂÂ丠î OPEN/CLOSE 以置堥ç¢ÂçÂÂã 尠æ¨Â籤é¢ æÂÂä¸Â置堥碠çÂÂï¼Âå©ç¨ç¢Âç¤å°Â槽侠å°Â溠ç¢Âç ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç½®å ¥çÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂé¢ç DVD ç¢Âç @åÂÂè« å°ÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂé£ä¸Â颿ÂÂä¸Â置堥@ã 3 æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD æÂ V ideo CD/Super VCDï¼ è¢å¹Âä¸Â峿ÂÂåºç¾é¸å®ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± DVD-Video ç¢Âç é¸å® å¨第 8 é  å Video CD/Super VCD PBC é¸ å® å¨第 9 é Â堧容ï¼Â以çÂÂçÂ¥å°Â覽çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Âã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DivX video æÂ WMA/MP3 ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ åÂÂé ÂæÂÂæÂ¸ç§ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å·²ç½®å ¥å«æÂ JPEG 堧容ç CD/CD-R/RW ï¼ å¹» çÂÂç ç§Â便æÂ é å§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ãÂÂèÂÂå ¶ ç¸éÂÂç æÂ´å¤Âè³ è¨Âï¼ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ å¨第 13 é  çÂÂ堧容 ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå«堧容ç¶ä¸Âæ··åÂÂæÂ DivX è¦Âé » Ã¥ÂÂå ¶ä»Âé¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂåªÂé«ÂæªÂæ¡ ï¼Âä¾Â妠MP3ï¼ ï¼Âé¦Âå  è«Âå¾ å¨屠顯示 ç«é¢ ä¸Âé¸ Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¯ è¦ÂæÂ DivX video æªÂæ¡ ï¼ DivX ï¼ÂéÂÂæÂ¯ å ¶ ä»Âé¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂåªÂé« æªÂæ¡ ï¼ MP3/WMA/JPEG ï¼ ã 4 é³éÂÂ調æÂ´ã è«Â使ç¨ VOLUME ä¾ÂæÂ§å¶é³éÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 è¢å¹Âä¿ÂèÂ፬Âå¼ÂæÂÂå¨系統éÂÂç½®äºÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂå¾Âåºç¾ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HOME MENU 顯示 / é åºå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ÂOSDï¼ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½çÂÂé¸å®頠ç® ENTER é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂé¸å®頠ç® RETURN è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂ主é¸å®ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂä»»ä½Âè®ÂæÂ´ XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 7 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 01 8 ChH åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ 丠表ä¸Âå æÂÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç¨以 æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂç åÂÂé  åºæÂ¬ æÂ§å¶ 1 ã æÂ¨å¯以å¨第 3 ç« ä¸ÂæÂ¾å°堶ä»ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ã Resume å Last Memory æÂ¨åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ RESUME Ã¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂåºç¾å¨è¢ å¹Âä¸Âï¼Â表示æÂ¨å¯以å¾Â該é»Âä½Âç½®ä¾ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD å V ideo CD/Super VCD èÂÂ訠ï¼Âå³使é åºï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Â置亦æÂÂå²åÂÂå¨è¨ÂæÂ¶é«Âè£Âã 2 ä¸Â次æÂ¨ç½® å ¥ç¢Âç æÂÂï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸Â峿ÂÂ顯示 LAST MEM çÂÂå 樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè®ÂæÂ¨å¾ÂæÂ¤æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 妠æÂÂæÂ¨æÂ³è¦Â渠é¤æÂ¢ 復æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂä½ ç½®ï¼Âè«Âå¨è¢å¹Â丠顯示 RESUME çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ ã DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® 許夠DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂå §å«æÂ¨å¯以é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âè§Â賠堧容çÂÂé¸å®ã æÂ æÂÂï¼ÂDVD-Video é¸ å®æÂÂèªåÂÂå¨ æÂ¨éÂÂå§ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ é¡¯ç¤º å¨è¢幠丠ï¼Â堶仠碠çÂÂåªæÂ å¨ æÂ¨ æÂ ä¸ DVD MENU æÂ TOP MENU æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯示ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î éÂÂå§ / æÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示 RESUME æÂ LAST MEM çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥Â便æÂÂå¾ÂæÂ¢å¾© æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂå¾Âè¨ÂæÂ¶çÂÂä½Âç½®éÂÂå§ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå Resume å Last Memory ï¼Âã î æÂ«å / ç¹¼çºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂã î å¯åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¶ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示 RESUME Ã¥ÂÂ樣@ã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«è½Âã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿«è½Âã î å¯跳è³ç®åÂÂå½±é³è»ÂæÂÂç« ç¯ÂçÂÂéÂÂé Âï¼Â以 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå½±é³軠/ ç« ç¯Âã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå½±é³è»ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Âã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯ç¨以輸堥æ¨Âé¡ / 章篠/ å½±é³è»ÂçÂÂç·¨ èÂÂãÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢è½ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥ÂæÂÂå¾ æÂÂ鏿¨Âé¡ ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼ DVDï¼ÂæÂÂå½±é³軠ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼ CD/Video CD/Super VCDï¼Âç éÂÂé ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥ÂæÂÂè·³è³ æÂÂ鏿¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂVR 模张DVD-RWï¼ ãÂÂ章篠ï¼ÂDVD-Videoï¼ÂæÂÂå½±é³軠ï¼ÂCD/Video CD/Super VCDï¼ÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã éÂÂ註 1 æÂ¨æÂÂç¼ç¾ï¼ÂDVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂÂäºÂé¨份ï¼ÂæÂ¯æÂÂäºÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ç¡æ³ÂæÂ§å¶çÂÂã 2 ⢠Last Memory Ã¥ÂÂè½å¯è½ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD-Video ç¢Âç ï¼Âé¤ VR 模张DVD-RW å¤Âï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯å²åÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂäºÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âç½®ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ SHIFT TOP MENU 顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂç ãÂÂä¸Â層é¸å®ãÂÂï¼ æÂ¤é  åÂÂè½æÂÂè¦Âç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã DVD MENU 顯示 DVD å Âç¢Âé¸å®ï¼ÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂè½覠å Âç¢ÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¯è½è ãÂÂä¸Â層 é¸å®ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç¸åÂÂã îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî å¨ç«é¢ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢移åÂÂ游æ¨Âã ENTER é¸åÂÂç®åÂÂé¸å®ä¸ÂçÂÂé¸頠ã RETURN è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂ顯示çÂÂé¸å®ç«é¢ã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯åÂÂç·¨æÂÂèÂÂ碼çÂÂé¸å®é¸頠ï¼Âå é© ç¨æÂ¼æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ ãÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ 以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 8 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 01 9 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ Video CD/Super VCD PBC é¸å® æÂÂ亠Video CD/Super VCD å ·æÂÂæÂ¨å¯å¾Âä¸Âé¸åÂÂæÂ³ è¦Âè§Âè³Â堧容çÂÂé¸å® ãÂÂéÂÂäºÂ便æÂ¯ PBCï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶@é¸å®ã æÂ¨å¯以ç´æÂ¥å©ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®ï¼Âä¸Âç¨æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂèÂÂç¡é Âå°Â覽 PBC é¸ å®ï¼Â便坿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ´å¼µ PBC Video CD/Super VCDã æÂ¶è½æÂ¶é³橠æÂ¬æ©Â調諧å¨åÂÂå¯æÂ¥æÂ¶ FM å A M 廣æÂÂç¯Âç®ï¼Â並堠許æÂ¨è¨ÂæÂ¶å æÂ¡çÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼Âè®ÂæÂ¨ä¸Âç¨ æ¯Â次æÂ³æÂ¶è½ æÂ éÂÂè¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ調é¸ã 1 æÂÂ丠TUNER 以åÂÂæÂÂ調諧å¨ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé£çºÂæÂ ä»¥é¸å AM æÂ FM 波段ã è¢å¹ÂæÂ¤æÂÂæÂÂ顯示波段åÂÂé »çÂÂã 2 調é¸éÂÂè¦ÂçÂÂé »çÂÂã éÂÂè£ÂæÂÂä¸Â種調諧模å¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé«ÂéÂÂ@⢠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧 ï¼ é£çºÂæÂ TUNE /â 以æÂ¹è®ÂæÂÂ顯示 çÂÂé »çÂÂã â¢ èªåÂÂ調諧 ï¼ÂæÂ ä½ TUNE /â @ç´å°æÂÂ顯示ç 頻çÂÂéÂÂå§Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçºæÂ¢ ï¼ ç¶å¾Âå°ÂæÂÂéµæÂ¾éÂÂã ä¸ÂæÂ¦ æÂ¾å°ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂȌ° ï¼Â調諧å¨å³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢åÂÂä½ ãÂÂé è¤ÂæÂ¥é©Â以繼çºÂæÂÂå°Âã â¢ é«ÂéÂÂ調諧 ï¼ÂæÂÂä½ TUNE /â æÂÂéµ ï¼Âç´å°顯示 çÂÂé »çÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¿«éÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçºæÂ¢ã 繼çºÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂéµ@ç´å°æÂ¨æÂ¾å°æÂÂéÂÂè¦ÂçÂÂé »ç ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂ忠覠@å¯使 ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½ä¾Â微調頻çÂÂã æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£ä»¥ç«Âé«Âè²模å¼ÂæÂ¶è½ FM éÂȌ°ä½ÂÃ¥ÂȾÂ¥æÂ¶å¾® å¼±ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂè³å®è²éÂÂä¾ÂæÂ¹åÂÂé³質ã 1 調é¸è³丠FM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ FM MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å FM MONO ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 調諧 å¨å¨å®è²éÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æ¨¡å¼ ä¸ ï¼ å®è²éÂÂæÂÂ示ç @ï¼ÂæÂÂ亮起ã é¸å FM AUTO 以åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂèªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²模张ï¼ÂæÂ¶ è½ç«Âé«Âè²廣æÂÂæÂ ï¼ ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂ示ç @@æÂ äº® èµ·ï¼ ã è¨ÂæÂ¶éÂȌ° æÂ¨å¯å²åÂÂå¤Âé 30 Ã¥ÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° ï¼ è®ÂæÂ¨æ°¸é å¯以輠輠é¬Âé¬Â便 è½æÂ¶è½åÂÂæÂ çÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼ÂèÂÂç¡é Âæ¯Â次 é½覠åÂÂæÂÂ調é¸ã 1 調諧è³ AM æÂ FM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ã å°ÂæÂ¼ FM 波段 ï¼ å¯è¦ÂéÂÂè¦Âä¾Âé¸åÂÂå®è²éÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂç« é« è²çÂÂæÂÂ¥ æÂ¶æÂ¹å¼ÂãÂÂæÂ¤é  è¨ å®Â弿ÂÂé£åÂÂé Â訠éÂȌ° ä¸Âä½µåÂÂã 2 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ ã ST.MEM. ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ ä¸ ENTER ã 4 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂ¶è½çÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°@ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂ¶è½é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° 1 確å®Âå·²é¸å TUNER Ã¥ÂÂè½ã 2 使ç¨ ST /â æÂÂéµ以é¸åÂÂä¸Âé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã â¢ æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµä¾Âé¸åÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ RETURN 顯示 PBC é¸å®ã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ é¸åÂÂç·¨æÂÂèÂÂ碼çÂÂé¸å®é¸頠ãÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã î 顯示åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®頠ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂç 話@ã î 顯示ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®頠ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂç 話@ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 9 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 01 10 ChH èÂÂè½堶ä»Âä¾Â溠æÂ¨å¯以ä¸Â次é£æÂ¥å ©ç¨®å¤Âé¨ä¾Â溠ï¼ÂTV ã è¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶ å¨ç ï¼Âè³æÂ¬ ç³» çµ±ä¸ÂãÂÂè«Âå é± é£æÂ¥è¼ å© è¨Âå å¨ 第 24 é Â說æÂÂã 1 確å®Âå¤Âé¨ä¾Â溠@TV ãÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨çÂÂï¼Â已綠éÂÂæ©Âã 2 æÂÂ丠LINE 以é¸åÂÂä¾ÂæºÂã 3 å¦ÂæÂÂå¿ è¦Âï¼Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¾ÂæºÂã è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¨ ç¡ ç å®ÂæÂ å¨æÂÂå¨ä¸Âå® æÂÂéÂÂå°å¾Âå°Â系統 éÂÂæ©Âï¼Âè® æÂ¨å°±ç®Âç¡èÂÂä¹Âä¸Âç¨æÂÂå¿Âã 1 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SLEEP 以é¸åÂÂé¸頠ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã é¸æÂÂ以ä¸Âé¸頠@2 ⢠SLP AUTO ï¼Âå¯å¨æÂÂæÂ¾å®Âç®åÂÂç CDãÂÂVideo CD æÂ D ivX ç¢ÂçÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂèªåÂÂéÂÂæ©Âã â¢ SLP ON ï¼Âä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂå·¦å³å¾ÂéÂÂæ©Âã â¢ SLP OFF ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¶Âç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂã å¨é¸å SLP ON å¾Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂ丠SLEEP 以確 èªÂä¸Âä¸Âå©é¤ÂçÂÂæÂÂé ã æ¯Âæ¢Âç·Â代表素12 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂï¼Âå© é¤ÂæÂÂéÂÂ@@調æÂÂ顯示å¹Â亮度 æÂ¨å¯以å¨ç¼ç¾顯示å¹Â太亮æÂÂï¼Âå°Âå®Â調æÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ï¼Âå ENTER 以鏿ÂÂ亮度調ç¯Âå¨ è¨Âå®Âå¼ã éÂÂæÂÂ顯示å¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå¹Âä¸Âã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å LIGHT( 亮 ) æÂ DARK( æÂ ) ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂ註 1 顯示å¹Âå¨ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂè¨Â置好æÂÂæÂÂè®ÂæÂÂã 2 Sleep Auto ï¼Âç¡ç èªåÂÂï¼ ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼ WMA/MP3 ç¢ÂçÂÂãÂÂPBC æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂç Video CD/Super VCDï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Âç CDã DVD/CD FM/AM TUNER LINE SL P --- -- XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 10 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¨å¿ÂèÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 02 11 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ç¬¬ 2 ç« ç¨å¿ÂèÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 éÂÂæÂ¼èÂÂè½模张妠家åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® å¨第 6 頠丠æÂÂè¿°ï¼Âæ¯Â丠種èÂÂè½模å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ å ©ç¨®åºæÂÂ ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® é¸ é  ï¼ â¢ æ¨ÂæºÂç°ç¹Âè² 5 é»Âè¨Âç½® ï¼Âå¯使ç¨任ä½Âä¸Â種ç° ç¹Âè²è è½模张æÂÂé ÂæÂ¤ 種è¨Âç½® æÂ¹å¼ ï¼Âé¤å ç° ç¹Âè²å¤Âï¼ ã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè² 3 é»Âè¨Âç½® ï¼Â確å®Âå¨é¸åÂÂèÂÂè½模张åÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂç°繠è²模张已åÂÂå ï¼Âè«Âå é± 使ç¨ å ç°ç¹Âè² å¨第 12 é  çÂÂ堧容說æÂÂï¼ ã èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模å¼ÂæÂ¯ èÂÂè½主è¦ÂæÂ§ å¶çÂÂä»»ä½Âä¾ÂæºÂæÂ ç°¡ å®çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Âï¼ÂèªæÂ è²å¨çÂÂ輸åºåÂÂæÂ åºä¾ÂæºÂé¡ÂæÂ ä¸ çÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ丠SHIFT SURROUND 以é¸å AUTO èÂÂè½ 模å¼Âã 1 èÂÂè½ç°ç¹Âè² æÂ¨å¯以ç°ç¹Âè²ä¾ÂèÂÂè½ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾Â溠ã 2 ç° ç¹Âè²æÂ¯æÂ¡ç¨堶ä¸Âä¸Â種 Dolby Pro Logic 解碼模 å¼Âèªç«Âé«Âè²ä¾ÂæºÂç¶ä¸ÂæÂÂç¢çÂÂåºä¾ÂçÂÂã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT SURROUND 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種è è½模å¼Âã 1 å¨ 顯示幠ä¸Âåºç¾çÂÂ鏿ÂÂå° æÂÂæ ¹æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ çÂÂä¾ÂæºÂé¡ åÂÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ AUTO ï¼ÂèªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Â述說æÂÂ@⢠DOLBY DIGITAL / DTS ï¼ÂD olby Digital æÂ DTS è§£ 碼 ï¼Âè¦Âä¾ æºÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ ã 3 å°Âå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾Â溠èÂÂè¨Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ä¹ÂæÂ¯ AUTO ã â¢ PROLOGIC (Dolby Pro Logic) ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼ éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂç 4.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Âè²ã â¢ MOVIE (Dolby Pro Logic II Movie) ï¼Âç¹åÂ¥é©åÂÂé»影ä¾ÂæºÂç Pro Logic â ¡ 5.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Âè² ï¼Âé©ç¨任ä½Âä»»ä½ÂéÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂï¼ ã â¢ MUSIC (Dolby Pro Logic II Music) ï¼ÂP ro Logic â ¡ 5.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂï¼Âç¹åÂÂ¥ é©åÂÂä»»ä½Âä¸Â種éÂÂè²éÂÂçÂÂ鳿¨Âä¾ÂæºÂã â¢ STEREO ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ çÂÂå § 容說æÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 å¦ÂæÂÂä¾ÂæºÂæÂ¯ Dolby Digital æÂ D TSï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç 2 D æÂ DTS æÂÂ示çÂÂ便æÂÂ亮起ã SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND 2 ⢠è«Â注æÂÂï¼Â輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂå¿ é ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ DVD/CD 以é²è¡Âå¤Âè²éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£æÂÂç®ÂéÂÂ製ä¸Âå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± éÂÂ製模张å¨第 24 é  çÂÂ堧容說æÂÂã 3 å¨èÂÂè½ DOLBY DIGITAL / DTS 模å¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè²éÂÂé¡ÂæÂÂå°ÂæÂÂèªåÂÂæÂ¡ç¨ Dolby Pro Logic II 解碼以ç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ¾ã SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 11 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¨å¿ÂèÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 02 12 ChH 使ç¨åÂÂç°ç¹Âè² Ã¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè² 模 å¼Âå¨ æÂ¨ä½¿ç¨ å®¶ åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢ é³ æÂÂè¨Âç½® å¨ 第 6é  ä¸ÂæÂÂè¿°çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè² 3 é»Âè¨Âç½®æÂÂçºæÂÂæÂÂé  ç®ãÂÂç° ç¹ÂæÂÂè² å¨æÂÂæÂºå¨å 置æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¹ 並æÂ åÂÂçÂÂ壠ï¼Âè«Âå é± æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® æÂÂå @ï¼Â丠DVD/ CD å¿ é Âé¸åÂÂä½Âçº輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂã 2 ⢠æÂÂ丠SHIFT FRONT SURROUND 以åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ éÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè²åÂÂè½ã è¨ÂæÂ MODE ON æÂÂï¼Âè«Â確實éµ砧 ãÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂå°ÂæÂ¹æ³Âï¼Â以ç²å¾ÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂÂã 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ æÂ¨ å¯以å¨ ç«Âé«Âè²é³æÂÂä¸Âè è½任ä½Âä¸Â種 ä¾ÂæºÂé³髠è² æÂÂå¤Âè² éÂÂãÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾å¤Âè² ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂè² éÂÂæÂ ç¶Â縮混å¾Âå³éÂÂè³左 / 峿ÂÂè²å¨åÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³ä¹Âä¸Âã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT SURROUND ç´å°顯示å¹Â丠åºç¾ STEREO çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣çºæÂ¢ã æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂèÂÂè½ å¨æÂ¥ä¸Âè³æ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂåªæÂ STEREO 模å¼Âå¯以使ç¨ã 使ç¨ SFC 模张SFCï¼Âé³場æÂ§å¶@模å¼Âå¯以é©ç¨æÂ¼ä»»ä½ÂçÂÂå¤Âè²é æÂÂç«Âé«Âè²ä¾Â溠@以æÂÂä¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¼Âå ¶ä»ÂçÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ ã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND MODE ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å SFC MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 æÂÂ丠îÂÂ/î ï¼ÂæÂ¥èÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以é¸å SFC Sound Mode 鳿ÂÂ模å¼Âã è«Âé¸å Off ï¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼ , ACTION ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âï¼ ã DRAMA ï¼ÂæÂ²åÂÂï¼ ã ROCK ï¼ÂæÂÂ滾æ¨Âï¼ ã POP ï¼ÂæµÂè¡Âæ¨Âï¼ ã HALL ï¼Â鳿¨Â廳@æÂ LIVE ï¼Âç¾場 æ¼Âå¥Âï¼ ã 調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ 使ç¨ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³æÂ§å¶å¯調æÂ´å ¨é¢çÂÂé³調ã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND MODE ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å BASS ï¼Âä½Âé³ï¼ÂæÂ TREBLE ï¼Âé«Âé³@ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以調æÂ´è²é³ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確 èªÂã å éÂÂä½Âé³é³é æÂ¬æ©Âå ± æÂÂäºÂ種ä½Âé³ 模å¼ÂæÂ¨å¯ç¨ä¾Â墠強ä¾ÂæºÂä¸Âç ä½Âé³é³éÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND MODE ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å BASSMODE ï¼Âä½Âé³模 å¼Âï¼ ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以調æÂ´è²é³ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確 èªÂã è«Âé¸å Off ï¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼ , MUSIC ï¼Â鳿¨Âï¼ æÂ CINEMA ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢@ã SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND SYSTEM SETUP HOME MENU DVD MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE SOUND MODE ENTER XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 12 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 03 13 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ç¬¬ 3 ç« ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 â¢ å³ 使æÂÂ亠å è½çÂÂ實 é æÂÂä½ÂæÂ å 置堥ç 碠ç 種é¡ÂèÂÂæÂÂäºÂ許ä¸ÂçÂÂå·®ç° ï¼ æÂ¬ç« æÂÂæ¶µèÂÂçÂÂ許夠åÂÂè½ä»Âå¯é©ç¨æÂ¼ DVD ç¢Âç ã Video CD/Super VCDãÂÂCDãÂÂDivX video 以å WMA/MP3/JPEG ç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ亠DVD æÂÂéÂÂå¶æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ï¼Âä¾Âå¦Â鍿©ÂæÂÂéÂÂ褠æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂé¨份æÂÂå ¨é¨çÂÂ使ç¨ ãÂÂéÂÂ並丠æÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ 卿ÂÂæÂ¾ Video CD/Super VCD æÂ ï¼ æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¨ PBC æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸Âé©ç¨ ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ³è¦Â使ç¨é äºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ï¼ è«Â使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®ä¾ÂéÂÂå§Âç¢Âç çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種çÂÂéÂÂ度åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂã 1 ⢠æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î æÂ î 以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂÂã é£çºÂæÂÂ以å¢Âå æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå±Âå¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂ示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種栢åÂÂä½ÂéÂÂ度ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ãÂÂVideo CD/ Super VCD å D ivX video ã DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂéÂÂå¯以åÂÂå 栢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂ«åÂÂï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂä½ îÂÂ/î æÂ îÂÂ/î éÂ括Âç´å°éÂÂå§Âæ ¢å ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çºæÂ¢ã é£çºÂæÂÂ以è®ÂæÂ´æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂ度ï¼Âå¦Âå±Âå¹ÂæÂÂ示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æ ¼é² / æ ¼éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨å¯以éÂÂæ ¼åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂã å°ÂæÂ¼ Video CD/Super VCD å DivX video ï¼ÂæÂ¨ åª å¯以使ç¨格鲿ÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂ«åÂÂï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂ丠îÂÂ/î æÂ îÂÂ/î 以å¾ÂéÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé²çÂÂæÂ¹ å¼Âä¸Â次ä¸Âæ ¼æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ å¨置堥堧å« JPEG Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂç CD/CD-R/RW å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î 以便å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Â第ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾 / Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ã 3 æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Âé ÂåºÂä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¯Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ æÂÂ夾ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂã åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂ調æÂ´ä»¥ç¡éÂÂ填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âç«é¢ã 幻çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ éÂÂ註 1ä½ D ivX video ç¢ÂçÂÂå é©ç¨ä¸Â種éÂÂ度ã 2 ⢠è¦Âç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ÂæÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂå¨è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå° DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂ°çÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂï¼ÂèªåÂÂæÂ¢å¾©ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼æÂ¡ç¨ PBC 模å¼Âç Video CD/Super VCD æÂ W MA/MP3 é³è»ÂèÂÂè¨Âï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂèªåÂÂå¨è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³æÂ²ç®çÂÂæÂ«å°¾æÂÂéÂÂé ÂæÂÂå³èªåÂÂæÂ¢å¾©ã 3 æÂ¬æ©Âå°Âä¸Â份æªÂæ¡Âè¼Âå ¥çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé¨èÂÂæªÂæ¡Â容éÂÂæÂÂ大èÂÂå¢Âå ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯ Ã¥ÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯顯示åÂÂä¸Âå¼µåÂÂçÂÂã î å¯顯示ä¸Âä¸Âå¼µåÂÂçÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 13 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 03 14 ChH 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 DVD æÂ Video CD/Super VCD ç¢Âç 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å¯çÂÂ覽æÂ´å¼µ DVD æÂ V ideo CD/ Super VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ堧容ï¼ÂæÂ¾å°æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂé¨ 份ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨屠é¸å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 鏿ÂÂ檢è¦Âé¸頠ã å¯ 以使ç¨ çÂÂé¸頠è¦Â置堥ç ç¢ÂçÂÂ種é¡Âå æÂ¯å¦è¦ÂæÂ æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼Âç¶èÂÂä»ÂæÂÂå å«@⢠æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂæÂÂèª DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂç¶ä¸Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ樠é¡Âã â¢ 章篠ï¼ÂæÂÂèª DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂç®åÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âç¶ ä¸ÂçÂÂç« ç¯Âã â¢ æÂ²ç® ï¼ÂæÂÂä¾Âèª Video CD/Super VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂè® åÂÂçÂÂæÂ²ç®ã â¢ æÂÂé ï¼ÂæÂÂ毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂèª Video CD/Super VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°çÂÂ縮åÂÂã â¢ Original: æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂæÂÂèª VR 模张DVD-RW ç¢Âç è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âæ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ Playlist: æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂæÂÂèª VR 模张DVD-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂç¶ ä¸Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®æ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ Original: æÂÂé ï¼Âèª毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂèªåÂÂå§Â堧容ç¶ ä¸Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã â¢ Playlist: æÂÂé ï¼ÂæÂÂ毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂèªæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ç¶ ä¸Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°çÂÂ縮åÂÂã æÂ´åÂÂè¢ å¹Âç«é¢åÂÂå¾ ä¸Â次æÂÂå¤Âå¯æÂ¥é£ 顯示å Â張縮 Ã¥ÂÂå½±åÂÂãÂÂè¦Â顯示åÂÂä¸Âçµ / ä¸Âä¸ÂçµÂå Â張縮åÂÂï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ î / î ã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂ縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂã æÂ¨å¯ 以使ç¨ 游 樠éµ ï¼ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ï¼Âå ENTER ä¾Âé¸åÂÂ縮åÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµä¹Âå¯以ã 覠使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ é¸åÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Â輸堥 å ©ä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂï¼Âç¶徠æÂÂ丠ENTER ã îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並æÂÂè½ / ç¿»åÂÂæÂÂ顯示çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂã ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»ç çÂÂç§Âï¼ ZOOM å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並å°Âå çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂæÂ 1xãÂÂ2x Ã¥ÂÂ4 x çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ã ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»ç çÂÂç§Âï¼ DVD MENU å¯顯示 ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂç«é¢ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå æ¨Â顠章篠01 04 02 05 03 06 ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå : æ¨Âé¡ 01- 49: - - XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 14 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 03 15 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ä½¿ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã DivX video å JPEG æªÂ桠使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂæÂÂç §æªÂÃ¥ÂÂå°ÂæÂ¾ä¸Âç¹å®ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ æÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示é¸å®丠é¸å ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 使ç¨游æ¨Âéµ ï¼ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ï¼Â以å ENTER å 以å°Â覽ã 使ç¨丠/ ä¸Â游æ¨Âéµ@îÂÂ/î ï¼Âå¨è³ÂæÂÂ夾 / æªÂæ¡Â渠å®ä¸Âä¸Âä¸Âç§»åÂÂã 使ç¨左游æ¨Âéµ ï¼ î @以è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³根è³ÂæÂÂ夾 (parent folder)ã 1 使ç¨ ENTER æÂÂå³游樠@î ï¼Âä¾ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂè³ æÂÂ夾ã â¢ ç¶åÂÂç½JPEGæªÂ桠@便æÂÂä¸Â縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂ顯示å¨è¢ å¹Âå³å´ã 3 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂç½çÂÂå½±é³è»ÂæÂ DivX video æªÂæ¡ æÂÂ顯示åÂÂç½ç JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂï¼Â坿ÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ ç¶é¸å WMA/MP3 æÂ DivX video æªÂæ¡ ï¼ æÂÂæÂ¾ä½ æ¥ÂæÂÂèªæÂÂ鏿ªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ ï¼ ç¶å¾Âç¹¼çºÂå°ÂæÂ´åÂÂè³ÂæÂ å¤¾æÂÂæÂ¾å®ÂçºæÂ¢ã â¢ ç¶é¸åÂÂ亠JPEG æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Â峿ÂÂéÂÂ姠@並 å¾ÂæÂÂ鏿ªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ ä¸Âç´å°æÂ´åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾æÂ æÂ¾å®ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ´å¼µç¢ ç èÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¯ åª æÂÂç®å 賠æÂÂ夾ç 堧容@諠å ÂéÂÂåº ãÂÂç¢Âç 尠å ã ï¼Âç¶徠使 ç¨ î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ段 A-B éÂÂè¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨æÂÂå®Âä¸Âå½±é³軠(CDãÂÂVideo CD/Super Video CD) æÂÂä¸Âæ¨Âé¡ (DVD) ä¸ÂçÂÂå ©é» (A å B )ï¼Âä¾Âä¸Âç´ä¸ÂæÂ·çÂÂ循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ã A-B éÂÂè¤Âã ã 3 å¨ã éÂÂå§Âé»ÂãÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨Â置循ç° æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂéÂÂå§Âé»Âã 4 å¨ã çµÂæÂÂé»ÂãÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨Â置循ç° æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂçµÂæÂÂé»Âã å¨æÂÂ丠ENTER å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥ÂæÂÂè·³åÂÂè³éÂÂå§Âé»Âï¼ ç¶å¾ÂéÂÂå§Â循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ã 5 è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âè«Âé¸å ãÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã ã éÂÂ註 1 æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以é²堥æÂÂä¸Â層ç â .. âÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂä½Âã 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 File1 File2 File3 File4 File5 Folder 2 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼ XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 15 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 03 16 ChH 使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ é¤ äºÂÃ¥ÂÂ種 çÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ Ã¥ÂÂè½å¤Âï¼Â亦å¯以å°Âé è¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾çµÂÃ¥ÂÂç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Âä½µéÂÂç¨ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 建ç«Âç¨Âå¼Âç·¨ 輯渠å® å¨第 16 é Âï¼ ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂãÂÂç¶å¾Âé¸åÂÂä¸Â種éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸ é  ã 1 妠æÂÂç¨Âå¼ æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½å åÂÂï¼Âå¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ç¨Â庠侠éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ç¨Âå¼Â編輯 渠å®ï¼ÂæÂÂé¸å éÂÂéÂÂé è¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ Ã¥ÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ æÂ é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç« ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ CD å V ideo CD/Super VCD æÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç æÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ²ç® ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ DivX video ç¢Âç @å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¯ éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã 使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ å¯ 使ç¨æÂ¤ é  åÂÂè½以鍿ÂÂç é ÂåºÂä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Â( DVD-Video) æÂÂæÂ²ç® (CD å Video CD/Super VCD) ã 2 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂ鍿©Âã ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé¸åÂÂä¸Â種é¸頠ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ é¨ æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç« ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ CD å V ideo CD/Super VCD æÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å é æÂ éÂÂ以éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂ鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ã æÂÂ示 â¢ é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨以ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ : â¢ é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂç¹¼çºÂå·衠@ç´å°æÂ¨å¾Â鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸ å®é¸頠ä¸Âé¸åÂÂ亠éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ çºæÂ¢ã 建ç«Âç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å® æÂ¬é  åÂÂè½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨ç·¨è¼¯ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âæ¨Âé¡ / 章篠/ æÂ² ç® çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾é ÂåºÂç¨Âå¼Âã 3 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂç¨Âå¼Â編輯ã ç¶å¾Âå¾Âç¨Âå¼Â編輯é¸頠渠å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç·¨åºÂåµ建 / 編輯ã ã 3 使ç¨游æ¨Âéµå ENTER 以é¸åÂÂæ¨Âé¡ÂãÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂ æÂ²ç®ï¼Âå°±ç®åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂ¥é©ÂæÂ¾å ¥ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å®习ä¸Âã å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨éÂÂå¯以å¢Âå æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¯ç« ç¯Âã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ CD æÂ V ideo CD/Super VCD ï¼ å¯é¸åÂÂæÂ²ç® å å°ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å®ä¹Âä¸Âã å¨æÂÂ丠ENTER é¸åÂÂæ¨Âé¡ / 章篠/ æÂ² ç®徠@ç¨Âå¼ æÂ¥é©Âç·¨èÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âç§»åÂÂä¸Âä½Âã 4 è«ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ¥é© 3 以建ç«Âä¸Âç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å®ã 丠份ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å® ä¸Âå¯å å«夠é 24 å ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂ¥ é©Âã éÂÂ註 1 æÂ¨ä¸Âå¯以å°ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ç¨å¨ WMA/MP3 çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âã 2 ⢠æÂ¨å¯以å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè¨Âç½®é¨æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé¸頠ãÂÂç¶èÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ç¡æ³Âå°Â鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé Âç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Â起使ã â¢ æÂ¨ä¸Âè½使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ VR 格张DVD-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂãÂÂWMA/MP3 ç¢ÂçÂÂãÂÂDivX video ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¯å¨ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®已顯示çÂÂæÂ æ³ ä¸Âä¾Â使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Âé¸åÂÂä¸ÂæÂ°çÂÂæÂ²ç® / 樠é¡Â/ ç« ç¯Âã î å¯è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ç®åÂÂæÂ²ç® / æ¨Âé¡ / 章篠çÂÂéÂÂé Âï¼Âé²ä¸ÂæÂ¥æÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¯é¨æ©Âé¸ Ã¥ÂÂå ¶ä»ÂçÂÂæÂ²ç® / æ¨Âé¡ / ç« ç¯Âã 3 ⢠ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®å¯å²åÂÂå¨置堥ç DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂãÂÂå¨æÂ¨ç½®å ¥å«æÂÂå²åÂÂçÂÂç¨Âå¼Â渠宿ÂÂï¼Âç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å³æÂÂèªåÂÂå±ÂéÂÂã â¢ æÂ¨ç¡æ³Â使ç¨ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ VR æ ¼å¼Âç DVD-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂãÂÂWMA/MP3 ç¢ÂçÂÂã DivX video ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ已顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®æÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 16 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 03 17 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ â¢ æÂ¨ åªé Âå° æÂ¨ æÂ³è¦ÂæÂ° 稠å¼ÂæÂ¥é© åº ç¾çÂÂä½ ç½® å 以åÂÂç½åÂÂ輸堥æ¨Âé¡ / 章篠/ æÂ²ç®編è @便å¯ æÂÂå ¥ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂ¥é©Âã â¢ è¦Âåªé¤ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂ¥é© ï¼ è«Âå°Âå ¶åÂÂç½å¾ÂæÂÂ丠CLEAR å³å¯ã 5 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å®ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ éµã ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠宿ÂÂç¹¼çºÂÃ¥ÂÂå¨ï¼Âç´å° æÂ¨éÂÂéÂÂç¨Âå¼ æÂ æÂ¾ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ãÂÂåªé¤ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å® ï¼Âå é±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ï¼ÂéÂÂåºç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæ©ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨以ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ : ç¨Âå¼Â編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå ¶ä»Âå¯ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ å¨ç¨Âå¼Â編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂé¤äºÂç·¨åºÂåµ建 / 編輯以 å¤ÂçÂÂå ¶ä»Âé¸頠ã â¢ é å§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âå¯ é å§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ å·² å²åÂÂç 稠å¼Â編輯 渠å®ã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âå¯éÂÂéÂÂç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ ä½Âä¸Âåªé¤ç¨Â张編輯渠å®ã â¢ åª é¤ç¨Âå¼ ï¼Âå¯ å° ç¨Âå¼Âç·¨ 輯 渠å®åª é¤ 並éÂÂé ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ã æÂÂç´¢ç¢Âç æÂ¨å¯以æÂÂæ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Âç·¨è @æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂç´¢ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂCD å V ideo CD/Super VCD 坿ÂÂæÂ²ç®編 èÂÂæÂÂæÂÂé @DivX video ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂç´¢ ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂ索模å¼Âã ã æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂæÂÂç´¢é¸頠æÂÂè¦Â置堥çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ種é¡ÂèÂÂå®Âã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂÂ索模å¼Âã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂå¿ é ÂæÂÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä»¥ä¾¿ä½¿ç¨æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂç´¢åÂÂè½ ã 4 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥æ¨Âé¡ÂãÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç®編èÂÂï¼ æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂã â¢ 使ç¨æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂç´¢æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂç §æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ çÂÂä½Âç½®ä¾Â輸堥ç®åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ (DVD/DivX video) æÂÂæÂ²ç® (CD/Video CD/Super VCD) çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂç§ÂæÂ¸ãÂÂä¾Âå¦Âï¼ÂæÂÂ丠4 ã 5 ã 0 ã 0 峿ÂÂå¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ第 45 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂä½Âç½®éÂÂå§ÂæÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂæÂ³è¦Â輸堥 1 å°ÂæÂÂãÂÂ20 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂå 30 ç§ÂæÂÂï¼ å¯æÂÂ丠8 ã 0 ã 3 ã 0 ã 5 æÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂå DivX video ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸Â種以丠誠è¨ÂçÂÂå å¹Âï¼Âå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå 裠ä¸ÂæÂÂ渠æ¥ÂÃ¥ÂÂ訴æÂ¨ å¯以 使 ç¨çÂÂå å¹ÂèªÂè¨Â種é¡ÂãÂÂæÂ¨ å¯以卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé ä¾Âå æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âã 1 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT SUBTITLE 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種åÂÂå¹ é¸頠ã â¢ è¦Âè¨Âç½®åÂÂå¹ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ好è¨Âå® ï¼ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨第 20 é  çÂÂ堧容說æÂÂã â¢ æÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂçÂÂè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 顯 示 DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ æªÂæ¡ å¨第 31 é  çÂÂ堧容說æÂÂã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HOME MENU å¯å²åÂÂç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å®並éÂÂåºä½Â丠æÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å®ä¸ÂçÂÂä¸Âä¸Âå ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂ¥é©Âã éÂÂ註 1 æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå å Â許æÂ¨å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âä¾ÂæÂ¹è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âã æÂÂ丠SHIFT TOP MENU æÂ DVD MENU éµå³å¯é²堥é¸å®ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 17 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 03 18 ChH Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂèªÂ訠/ è²é å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾é æÂÂ堩種以丠èªÂè¨Âå°Âç½堧容ï¼ÂæÂÂé æÂÂé å®è²é (dual-mono) 鳿ÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ 1 æÂ¨å¯以å¨æÂ æÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã 2 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT AUDIO 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種è²é³èªÂ訠é¸頠ã â¢ è¦Âè¨Âç½®è²é³èªÂè¨ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ好è¨Âå® ï¼ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± èªÂè¨Â訠å®Âå¼ å¨第 20 é  çÂÂ堧容說æÂÂã æÂ¾å¤§ç«é¢ 使ç¨æÂ¾å¤§åÂÂè½ ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以å¨è§Âè³ DVD ãÂÂDivX video æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ Video CD/Super VCD ï¼ æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG ç¢Âç æÂÂï¼Âå°Âç«é¢æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¨ä½ÂæÂ¾å¤§ 2 æÂ 4 å ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼Â使ç¨ SHIFT ZOOM æÂÂéµ以é¸ Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¾å¤§çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸ ( ä¸Âè‹ 2x æÂ 4x) ã 2 使ç¨游æ¨Âéµ以æÂ¹è®ÂæÂ¾å¤§çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã æÂ¨ å¯以å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂèª ç±åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼Â以åÂÂæÂ¾ 大åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 3 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè§Â度 æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ以堩種ä¸Âè§Â度æÂÂæÂÂèÂÂæÂÂçÂÂå ´ æÂ¯ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂçÂÂ詳細說æÂÂã å¨æÂÂæÂ¾å¤Âè§Â度場æÂ¯æÂ ï¼ è¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾丠çÂÂå 示@æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以鏿ÂÂå°Âå®ÂéÂÂéÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 顯示è¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨第 21 é  ï¼ ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ«åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT ANGLE 以åÂÂæÂÂè§Â度ã 顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠æÂ æÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼Âå¯å°Âå 種æÂ²ç®ãÂÂç« ç¯Âå æ¨Âé¡ÂçÂÂè³Â訠顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã â¢ è¦Â顯示 / Ã¥ÂÂæÂ / é±èÂÂ顯示çÂÂè³Â訠@å¯é£çºÂæÂ DISPLAY ã æÂ éÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂè³Âè¨Â亦 æÂÂåºç¾åÂÂé¢ æÂ¿çÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸ÂãÂÂæÂ ä¸ DISPLAY 以è®ÂæÂ´æÂÂ顯示çÂÂè³Âè¨Âã éÂÂ註 1æÂ äº Super VCD éÂÂæÂÂ堩種é³è»ÂãÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ堩種é³è»Âï¼Â以åÂÂæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³è»Âç¨æÂÂçÂÂè²éÂÂã 2 æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå å Â許æÂ¨å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âä¾ÂæÂ¹è®Âè²é³èªÂè¨ÂãÂÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT TOP MENU æÂ DVD MENU éµå³å¯é²堥é¸å®ã 3 â¢ ç±æÂ¼ DVD ã Video CD/Super VCD ã DivX video æ¨Âé¡Âå JPEG Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂåªæÂÂåºå®ÂçÂÂè§£æÂÂ度@å æÂ¤ç«質ç¹åÂ¥å¨æÂ¾å¤§ 4x æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ失çÂÂç æÂ å½¢ãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç«é¢ä¸ÂæÂ¹çÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¹å¡Âæ¶Â失ï¼Âå¯æÂ SHIFT ZOOM Ã¥ÂÂå°Âå®Â顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 18 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
é³頻è¨Âç½®åÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´é¸å® 04 19 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ç¬¬ 4 ç« é³頻è¨Âç½®åÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´é¸å® ãÂÂé³頻è¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® è²é³è¨Âç½®é¸å®å¯æÂÂä¾Â調æÂ´ç¢ÂçÂÂè²é³çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢é¸ Ã¥ÂÂã é³頻è¨Âç½®ã ã 2 è«Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ï¼Â游æ¨Âï¼ÂæÂÂéµé¸åÂÂ並 è®ÂæÂ´è¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã é³頻 DRC ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶@⢠è¨Â置@é«Âã ä¸Âã ä½Âã é (頠訠å¼ ) å¨以ä½Âé³éÂÂè§Âè³ Dolby Digital DVD æÂÂï¼Âå¾Â容 æÂÂå®Â堨失å» è¼Âè¼ÂçÂÂè²é³ï¼Âå æÂŽÂ¨ä»½å°Âç½ãÂÂå° é³ é »D RC ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ÂÂå©æÂ¼çªÂ顯輠è¼ÂçÂÂè²é³ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ§å¶è¼ÂéÂÂçÂÂè²é³ã æÂÂè½å°è²é³ çÂÂå·®åÂ¥ç¨Â度ï¼Âè¦ÂæÂ¨è è½çÂÂé¡ÂæÂÂå § 容 èÂÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂé¡ æÂÂ堧容 å¨ é³éÂÂ丠沠æÂÂ太大 çÂÂè®Âå @æÂ¨ä¾¿ä¸ÂæÂÂ注æÂÂå°æÂÂä»Â麼æÂ¹è®Âã 1 ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® å¾ ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç«é¢ä¸Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´è½ å½±é¿影åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU éµ並å¾Âè¢å¹ÂæÂÂä½Âç«é¢ ä¸Âé¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½ç ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂç©件ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ( 游樠) æÂÂéÂ括Â並æÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂè¨Âç½®ã æÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼@⢠é³度 ï¼Âå¯調æÂ´å½±åÂÂéÂÂç·£çÂÂé³å©表ç¾ ( 精細 ã æ¨Â溠ã æÂÂå ) ⢠亮度 ï¼Âå¯調æÂ´æÂ´é«ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂ亮度 ( ï¼ 20 è³ 20 ) ⢠å°Âæ¯Â度 ï¼Âå¯調æÂ´äº®èÂÂæÂÂä¹ÂéÂÂçÂÂå°Âæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ ï¼ ï¼ 16 è³ 16 ï¼ â¢ ä¼½çª ï¼Âå¯調æÂ´å½±åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂ度ãÂÂ( é« ãÂÂ丠ãÂÂä½ ã éÂÂé ) ⢠è²調 ï¼Âå¯調æÂ´ç´ / 綠平衡 ( ç¶ è² 9 è³ ç´ è² 9 ) ⢠è²度çÂÂç´ ï¼Âå¯調è²彩åÂÂç¾çÂÂ飽åÂÂ度 ( ï¼ 9 è³ 9 ) è«Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î (å·¦ / å³游樠) æÂÂéµä¾Â調æÂ´ ãÂÂ亮 度ã ã ãÂÂå°Âæ¯Â度ã ã ãÂÂè²調ãÂÂ以 å ã è²度ç ç´Âã çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 3 æÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´åÂÂè½ç«é¢ ï¼ÂæÂ æÂ HOME MENU éÂÂåºåÂÂè½ç«é¢ã éÂÂ註 1é³ é » DRC å é©ç¨æÂ¼ Dolby Digital é³é¿ä¾ÂæºÂã é³頻è¨Âç½® é³頻è¨Âç½® é³頻DRC 髠丠你é è¦Â頻調æÂ´ î î î î î î é³度 亮度 å°Âæ¯Â度 ä¼½çª è²調 è²度çÂÂç´ æ¨Â溠0 0 éÂÂé 0 0 è¦Â頻調æÂ´ 亮度 æÂÂå° æÂÂ大 0 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 19 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 05 20 ChH 第 5 ç« ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 使ç¨åÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®é¸å® Ã¥ÂÂå§ è¨Âç½®é¸ å®æÂÂä¾ æÂ é³頻å è¦Â頻輸 åºè¨Âå® å¼@以åÂÂ顯示è¨Âå®Âå¼çÂÂçÂÂã 妠æÂÂé¸頠åÂÂç¾淡åºç ç°è²ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表示æÂ¤æÂÂç¡ æ³ÂæÂÂ¥ å è®ÂæÂ´ãÂÂæÂ¤ç¨® æÂ å½¢éÂÂ常æÂ¯ å çºç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£å¨æÂ æÂ¾çÂʍ᣾ ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè®ÂæÂ´è¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 2 使ç¨游æ¨Âéµå ENTER 以é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦Âè¨Âç½®çÂÂ訠å®Âå¼åÂÂé¸頠ã æÂÂæÂÂ訠å®Âå¼åÂÂé¸頠å°ÂæÂÂå¨å¾ÂçºÂçÂÂå § 容ä¸Â詳å 說 æÂÂã 1 è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ éÂÂ註 1 ⢠å¨表ä¸Âï¼Âé Âè¨Â弿ÂÂ以 ç²Âé«Âå 顯示ï¼Âå ¶ä»ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂæÂÂ以 æÂÂé«Âå 顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã â¢ æÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ ã å°Âç½èªÂ訠å åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂ訠å¯è½尠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂ並ä¸Âå ·æÂÂç¨ãÂÂéÂÂ常éÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼亦å¯徠DVD çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé¸ å®ä¸Âä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂè¨Âç½®ã åÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ ï¼Âå¦è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ç«é¢大å°Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂ格张å¨第 34 é Âç 堧容說æÂÂï¼Âã 4:3 (Letter Box) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å³統 4:3 é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ãÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»影 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âä¸Âå ©å´æÂÂæÂÂé»Âè²æ¢ÂéÂÂã 4:3 (Pan & Scan) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å³統 4:3 é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ãÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»影 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂè£ÂæÂÂå·¦å³堩å´ä¸Âé¨份ï¼Â以å©填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âã 16:9 (Wide) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å¯¬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã è²差è¦Â頻輸åº ï¼Âå¦è«Âä¸Âä½µåÂÂé± 使ç¨è² å·®è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ å¨ 第 26 é ÂçÂÂ堧容說æÂÂãÂÂï¼ éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂèÂ¥ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »æÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¦ÂæÂÂé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »æÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ï¼Âè«Âå é±æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå §çÂÂ詳細說æÂÂï¼ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂä¸Â次 ENTER é²衠確誠ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ RETURN Ã¥ÂÂæ¶Â確èªÂï¼ ã è«Â注æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »å å¯éÂÂéÂÂè²差è¦Âé »æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ輸åºã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ å°Âç½èªÂ訠è±誠å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂæÂÂè±èªÂçÂÂé³è»Âï¼Â峿ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠å°ç£æ©Â種@漢誠å¦ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂèªÂè¨Âï¼Â峿ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂä¸Âå¨è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® å¨ 第 38 é Âï¼ ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 20 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 05 21 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ é¡¯ç¤ºè¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠è¨Âå®Âå¼ æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂ訠è±誠å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂè±èªÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âï¼Â峿ÂÂ顯示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠å°ç£æ©Â種@漢誠æÂÂ顯示å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âé¸åÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂä¸Âå¨è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® å¨ 第 38 é Âï¼ ã DVD èÂÂå®èªÂ訠å«åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂ訠å¯è½çÂÂ話ï¼ÂDVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®æÂÂ以åÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂé¸åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âç¸åÂÂçÂÂèªÂè¨Â顯 示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠å¯è½çÂÂ話ï¼ÂDVD é¸å®æÂÂ以æÂÂé¸çÂÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂä¸Âå¨è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® å¨ 第 38 é Âï¼ ã åÂÂå¹Â顯示 é åÂÂå¹ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂé¸çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã é å¨æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂæÂÂä¾Âé Âè¨ÂæÂ¹å¼Âä¿ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂçÂÂçÂÂæ Âã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ å¨å±Â顯示èªÂ訠è±誠æÂ¬æ©ÂçÂÂå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢æÂ¯ä»¥è±èªÂ顯示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠å°ç£æ©Â種@å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂé¸çÂÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã è§Â度æÂÂ示ç é å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂå¤Âè§Â度場æÂ¯æÂÂéÂÂï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示ç¸橠åÂÂ示ã é ä¸Â顯示å¤Âè§Â度æÂÂ示åÂÂ示ã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ æÂÂ人éÂÂå® â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå æÂÂ人éÂÂ宠說æÂÂã DivX VOD 顯示 è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 說æÂÂã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ â å¯æÂÂå®ÂæÂÂè²å¨èÂÂèÂÂè½ä½Âç½®çÂÂè·Âé¢ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ å¨ 第 23 é ÂçÂÂè·Âé¢@ã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 21 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 05 22 ChH æÂÂ人éÂÂ宠⢠é Âè¨ÂçÂÂç´Âï¼ éÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âå¯Â碼 ï¼ ç¡ ï¼Âé Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿ å°åÂÂ代èÂÂï¼ us (2119) çºäºÂæÂÂä¾Âå¯æÂ§å¶ä¸Âè®ÂæÂ¨çÂÂå°Âå©使ç¨æÂ¨ç DVD æÂ æÂ¾æ©Âè§Âè³Âå½±çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ亠DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ äºº éÂÂå®Âç åÂÂç´ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂ æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂè¨Âå®ÂçÂÂç ç´Âä½ æÂ¼ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂçÂÂç´Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ便ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂ äºÂç¢Âç ä¹ÂæÂÂæÂ¯æÂ´å 家î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂå è½ãÂÂæÂ¬æ© ç¡ æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ éÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂ丠çÂÂæÂÂäºÂå ´æÂ¯ï¼Âè¦ÂæÂ¨è¨ ç½®ç åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂå®Âã çÂȎÂÂæÂ°å¯Â碼 諠輸堥寠碼以è®ÂæÂ´æÂÂ人é å®ÂçÂÂç´ÂæÂÂ輸 å ¥åÂÂå®¶î¿ å°åÂÂ代èÂÂã 1 1 é¸å ãÂÂå¯Â碼ã ã 2 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥 4 ä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼 覠æÂ´æÂ¹å¯ ç¢¼ï¼Âè«Âå Â確èªÂç¾ æÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ輸堥 æÂ°ç å¯Â碼ã 1 é¸å ãÂÂæÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼ã ã 2 輸堥ç¾æÂÂçÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 輸堥æÂ°å¯Â碼並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã é¸å / æÂ¹è®ÂæÂÂ人éÂÂå® 1 é¸å ãÂÂæÂ¹è®ÂçÂÂç´Âã ã 2 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥æÂ¨çÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂ°çÂÂçÂÂç´Â並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ î ï¼Â左游æ¨Âï¼Â以éÂÂå®ÂæÂ´å¤ÂçÂÂç´Âï¼ÂæÂ´ 夠ç¢ÂçÂÂé Â使ç¨ å¯Â碼@ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼Âå³游 æ¨Â@以解é¤çÂÂç´ÂãÂÂæÂ¨ç¡æ³ÂéÂÂå®ÂçÂÂç´ 1ã è¨Âç½®î¿è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代è æÂ¨å¯以徠åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂ渠å® å¨第 39 é Âç¶丠æÂ¾å°ã 1 é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ家代碼ã ã 2 輸堥æÂ¨çÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã å¨æÂ¤æÂÂä¾Â堩種è¨Âç½®çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Â@⢠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代èÂÂé¸å @使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ï¼Âä¸Âî¿ä¸Â游æ¨Âï¼ éµ以è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂ代èÂÂé¸åÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼Âå³游æ¨Âï¼Âéµ@ç¶å¾Â使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥 4 ä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°å 代èÂÂã å¨ éÂÂåºç¢ÂçÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂ°çÂÂå 家î¿å°åÂÂ代 èÂÂ便ç«Âå³ç æÂÂã éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 çºäºÂè® DivX VODï¼Âé¨é¸è¦Â頻@çÂÂ堧容è½å¨æÂ¬æ© ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ æÂ¨å¿ é Âå ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD 堧容ä¾ÂæÂÂå çÂȎÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âç è³ÂæÂÂãÂÂæÂ¨å¯ 以 è ç± ç¢ ç 丠絠DivX VOD ç» éÂÂ代èÂÂï¼Âç¼éÂÂ給 æÂ¨çÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂå ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂçÂȎ ä½Âæ¥Âã 2 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠DivX VOD 堧容å DRM (Digital Rights Management) 系統æÂÂä¿Âè· ãÂÂéÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå¶åªæÂÂ丠äºÂç¹å®ÂãÂÂå·²çÂȎÂÂçÂÂè£Âç½®æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã éÂÂ註 1 ⢠並éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ種é¡ÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé½使ç¨æÂÂ人éÂÂå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼ÂèÂÂä¸Â亦ç¡é Âå Â輸堥å¯Â碼æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¿Âè¨Âå¯Â碼ï¼ÂæÂ¨å°ÂæÂÂéÂÂè¦Âå°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂéÂÂ置以çÂȎÂÂæÂ°çÂÂå¯Â碼ãÂÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 å¨第 38 é  ï¼ è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂ人éÂÂå® DivX VOD å¯Â碼 æÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼 Ã¥ÂÂ家代碼 Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® 2 éÂÂç½®æÂ¬æ© ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 å¨第 38 é  ä¸ÂçÂÂ堧容說æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âè´使æÂ¨å¤±åÂȾ¨çÂÂçÂȎÂÂ代èÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 22 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 05 23 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨æÂ¬æ©Â堧置堥ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂªç¶ÂæÂÂæ¬Â使ç¨ ï¼ å § å«D ivX VOD 堧容ç 碠çÂÂï¼Âè¢ 幠丠峿ÂÂ顯 Authorization Error ï¼ÂæÂÂæ¬Âé¯誤@çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂ堧容亦ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 顯示æÂ¨ç DivX VOD çÂȎÂÂ代è 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂé¸頠ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ¯ ã DivX VOD ã ã 3 é¸å ãÂÂ顯示ã ã è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示æÂ¨ç 8 ä½ æÂ¸åÂÂçÂȎÂÂ代èÂÂã è«Âè¨Âä¸Â代è ï¼Âå çºå¨åÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD ä¾ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç» éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¦Âç¨å°ã æÂÂæÂ¾ DivX î VOD 堧容 æÂÂ亠DivX VOD 堧容å è½ä½Âä¸Âå®ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ã å¨ æÂ¨ç½®å ¥å«æÂÂæÂ¤ç¨® DivX VOD 堧容çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ÂæÂÂè½ æÂ æÂ¾çÂÂæÂ éÂÂ便æÂÂ顯示 å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ¨ä¾¿ å¯以 鏿ÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç ï¼Âå æÂ¤å¯以ç¨ä¸Âå ¶ä¸Âä¸Â種å©餠æÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸ ï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ åÂÂæÂ¢æÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂ妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç½® å ¥ çÂÂæÂ¯å« æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå·²éÂÂç DivX VOD 堧容 ï¼Âä¾Âå¦Âï¼Â堧容ç å©é¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸æÂ¯ï¼ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â便æÂÂ顯示 Rental Expired ï¼Âç§ÂæÂÂå·²éÂÂï¼ çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD 堧容å Â許ä¸ÂéÂÂ次æÂ¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ é£ æÂ¨ä¾¿å¯ 以å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂç½® å ¥æÂ¬æ©Âï¼Â並æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¨å¸¸ çÂÂç 堧容ï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸Â亦ä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示任ä½Âè¨ÂæÂ¯ã æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ â¢ é Âè¨Âå¼@3.0 m 欲 å¾ÂæÂ¨çÂÂ系統ç¢ç æÂÂä½³çÂÂç°繠鳿ÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂè¨Âç½® 好æÂÂè²å¨èÂÂæÂ¨èÂÂè½ä½Âç½®çÂÂéÂÂè·Âã 1 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ï¼Âä¸Âî¿ä¸Â游æ¨Âï¼Âéµ以é¸åÂÂæÂÂè² å¨ã â¢ L å R æÂÂè²å¨åÂÂæÂ¯æÂÂå°Âç @æÂ¨ç¡æ³ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂä¾Âè¨Âç½® ã 2 æÂÂ丠î ï¼Âå³游æ¨Âï¼Âéµ以è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½æÂÂè²å¨ çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ï¼Âä¸Âî¿ä¸Â游æ¨Âï¼Âéµ以è®ÂæÂ´éÂÂè·Âã â¢ å¨æÂ¨è®ÂæÂ´å·¦åÂÂç½® ï¼ L ï¼ æÂÂå³åÂÂç½® ï¼ R ï¼ÂæÂÂè² å¨çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âå®Âå¼æÂ ï¼ æÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂè²å¨çÂÂéÂÂ跠亦æÂÂç¸å°Âè®ÂæÂ´ã â¢ å·¦î¿å³åÂÂç½® ï¼ L / R ï¼ æÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Â坿¯Â次 30 å ¬ Ã¥ÂÂå¾ 30 å ¬åÂÂè¨Âå° 9 ç±³ ã â¢ ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ï¼ C ï¼ å¯以è¨Âç½®å¾Âï¼Â2.1 ç±³å° 0 ç±³ ç¸å°Âå·¦î¿å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂè·Âé¢ã â¢ å·¦î¿å³ç°ç¹Âï¼ SL î¿ SR ï¼ æÂÂè²å¨å¯以è¨Â置徠ï¼Â6 .0 ç±³å° 0 ç±³ ç¸å°Âå·¦ / å³ Ã¥ÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂè· é¢ã 1 ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ ï¼ SW ï¼ å¯以è¨Âç½®å¾Âï¼ 2.1 ç±³å° 0 ç±³ ç¸ å°Âå·¦ / å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂéÂÂè·Âã 4 å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ³è¦Âè®ÂæÂ´å ¶ä»ÂçÂÂæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âå¼ï¼Âè« æÂÂ丠î ï¼Â左游æ¨Âï¼Âéµ以è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè²å¨渠å®ï¼ÂæÂ æÂÂ丠ENTER 以éÂÂåºæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âç«é¢ã è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ æÂÂ人éÂÂå® DivX VOD 顯示 Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® DivX V OD Registration Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® éÂÂ註 1 å¨使ç¨åÂÂç°ç¹Âè² ï¼Â第 12 é Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Â確實è¨Â置以ç¸åÂÂçÂÂéÂÂè·Âã æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® L C R SR SL SW 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 23 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 06 24 ChH 第 6 ç« å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©è¨Âå æÂ¬ 系統å æÂÂå ·æÂÂé¡Â毠輸堥åÂÂ輸åºãÂÂ使ç¨é äºÂ端 Ã¥ÂÂå¯é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨è¨Âå @åÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¨ç VCR ã MD æÂÂæÂ¯ CD- R çÂÂéÂÂæ©Âã 1 飿ÂÂ¥ LINE (AUDIO IN) æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè³å¤Â鍿ÂÂæÂ¾è¨ åÂÂçÂÂé¡Âæ¯Â輸åºä¸Âã å¯使ç¨ RCA éÂÂé Âå (pin-plug) ç«Âé«Âè²é£æÂ¥ç·Âä¾ é£æÂ¥ã 2 飿ÂÂ¥ LINE (AUDIO OUT) æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè³å¤Âé¨éÂÂ製 è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé¡Âæ¯Â輸堥ä¸Âã é äºÂå æÂ¬ äºÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯ éÂÂé³座ãÂÂVCRãÂÂMD æÂÂå ¶ä» å ·æÂ é¡Âæ¯Â輸堥çÂÂè¨Âå ã å¯使ç¨ RCA éÂÂé Âå (pin-plug) ç«Âé«Âè²é£æÂ¥ç·Âä¾Âé£æÂ¥ã éÂÂ製模张éÂÂ製模å¼Âè®ÂæÂ¨å¯以éÂÂé LINE (AUDIO OUT) æÂ åÂÂé²è¡Âç°ç¹Âè²ç¸容çÂÂé¡Âæ¯ÂéÂÂ製ã 1 Dolby å¤Âè²é ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂ縮混æÂÂç«Âé«Âè²ï¼Âè®Âå¯以æÂÂä¾Âç©é£解碼 (å æÂ¯D olby Pro Logic) Ã¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ系統è½æÂÂæÂ´å¥½ çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND MODE ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å REC MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å MODE ON ( Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ模张) æÂ MODE OFF ( éÂÂéÂÂ模张) ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂã â¢ MODE ON ï¼Âå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂ縮混æÂÂç«Âé«Âè² 便 æÂ¼éÂÂ製 ï¼Âç¸åÂÂçÂÂ縮 æ··é³å¯ éÂÂéÂÂå 置æÂÂè² å¨åÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³è½å°@ã â¢ MODE OFF ï¼Âé©åÂÂéÂÂéÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨系統é² è¡Âä¸ÂèÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ( åªæÂÂå·¦åÂÂç½®åÂÂå³åÂÂç½® è²éÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂå¤Âé¨輸åº端åÂÂ輸åº )ã AUDIO IN R L OUT R L SPEAKERS T RL RL FRONT SURROUND LINE Y C B / P B C R / P R å¡å¼ÂéÂÂé³座ç XV -DV131/232T é³頻輸åº é³頻輸堥 éÂÂ註 1 ⢠ç¶éÂÂ製模å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¤ÂæÂ¸é³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½é½ä¸Âè½使ç¨ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨éÂÂ製模å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ試èÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂå°éÂÂå¶çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Âé£麼顯示å¹Âå°ÂæÂÂç æÂ«éÂÂç REC MODE çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ã â¢ ç¶éÂÂ製模å¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼Âä¾Âèª LINE (AUDIO OUT) æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂè²é³便å¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·ï¼Âè¦ÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂ¹å¼ÂèÂÂå®Âã â¢ éÂÂ製模å¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂå¨æÂ¨æÂ¹è®Â輸堥åÂÂè½çÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂé ( DVD/CD , TUNER çÂÂ) æÂÂ黿ºÂæÂÂå æÂ¤éÂÂéÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 24 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 06 25 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締æÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂå¤Âé¨ AM 天締@å¯使ç¨ 5 ï¼ 6 ç±³ ä¹Âç¯åº éÂÂ屬ç·Â並宠è£Âå¨室堧æÂÂ室夠ãÂÂä¿ÂçÂÂé£æÂ¥èÂÂç ç° Ã¥ÂÂ天ç·Âã è¦ÂæÂ³æÂÂæÂÂå¤Âé¨ç FM 天締ï¼Âå¯使ç¨ PAL é£æÂ¥é ÂæÂÂ¥ ä¸Âä¸Âçµ FM 天ç·Âã é£æÂÂ¥ S-video 輸åº å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ S-video 輸堥ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以使 ç¨æÂ¤ç«¯åÂÂ代æÂ¿æ¨ÂæºÂè¦Â頻輸åº以å¾ÂæÂ´å¥½çÂÂç«質ã â¢ 使ç¨ S-video é£æÂ¥ç·Â飿ÂÂ¥ S-VIDEO OUT è³ æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸Âç S-video 輸堥ã å¨ æÂÂå ¥å ï¼Âè«Âå°ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âç å°Âä¸Âè§Âå°ÂæºÂæÂÂé  ä¸Âç ç¸åÂÂæ¨Â示ã AM LOOP ANTENNA 室å¤Â天締5 â 6 ç±³ 室堧天締ï¼Âä¹Âç¯åºå¡Â層 éÂÂ屬ç·Âï¼ ANTENNA P AL é£æÂ¥é  AUDIO IN R L OUT R L VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT S-VIDEO OUT R R FRONT SURROUND VIDEO LINE Y C B / P B C R / P R é»è¦Âæ© XV -DV131/232T S-VIDEO 輸堥 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 25 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 06 26 ChH 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ 妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ è²差è¦Â頻輸堥ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯ 以使 ç¨ éÂÂäºÂ端 Ã¥ÂÂ代æÂ¿æ¨ÂæºÂè¦Âé » 輸åºä¾Â飿ÂÂ¥ æÂ¬ç³»çµ±è³ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Â丠ã 1 éÂÂ樣æÂÂ該å¯以è®ÂæÂ¨éÂÂéÂÂä¸Â種覠頻輸åºæÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç«質ã â¢ 使ç¨è²差è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç·Â飿ÂÂ¥ COMPONENT VIDEO OUT è³æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂè²差輸堥çµÂã éÂÂæÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » ç¸ è¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » ï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » æÂ´è½æÂÂæÂÂç å åÂÂå½±åÂÂçÂÂæÂ æÂÂé »çÂÂï¼Âç¢çÂÂç¸ ç¶穩å®Âï¼Âç¡跳å ç 影åÂÂãÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » å å¯éÂÂéÂÂè² å·®è¦Â頻輸åº 端åÂÂ輸åºã éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠å¦ÂæÂ æÂ¨é£æÂÂ¥ ç é»è¦Âæ© è éÂÂè¡ÂæÂ æÂ ä¿¡èÂÂ丠ç¸ 容@ä½Âå»å°Â系統åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼ æÂ¨å°ÂæÂÂå® å ¨çÂÂä¸Âå°任ä½Âç«é¢ãÂÂæÂ¤æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠î STANDBY/ON å°Â系統åÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ© ï¼ ç¶å¾ÂæÂ ä¸ SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ï¼Â使 ç¨ îÂÂ/î æÂ éµ以é¸å INTER L ãÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨ÂæÂÂé è¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂ並å°Â系統éÂÂæÂ°éÂÂæ©Âã æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé«Âå³çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¹Âç¸容æÂ§ æÂ¬æ© èÂÂé è¡ÂæÂ æÂÂ覠頻 Macro Vision System Copy Guard ç¸容ã 2 æÂ¬ç³»çµ±èÂÂ以ä¸Âç Pioneer 顯示å¨åÂÂè¢å¹Âç¸容@é»漿顯示å¨ ( å°ç£æ©Â種 ) PDP-502MX, PDP-503HDG, PDP-433HDG, PDP- 5040HD, PDP-4340HD, PDP-505HDG, PDP- 435HDG æÂÂ影顯示æÂ¥æÂ¶å¨ ( å°ç£æ©Â種 ) SD-532HD5, SD-533HD5 é»漿顯示å¨ ( å ¶ä»Âæ©Â種 ) PDP-503HDG, PDP-433HDG, PDP-504HDG, PDP- 434HDG, PDP-505HDG, PDP-435HDG éÂÂ註 1 è²差è¦Â頻輸åºå¯å¨éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂæ ¼å¼Âä¹ÂéÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨第 20 頠說æÂÂã AUDIO IN R L OUT VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT S-VIDEO OUT VIDEO LINE Y C B / P B C R / P R é»è¦Âæ© XV -DV131/232T è²差輸堥 2 æ¶Âè²»è æÂÂ注æÂÂï¼Â並éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂçÂÂé«Âå³çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂæÂÂ¢åÂÂå®Âå ¨ç¸容ï¼Âä¸Âå¯è½å°Âè´ç«é¢ä¸Âåºç¾人çºé æÂÂçÂÂç¾象ãÂÂå°ÂæÂ¼ 525 éÂÂè¡ æÂÂæÂÂç«é¢åÂÂ顠@建è°使ç¨è å¯å°Âé£æÂ¥ç«¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ ãÂÂstandard definition( æ¨ÂæºÂè§£æÂÂ度 )ã 輸åº ( é è¡ÂæÂÂæÂ ) ä¾ å¾ÂæÂ¹å ã å¦ÂæÂ ç¼çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂèÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¨ç¸容æÂ§æÂ¹é¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âï¼Âè«ÂèÂÂæÂ¬å ¬å¸çÂÂ客æÂÂä¸Âå¿Âé£繫ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 26 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 07 27 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ç¬¬ 7 ç« æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 顯示 1 DTS 卿ÂÂæÂ¾ DTS ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 11 é Âï¼ ã 2 PRGSVE å¨é¸å éÂÂè¡ÂæÂ æÂÂ覠頻輸åº æÂÂæÂÂ亮 èµ· @第 2 0 é Âï¼ ã 3 SOUND SFC æÂÂé³調æÂ§å¶ ï¼Âé«Âé³ãÂÂä½Â鳿ÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå æÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 12 é Âï¼ ã 4 F.SURR. Ã¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè²èÂÂè½模å¼Âé¸åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ( 第 12 é  )ã 5 RPT å RPT-1 RPT å¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã RPT-1 å¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾å®æÂ²æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã 6 REC MODE å¨åÂÂç¨ Rec Mode( éÂÂ製模张) æÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 24 é Âï¼ ã 7 PGM ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã 8 調諧卿ÂÂ示ç ï¼ÂæÂ¶è½å°廣æÂÂç¯Âç®æÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã ï¼Âå¨èªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²模å¼Âä¸ÂæÂ¶è½å°ç«Âé«Âè² FM 廣æÂÂç¯Âç®æÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã ï¼ÂF M å®è²éÂÂæÂ¶è½模å¼Âé¸åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 9 RDM 鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã 10 kHz / MHz çº代 表頻ç ç å®ä½Â顯 示å¨å 堠顯示幠丠( kHz é©ç¨æÂ¼ AMï¼ MHz é©ç¨æÂ¼ FM)ã 11 Ã¥ÂÂå Â顯示幠12 ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ ã 13 î ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 14 2 PL II å¨D olby Pro Logic II 解碼æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 11 é Âï¼ ã 15 2 D Dolby Digital ä¾ÂæºÂæÂ æÂ¾ æÂÂéÂÂæÂ äº®èµ· ï¼Â第 11 é Âï¼ ã 2 PL 2 D REC MODE RPT -1 kHz PGM MHz RDM PRGSVE SOUND DTS F .SURR. 6 7 13 9 10 8 5 4 12 14 3 15 11 2 1 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 27 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 07 28 ChH Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ 1 顯示 è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âè¿° 顯示 çÂÂ詳細說æÂÂã 2 î OPEN/CLOSE éÂÂå / éÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã 3 î DVD/CD é¸å DVD/CD Ã¥ÂÂè½並éÂÂå§ / æÂ« å / æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 4 î åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ã 5 FM/AM é¸åÂÂ調諧å¨åÂÂè½åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ FM/AM 波段ã 6 VOLUME æÂÂéµ å¯調æÂ´é³éÂÂã 7 î STANDBY/ON å¯å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 8 PHONES æÂÂ座 è³æ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã éÂÂæÂ§å¨ 1 î STANDBY/ON å¯å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 Ã¥ÂÂè½é¸åÂÂæÂÂéµ å¯é¸åÂÂæÂ¨ 覠èÂÂè½çÂÂä¾Â溠( DVD/CD ã TUNER ã LINE ) 3 æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯ç´æÂ¥å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âé¸åÂÂ章篠/ æÂ² ç®ãÂÂæÂÂ丠DVD/ CD 以åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂäºÂæÂ§å¶@SHIFT AUDIO å¯é¸åÂÂè²é / 誠訠ï¼Â第 18 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SUBTITLE å¯顯示 / è® æÂ´åÂÂå¹ ï¼Â第 17 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT ANGLE å¯è®ÂæÂ´ DVD å¤Âè§Â度場度æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ觠度 ï¼Â第 18 é Âï¼ ã 6 DVD/CD FM/ AM â î STANDBY/ON VOLUME 0 OPEN/CLOSE 7 4 5 6 7 8 3 2 1 AUDIO SUBTITLE ANGLE ZOOM STANDBY/ON MUTE DVD/CD FM/AM TUNER LINE SYSTEM SETUP HOME MENU DVD MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE SOUND MODE SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY VOLUME 12 3 45 6 78 9 0 TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER SURROUND FRONT SURROUND 1 2 4 6 3 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 28 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 07 29 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ SHIFT ZOOM å¯è®ÂæÂ´ç«é¢æÂ¾å¤§çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼Â第 18 é Âï¼ ã 4 HOME MENU å¯顯示 ( æÂÂéÂÂåº ) Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âå è½çÂÂçÂÂå¨å±Â顯示é¸å®ã SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ç¨以é²è¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ種系統åÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âç½® @第 6 é Â, 1 0é  å 34 é  ï¼ ã 5 游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµã ENTER Ã¥ÂÂ調諧æÂÂéµ 游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµ 使ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµ ( îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î )å¯ å°Â覽å¨屠顯示ç«é¢åÂÂé¸å®ã ENTER å¯é¸åÂÂé¸頠æÂÂå·è¡Âå½令ã TUNE /â å¯調é¸æÂ¶é³æ©Âã ST /â å¯é¸åÂÂæÂ¶è½æÂ¶é³æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ³è¦ÂæÂ¶è½çÂÂé Âè¨Âé» å°ã 6 SOUND MODE å¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ鳿ÂÂé¸å®以調æÂ´ SFC 模å¼ÂãÂÂä½Âé³å é«Âä½Âç @第 12 é  å 24 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT TEST TONE å¯輸åº測試é³調 ï¼Âç¨æÂ¼æÂÂè²å¨è¨Â置@ï¼Â第 6 é Âï¼ ã 7 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± åºæÂ¾Â æÂ¾æÂ§å¶ å¨第 8 è ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ å¨ 第 13 ä¸ÂæÂÂéÂÂäºÂæÂ§å¶說æÂÂã 8 SHIFT æÂÂäºÂæÂÂéµå¦æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¨éÂÂæÂ§å¨丠æÂÂ大è´æÂÂè¿°ï¼ ãÂÂæÂÂä½ SHIFT 以åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã 9 CLEAR 渠é¤輸堥頠ç®ã 10 MUTE å¯å°Âè²é³éÂÂé ( å æÂÂå³å¯åÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂé³ )ã 11 VOLUME /â å¯調æÂ´é³éÂÂã 12 DVD MENU æÂÂä¸Âå¯顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ï¼ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå ï¼Â第 8 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT TOP MENU å¯å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âç½®ä¸Â顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂä¸Â層é¸å® æÂ¤é  åÂÂè½å¯è½åÂÂæÂÂ丠DVD MENU ï¼Â第 8 é Âï¼Âç¸åÂÂã 13 RETURN å¯è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®ç«é¢ã 14 DISPLAY å¯顯示 / è® æÂ´å¨å±Âå¹Âä¸Â顯示çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠ï¼Â第 18 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT FRONT SURROUND å¯é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè²èÂÂè½模张ï¼Â第 12 é Âï¼ ã 15 SLEEP æÂÂä¸Â以è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂ ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SURROUND å¯é¸åÂÂç°ç¹Âè²模张ï¼Â第 11 é Âï¼ ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 29 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 30 ChH 第 8 ç« å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠ç¢Âç / 堧容格å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¸容æÂ§ æÂ¬æ©Âé©åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂ種é¡Âå ï¼ÂåªÂé«Âï¼ åÂÂæ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂç¢Âç ã å¯æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âèάç¢ÂçÂÂå / æÂ ç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂæÂ æÂ ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå ¶ ä¸Âä¸Â種æ¨ÂèªÂãÂÂç¶ èÂÂè«Â注æÂÂæÂÂäºÂé¡ åÂÂç ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ åÂÂæÂ¯å¯çÂÂéÂÂå¼ CD å D VDï¼Âå¯è½ä»Â屬æÂ¼ä¸ å¯æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæ ¼å¼Âã æÂ´ å¤Âè³Â訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç ä¸Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§ Ã¥ÂÂç § 表 ã â¢ æÂ¯F uji Photo Film Co. Ltd. çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樠ã â¢ æÂ¯D VD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â¢ æÂ¬æ©Â亦è KODAK Picture CD ç¸容ã æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ IEC ç S uper VCD æ¨ÂæºÂï¼Âå®Âè½æÂÂä¾Âåª 質ç«質ãÂÂéÂÂé³è»Âï¼Â以åÂÂ寬è¢å¹ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ã â¢ éÂÂæÂ¼ DualDisc çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DualDisc æÂ¯ä¸Â種堨æÂ°ãÂÂéÂÂé¢çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âä¸Âé¢ å¯容素DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂå½±åÂÂãÂÂè²é³çÂÂï¼Âå¦ä¸Âé¢ Ã¥ÂÂå¯容ç´Âé DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂ堧容ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻 åªÂé«Â堧容ã èÂÂæÂ¤ç¨®ç¢ÂçÂÂ容ç´Âé DVD é³頻çÂÂä¸Âé¢å ä¸Â符 CD Audio çÂÂè¦Âæ ¼ï¼ÂæÂ å¯è½æÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DualDisc ç D VD é¢å¯å¨æÂÂ¢åÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âä½ DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂé³頻堧容æÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂé DualDisc è¦Âæ ¼çÂÂæÂ´å¤Â詳ç¡è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«Âæ´½ è©¢ç¢ÂçÂÂ製é åÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé¶å®åÂÂã ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 DVD- Video DVD -R DVD-RW Vid eo CD Fu jicolor CD Audio CD CD-R CD-RW VIDEO CD Super Video CD ( è¶ ç´ VCD) åªÂé« ç¸容格张CD-R/RW ⢠CD-AudioãÂÂVideo CD/Super VCDãÂÂISO 9660 CD-ROM* *符 å ISO 9660 Level1æÂÂ2 ä¹Âæ¨Â溠CD 實é«Âæ ¼å¼Âï¼ÂMode1ã Mode2 XA Form1ãÂÂè Romeo å Joliet 堩種æªÂæ¡Â系統ç¸容ã â¢ å¤ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ段 ï¼ÂMulti-sessionï¼ÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 ⢠æÂªçµÂçµÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 DVD-R/ RW ⢠DVD-VideoãÂÂVideo Recording (VR)* * 編輯é»Âå¯è½ç¡æ³Âå®Âå ¨æÂÂ編輯æÂ¹å¼ÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼ÂèÂÂ編輯é»Âç«é¢å¯è½æÂÂç¼çÂÂçÂÂæÂ«ç©º ç½çÂÂç¾象ã â¢ æÂªçµÂçµÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 ⢠DVD-R/RW ä¸ÂçÂÂWMA/MP3/JPEGæªÂæ¡ÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 30 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 31 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX DivX æÂ¯ D ivXNetworks, Inc. ç D ivX î video codec æÂÂ建ç«ÂçÂÂå£Â縮æÂ¸ä½Âè¦Â頻格å¼ÂãÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯以 æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂéÂÂå¨ CD-R/RW/ROM ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç DivX video æªÂæ¡ÂãÂÂä¿ÂæÂÂè DVD-Video ç¸åÂÂçÂÂè¡ÂèªÂï¼Âç¨ç¹ç DivX video æªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱å ãÂÂTitlesã ãÂÂçÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ å¨çº CD-R/RW ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ / æ¨Âé¡Âå½åÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè« è¨Âä½Âå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂåºæÂ¬ä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Âé ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DivX video ç¸容æÂ§ ⢠DivX î Certified ç¢åÂÂã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DivX î 5ãÂÂDivX î 4ãÂÂDivX î 3å DivX î VOD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂå½±åÂÂ堧容 ï¼Âä¾Â循 DivX î Certified æÂÂè¡Âè¦Âæ±Âï¼ ã â¢ 坿ªÂå @.avi å . divx ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨éÂÂäºÂå¯檠åÂÂï¼Â以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è DivX video æªÂæ¡Âï¼ ã 諠注æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¡ç¨ .avi 坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ辨 èÂÂæÂ MPEG4ï¼Âä½ æÂÂæÂÂé 亠檠桠並 é ä¸Âå®ÂæÂ¯ DivX video æªÂæ¡Âï¼Â亦å æÂ¤ä¸Âè¦Âå¾Âè½å¨æÂ¬æ© ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 顯示 DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂ桠以 ä¸ÂæÂÂå çº DivX å¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹Â檠æ¡ÂæÂÂé©ç¨ç åÂÂå çµÂãÂÂæÂ¨ å¯以è ç±è¨Âå®Âè½符 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âç åÂÂ幠誠訠ï¼Âå¨ èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨第 20 é  ï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ¼è¢å¹Âä¸Â覠å°æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂã æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ÂçÂÂèªÂè¨Â群çµÂ@群絠1 ï¼ Albanian( é¿ç¾巴尼äºÂ誠) (sq)ãÂÂBasque( å·´ æÂ¯å Â誠) (eu)ãÂÂCatalan( Ã¥ÂÂæ³°ç¾ å°¼äºÂ誠) (ca)ã Danish( 丹麥誠) (da)ãÂÂDutch( è·èÂÂ誠) (nl)ã English( è±誠) (en)ãÂÂFaroese( æ³Â羠誠) (fo)ã Finnish( èÂÂ誠) (fi)ãÂÂFrench( æ³Â誠) (fr)ã German( 德誠) (de)ãÂÂIcelandic( å°島誠) (is)ã Irish( æÂÂç¾èÂÂ誠)(ga)ãÂÂItalian( 義大å©誠) (it)ã Norwegian ( æÂªå¨Â誠)(no)ãÂÂPortuguese( è¡èÂÂçÂÂ誠) (pt)ãÂÂRhaeto-Romanic( éÂÂæÂÂç¾ æÂ¼æÂ¯èª ) (rm)ã Scottish( èÂÂæ ¼èÂÂ誠) (gd)ãÂÂSpanish( 西çÂÂçÂÂ誠) (es)ãÂÂSwedish( çÂÂ堸誠) (sv) Ã¥ÂÂ人é»蠦 製ä½Âç¢Âç â¢ å©ç¨åÂÂ人é»蠦æÂÂçÂÂéÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¯è½ æÂÂå çº製ä½Âç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨è»Âé«ÂçÂÂè¨Âç½® ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂèÂÂç¡æ³Âé²è¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ãÂÂé¢å°ÂæÂ¤ç¨® æÂ å½¢ï¼Âè«ÂæÂ¥é± DVD-R/RW æÂ CD-R/ RW è»Âé«ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå è£ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂ´ å¤Âç¸容æÂ§è³Âè¨Âã â¢ ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ä»¥ packet write 模张ï¼ÂUDF æ ¼ å¼Â) æÂ çÂÂéÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂã é³頻å£Â縮 ⢠MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3)ã Windows Media Audio (WMA) ⢠åÂÂ樣頻çÂÂï¼Â32ãÂÂ44.1 æÂ 4 8kHz ⢠ä½Âå ÂçÂÂï¼ ä»» ä½Âå³輸ç ï¼Â建è° æÂ¡ ç¨ 128Kbps 以ä¸Â@⢠VBR ï¼Âå¯è®Âä½Âå ÂçÂÂï¼ MP3 æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ ä¸Âç¸容 ⢠VBR WMA æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 ⢠WMA ç¡失çÂÂ編碼ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 ⢠DRMï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ ç¸容æÂ§ï¼ ç¸容 ï¼Âå DRM ä¿Âè·ä¹Â鳿¨ÂæªÂæ¡Âå° ç¡泠å¨æÂ¬ æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ â¢ å¯æªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â.mp3ãÂÂ.wma ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨é äºÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è MP3 å W MA æªÂæ¡Â@⢠æªÂæ¡ÂçµÂæ§ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼Â丠張 ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯å²å 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Â毠åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯åÂÂæÂ¾ 648 è³ÂæÂÂ夾å æªÂæ¡ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µå¾Âï¼ ã JPEG æªÂ桠⢠Baseline JPEG å EXIF 2.2* éÂÂæ Âå½± Ã¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡Âå¯é 3072 x 2048 è§£æÂÂ度ã * çºæÂ¸ä½Âç¸æ©Âå°Âç¨ä¹ÂæªÂæ¡Â格张⢠éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ JPEG ç¸容æÂ§ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 â¢ å¯æªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â.jpg ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨éÂÂäºÂå¯檠åÂÂï¼Â以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è JPEG æªÂæ¡Â@⢠æªÂæ¡ÂçµÂæ§ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼Â丠張ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯å²å 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾@æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯åÂÂæÂ¾ 648 è³ÂæÂÂ夾 Ã¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µå¾Âï¼ ã åªÂé« ç¸容格张XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 31 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 32 ChH 群絠2 ï¼ Albanian( é¿ç¾巴尼äºÂ誠) (sq), Croatian( å  ç¾ åÂÂ西äºÂ誠) (hr), Czech( æÂ·å Â誠) (cs), Hungarian( Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂå©誠) (hu), Polish( æ³¢èÂÂ誠) (pl), Romanian( 羠馬尼äºÂ誠) (ro), Slovak( æÂ¯æ´Âä¼Âå Â誠) (sk), Slovenian( æÂ¯æ´Âç¶Âå°¼äºÂ誠) (sl) 群絠3 ï¼ Bulgarian( ä¿Âå å©äºÂ誠) (bg), Byelorussian( ç½ä¿Âç¾ æÂÂ誠) (be), Macedonian( 馬堶頠誠)(mk), Russian( ä¿Â誠)(ru), Serbian( å¡Âç¾ç¶ÂäºÂ誠) (sr), Ukrainian( çÂÂå ÂèÂÂ誠) (uk) 群絠4 ï¼ Hebrew( å¸Â伯ä¾Â誠) (iw), Yiddish ( æÂÂ第ç·Â誠) (ji) 群絠5 ï¼ Turkish( Ã¥ÂÂè³堶誠) (tr) DivXãÂÂDivX î Certified Ã¥ÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂæ¨ÂèªÂé½æÂ¯ DivXNetworks, Inc çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âï¼ éÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂ¹å¯ 使ç¨ã â¢ æÂÂäºÂå¤Âé¨ å å¹Â檠æ¡Âå¯è½ æÂ ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ 確 顯示æÂ å®Âå ¨ç¡æ³Â顯示ã â¢ æÂ¯æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ å å¹Âæ ¼ å¼Âå¯檠å çÂÂå¤Âé¨ å å¹ÂæªÂæ¡ ï¼Âè«Â注æÂ ï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡Â並ç¡顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å® ä¸Âï¼ ï¼Â.srtãÂÂ.subãÂÂ.ssaãÂÂ.smi ⢠影çÂÂæªÂæ¡ ç æªÂå 忠é Âé 褠åºç¾夠é¨ Ã¥ÂÂå¹Â檠æ¡ÂæªÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂä¸Âå½±ç 檠æ¡Âè½ 夠åÂÂæÂ ç å¤Âé¨å 幠æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¸ éÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂå¤ÂéÂÂå®Âçº 10ã éÂÂæÂ¼ WMA å è£ÂçÂÂæÂÂå°製习Windows Media î Ã¥ÂÂæ¨ÂçºæÂÂæÂ¬ æ©Âå¯以æÂÂæÂ¾ Windows Media Audio çÂÂ堧容ã WMA æÂ¯ W indows Media Audio çÂÂ縮寫ï¼Âä¸Âçº Microsoft Corporation æÂÂç Âç¼åºä¾ÂçÂÂé³頻壠縮æÂÂè¡ÂãÂÂWMA 堧容坿ÂÂç¨ Windows Media î Player version 7/7.1ï¼ÂWindows Media î Player for Windows î XP ï¼ æÂÂW indows Media î Player 9 Series çÂÂè»Âé«Âé²è¡Â編碼ã MicrosoftãÂÂWindows Media å W indows Ã¥ÂÂæ¨Âçº Microsoft Corporation å¨ç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂå / æÂ å ¶ä»Âå 家æÂÂ使ç¨ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨ÂæÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂç¶Âè· DVD Video é©ç¨å°å æÂÂæÂÂç DVD Video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå°ä¸Âå°åÂÂæ¨Â示@以æÂÂåº該ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ¼å ¨çÂÂé©ç¨çÂÂå°åÂÂãÂÂæÂ¨ç DVD ç³» çµ± 亦æÂÂä¸Âå°å æ¨Â示 ï¼Âå°±å¨ èÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âï¼ ãÂÂä¾Âèª 丠ç¸容å°åÂÂç ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âç¡æ³Âå¨æÂ¬æ© ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ã æ¨Â示 ALL çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¯å¨任ä½ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂæÂ¿ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¿ Ã¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂ¡ä½Âå ¶ éÂÂ緣以å Âå¨ ç¢ÂçÂÂä»»ä½Â丠é¢ çÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂç´ÂãÂÂç°塵 æÂÂå®çÂÂãÂÂå·²ç¶ÂæÂ å£ÂæÂÂé«Â污ç ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå½±é¿æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæÂÂè½ã 妠æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç æÂÂæÂÂç´ÂãÂÂç°塵ç ä¸Âæ½Âç©ï¼Âè«Â使ç¨ æÂÂè»ÂãÂÂä¹¾çÂ¥çÂÂå¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¦æÂÂ乾淨ã 諠ç´åÂÂè¼Âè¼Âç±ç¢Âç ä¸Â央åÂÂå¤ÂæÂ¦ å¼ÂãÂÂå¿以ç¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¹ å¼ÂæÂ¦æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ表é¢ã 妠æÂÂå¿ è¦Âï¼Âè«Âç¨æÂ å¸Âæ²¾ä¸Âé Âç²¾ï¼ÂæÂ å¸Â颿ÂÂ購買 çÂÂC D/DVD 渠æ½Â工堷ä¾ÂæÂ´æ¾ÂåºÂ渠æ½Âç¢Âç ã çµÂä¸Â使 ç¨ æÂ®ç¼åÂÂãÂÂç¨ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå ¶ ä»Âè¨Âè¨Âç¨侠渠æ½Âé»Âè å± çÂÂçÂÂ渠æ½ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å²æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ é¿å Âå°Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂå¨太å·ãÂÂ太æ¿ÂæÂÂ太ç± ï¼Âå æÂŒÂÂå° é½ å Âç´å°Âï¼ÂçÂÂç°墠ä¸ÂãÂÂä¸Âè¦Âå°Âç´Âå¼µ æÂÂè²¼ç´Âé»Âå¨ 碠çÂÂä¸Âï¼ÂæÂÂç¨éÂÂçÂÂãÂÂé¼ ç çÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä» å°Âé³çÂÂæÂ¸å¯« ç¨堷å¨ä¸Âé¢æÂ¸å¯«ãÂÂéÂÂ樣æÂÂæÂÂå£Âç¢ÂçÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 32 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 33 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂé¿å ÂäºÂé  ç¢ÂçÂÂä¿Â以髠éÂÂå¨æÂ¬æ©Âå §æÂÂè½ ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂç¼ç ç è£ÂãÂÂç¢Âè£ÂãÂÂæÂÂæÂ²æÂÂå ¶ ä»ÂæÂÂ壠æÂ å½¢ï¼Âè«Âå¿åÂÂéª ç¨ æÂ¼æÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂçµÂæÂ¨å¯è½使æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂå£Âã æÂ¬æ©Âå¨ è¨Âè¨Â丠çº å å¯使 ç¨ å³統ãÂÂå ¨å çÂÂç¢Âç ã Pioneer è² æÂ ï¼Âå°ÂæÂ¼å 使 ç¨è®Âå½¢çÂÂ碠çÂÂæÂÂå¼ èµ· çÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ責任ï¼Âæ¦Âä¸Â負責ã å®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿Â餠å®Âè£ÂæÂÂ示 æÂ¬å ¬å¸å¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂª ä¾Â幾年堧é½ è½ç¡æÂ çÂÂ享ç¨æÂ¬ ç³» çµ±ï¼Âå æÂ¤å¨é¸æÂ å®Âè£Âé¨ä½ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¬ è«Âç¢è¨Â以丠å é»Âï¼ åÂÂå¿ ... î å¨éÂÂ風è¯好çÂÂ室堧使ç¨ã î 置æÂ¼å¹³å¦ãÂÂæ°´å¹³çÂÂ表é¢ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸æ¡ÂãÂÂæÂ±æÂ¶æÂÂé³é¿æÂ¶ 丠ã ä¸Âå¯ ... î å¨é«Â溫æÂÂ極æ¿ÂçÂÂå°é»Â使ç¨ï¼Âå æÂ¾ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂç¢ çÂÂé«Âç±çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¿Âã î 置æÂ¼çªÂ檯æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂ使系統åÂÂå°é½å Âç´å°ÂçÂÂå°é»Âã î å¨å¤Âç°æÂÂ極æ¿ÂçÂÂç°å¢Âä¸Â使ç¨ã î ç´æÂ¥æÂºå¨æÂ´å¤§æ©ÂãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¨é³é¿系統è£Âå¨使ç¨æÂÂæÂÂé 漸è®Âç±çÂÂå ¶ä»Âå Âä»¶ä¸Âã î å¨é»è¦Âæ©Âå°顯示å¨éÂÂè¿Â使ç¨ï¼Âå çºæÂÂå¯è½æÂÂç¢ç 干æÂ¾ï¼Âç¹åÂ¥æÂ¯å¦ÂæÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂ使ç¨室堧天ç·ÂæÂÂã î å¨å»ÂæÂ¿ æÂ å ¶ä»ÂæÂÂ使系統æÂ´ é² å¨æ¿Âç ÂæÂÂè¸汽ä¹Â丠çÂÂå°é»Âã î å¨åÂÂæ¯Â毯æÂÂå°毯ä¸Â使ç¨ï¼ÂæÂÂè¦ÂèÂÂå¸ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂ樣å¯è½ æÂÂ妨ç¤Â系統主æ©ÂçÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºæÂ£ç±æÂÂæÂÂã î 置æÂ¼ä¸Â平穩çÂÂ表é¢ï¼ÂæÂÂé¢ç©Âä¸Â足以æÂ¯æÂÂ系統主橠åÂÂè ³çÂÂ表é¢ã 渠æ½Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé  (pickup lens) æÂ DVD æÂ æÂ¾å¨ç è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé Âå¨æÂ£ 常使ç¨æÂÂæÂÂä¸Âè´ æÂÂè® é«ÂçÂÂæÂ å½¢ ï¼ ä½Âä¹ÂæÂÂå¯è½å çº沾å°塵åÂÂèÂÂå°Âè´æÂ ï¼ è©³ç´°æÂ å½¢è«Â洽詢æÂÂè¿Âç Pioneer æÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ ã é ç¶è®Âå é Â渠æ½ÂÃ¥ÂÂ丠è¬å¸Âé¢ä¸Âé½å¯買 å¾Âå°ï¼Âä½ æÂ¬å ¬å¸ä¸Â建è°使ç¨以å Âå¯è½é æÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé ÂæÂÂå£Âã 水氣åÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂ顠妠æÂÂå°ÂæÂ¬ æ©Âç±溫æÂÂç 室堧æÂŒÂ°å®¤å¤Âï¼ÂæÂÂ室 堧溫 度 é½ç¶丠åÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå §é¨便å¯ è½æÂÂæÂÂæ°´æ°£ Ã¥ÂÂçµÂãÂÂé ç¶ Ã¥ÂÂçµÂç 水氣ä¸ÂæÂÂå° æÂ¬æ©Âé æÂÂæÂÂå£Âï¼Âä½Âå¯ è½æÂ ä½¿ æÂÂè½ç æÂÂéÂÂå §åÂÂå° å½±é¿ãÂÂè«Âè®Âå ¶æÂÂä¸Âå° æÂÂç æÂÂéÂÂæÂ¢å¾©è³è¼ÂæÂÂç±çÂÂ溫度ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¡ÂéÂÂæ©Âã æÂŒÂÂ系統主橠妠æÂÂæÂ¨é è¦ÂæÂŒÂÂå°主 æ©Âï¼Âé¦Âå Âè«Âå°ÂæÂ¬æ©Âå § çÂÂ碠çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂåº@ç¶ å¾ÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î STANDBY/ ON ï¼Âå°Â系統éÂÂéÂÂãÂÂçÂÂå°è¢å¹Âä¸Âç GOOD BYE Ã¥ÂÂ樣æ¶Â失å¾Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Â黿ºÂæÂÂé ÂæÂÂä¸Âã 1 çµÂä¸Âå¯å¨æÂ æÂ¾ æÂÂéÂÂ尠主æ©ÂèÂÂèµ·æÂÂæÂŒÂ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂ使 é«ÂéÂÂæÂÂè½ ä¸ÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå£Âã éÂÂ註 1妠å¨ GOOD BYE Ã¥ÂÂ樣èªè¢å¹Âä¸Âæ¶Â失åÂÂ便å°Â主æ©ÂæÂÂé ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂ使系統æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå» çÂÂè¨Âç½®ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 33 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 34 ChH ç«é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂè½ æÂ¶éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種ç ç«é¢毠ä¾Âï¼Âç¯Âä¾ å¾Âä¸Â荺 4:3 çÂÂé»è¦Âç¯Âç®å°ç«é¢æ¯Âä¾Âé«Âé 7:3 çÂÂC inemaScope 寬è¢å¹Âé»影 1 é½å¯以ã 亦æÂ å¯æÂÂä¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂ種ç« é¢æ¯Âä¾ÂçÂÂé»覠橠ã 樠溠ã 4:3ï¼Â以åÂÂ寬è¢幠16:9ã 2 é»è¦Â系統è¨Âç½® ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼å°ç£æ©Â種 æÂ¬ç³»çµ±çÂÂé Âè¨Âå¼çº AUTOï¼Âé¤éÂÂæÂ¨å¨æÂÂæÂ¾é¨份碠ç æÂÂ注æÂ å°影åÂÂæÂÂ失 çÂÂç¾象ï¼Âå¦åÂÂè«ÂçºÂ尠堶訠置çº AUTOãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç¼ç¾æÂÂæÂ¾é¨åÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå½±åÂÂæÂ å¤± çÂÂç¾象 ï¼Âè«Âå°Âé»è¦Âæ©Âç³» çµ±è¨Âç½®æÂÂ符åÂÂæÂ¨ æÂÂå¨ å 家æÂÂå° Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂ系統ãÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂï¼Âé 樣ä¸Âä¾Âå¯è½ æÂÂé å¶æÂ¨å¯以è§ÂçÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ種顠ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Â砧表 @以亠解åÂÂ種 ç¢Âç æÂÂé© ç¨çÂÂ訠å®Âå¼@AUTO , PAL å NTSC ï¼ ã 3 1 å°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ以é¸æÂ TV SYS ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã é»è¦Âæ©Â系統æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¦Âä¸Â@⢠AUTO î NTSC ⢠NTSC î PAL ⢠PAL î AUTO å¨è¦Âå° WELCOME å¾Âï¼Â系統å³èªåÂÂéÂÂæ©Â@並å¨ è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示é»è¦Âæ©Â系統è¨Âå®Âå¼ã 4 é »çÂÂæÂ¥è·Âè¨Âç½® 妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç¼ç¾ç¡æ³ÂæÂ åÂÂ調é¸éÂȌ°ï¼Âå 表示ç®åÂÂç 頻çÂÂæÂ¥è·Âå¯è½ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼æÂ¨æÂÂå¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶ / å° Ã¥ÂÂã 1 å°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å AM 9K/10K ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ ä¸ ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å AM 9K æÂ AM 10K ï¼Âç¶ å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂ註 1 許å¤Â寬è¢å¹Âç¢ÂçÂÂ齿ÂÂç¡è¦Â系統çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Âå æÂ¤ä¸Â管è¨Âå®Âå¼çºä½Âï¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂ齿ÂÂ以 letterbox çÂÂæ ¼å¼Â顯示ã 2 ⢠å¦ÂæÂÂæ¨Â溠4:3 çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ¡ç¨ 16:9 (Wide) çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂæÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¡ç¨堶ä¸Âä¸Â種 4:3 è¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Â便æÂÂå°Âè´ç«é¢失çÂÂã â¢ ç¶æÂ¨è§Âè³Â以 4:3 æ ¼å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以使ç¨é»è¦ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ä¾Â鏿ÂÂå½±åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂãÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ縮æÂ¾å 伸å±ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Âç´°ç¯Âé¨份è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ æÂÂäºÂé»影çÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾ÂæÂÂè¼ 16:9 寬ï¼Âå æÂ¤å³使æÂ¯ä½¿ç¨寬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©Âï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä»Âç¶æÂÂ以 ãÂÂletterboxãÂÂçÂÂ樣å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã è¨Âç½®æÂ 4:3 (Letter Box) æÂÂï¼Â寬è¢幠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨顯示ç«é¢æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âä¸Â齿ÂÂåºç¾黠è²æ¢ÂéÂÂã è¨ÂæÂ 4:3 (Pan&Scan) æÂÂï¼Â寬è¢å¹Â碠çÂÂå¨顯示ç«é¢æÂÂï¼Âå·¦å³éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂªçÂÂç æÂ å½¢ãÂÂéÂÂç¶影åÂÂæÂÂçÂÂèµ·ä¾Â大äºÂï¼Âä½Â實 éÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¨çÂÂå°çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ´åÂÂå½±åÂÂã 3 å¤ÂæÂ¸æÂ°åÂÂç PAL é»è¦Âæ©Â系統å¯åµ測 50 Hz (PAL)/60 Hz (NTSC)ï¼Â並å¯èªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´æÂ¯å¹ ï¼Â以æ¶Âé¤顯示ç«é¢ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´æÂ¶ç¸®ç¾ 象( vertical shrinkage)ãÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂäºÂæÂ æ³ÂæÂ¯å½±åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ä¸Âåºè²彩ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç PAL TV æ²ÂæÂ V-Hold æÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ï¼Â便æÂÂå çºç«é¢ æÂÂ滾åÂÂç¾象èÂÂç¡æ³Âè§Âç NTSC çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ V-Hold æÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ調æÂ´ç´å°ç«é¢åÂÂæÂ¢æ»¾åÂÂçºæÂ¢ãÂÂé¨份é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸Âï¼ ç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´æÂ¶ç¸®çÂÂç¾象ï¼Âè´使è¢å¹Âä¸Âä¸Âå ©å´çÂÂæÂÂé»Âè²æ¢ÂéÂÂã ç¢Âç æÂÂæÂ¾æ©Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ 種顠系統 格张NTSC PAL AUTO DVD/Super VCD/ Video CD/DivX Video NTSC NTSC PAL NTSC PAL NTSC PAL PAL CD/MP3/WMA/ JPEG/ ç¡ç¢Âç â NTSC PAL NTSC æÂ PAL 4 é²è¡Âæ¯Âé  è¨Âå®Âå¼è®ÂæÂ´ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¿ é Âå Âå°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂæÂÂè¡ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î STANDBY/ON ï¼Âã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 34 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 35 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ 人åÂÂç¶Â常é¯å°Âä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºä¹ÂæÂÂä½Âç¶æÂÂ系統æÂ éÂÂæÂÂç°常ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨èªÂçºæÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂé£è£Âä¸Âå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ以ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé» é²è¡Â檢æÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âå¯è½æÂ¯ä¾Âèª堶ä»Âè£Âç½®ãÂÂè«Âä»Â細檢æÂ¥å ¶ä»Â使ç¨ä¸ÂçÂÂè£Âç½®åÂÂéÂȌ¨è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂ¥ èÂÂéÂÂ以ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé»Âå¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ÂéÂÂæÂ¯ç¡æ³ÂæÂ¹åÂÂï¼Âè«Âå°±è¿Â洽詢æÂ¨ç Pioneer æÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂç¶Âé·åÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¾Â代çº ç¶Âä¿®ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ± æÂ¯å çºåÂÂå° éÂÂéÂȍÂÂå¤Âä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ è´使ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ 常æÂÂä½Âï¼Âè«Âå°Â黿ºÂæÂ é Âå¾Â輸åºæÂ åº§ä¸ÂæÂÂ丠åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå»以åÂÂ復æÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂä½ÂçÂÂæ Âã ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ åÂÂ顠解決辦泠黿ºÂæ²ÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂçªÂç¶ éÂÂæ© ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¯è½æÂ æÂÂä¸Âé¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯é¡¯ç¤ºï¼ ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂé Âç¹¼çºÂæÂÂä¸Âï¼Âç¨ÂçÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¾Âã â¢ 確å®Â主æ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂç·ÂæÂÂç¡é¬Âè«çÂÂæÂ å½¢ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂé¬Âè«ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂé æÂÂ系統èªåÂÂéÂÂæ©Âã â¢ 檢æÂ¥æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂé£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºã â¢ 確å®Â主黿ºÂçÂÂé»å£ÂæÂ¯å¦é©ç¨æÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂã â¢ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ試é³éÂÂ大å°Âã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âä¾Âç¶åÂÂå¨ ï¼ è«Âå°Â堶帶è³æÂÂè¿Âç Pioneer æÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂç¶Âé·åÂÂé²衠ç¶Âä¿®ã é¸æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¾Âï¼Âæ²ÂæÂÂè²é³ 輸åºã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£ä½¿ç¨å¤Âé¨輸堥ï¼Âè«Â確å®Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂé£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢º ( è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©è¨Âå å¨第 24 é  )ã â¢ æÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç MUTE 以éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂé³åÂÂè½ã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæ²ÂæÂÂå½±åÂÂ輸 åºã â¢ 確å®Âé»è¦Âæ©Âé£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢º ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã â¢ å°Âè¦Â頻輸åºéÂÂæÂ°è¨ÂæÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ (interlace) ( è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨ 第 20 é  )ã æ²ÂæÂÂè²é³ä¾Âèªç°ç¹Âè²æÂ ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ã â¢ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± è¨Âç½®è²éÂÂé³é å¨第 6 é Â以檢æÂ¥æÂÂè²å¨é³éÂÂã â¢ ç¶ TUNER æÂ LINE é¸åÂÂæÂ ï¼ æÂ¨åªè½以ç«Âé«Âè²è½åÂÂä¾Â溠ã å°Â輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ DVD/CD 以ç¢çÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂ鳿ÂÂã â¢ 確èªÂéÂÂ製模å¼Âå°ÂæÂªåÂÂå ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± éÂÂ製模张å¨第 24 é ÂçÂÂ堧容說æÂÂï¼ ã â¢ 確èªÂæÂ¨æÂªé¸å STEREO 模张ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± èÂÂè½ç°ç¹Âè² å¨第 11 é Â鵿¯Â容說 æÂÂï¼ ã â¢ æÂ£ç¢ºå°å°ÂæÂÂè²å¨æÂ¥ä¸ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã éÂÂæÂ§å¨ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂä½Âã â¢ æÂ´æÂÂé»池( è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã â¢ è«Âå¨ 7 米堧çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以 30 è§Âä¾Âå°ÂæºÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂä½ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂ å ãÂÂï¼Âã â¢ 移走éÂÂç¤Âç©æÂÂå¾Âå ¶ä»Âä½Âç½®æÂÂä½Âã â¢ é¿å Âé½å Âç´å°Âå°åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 35 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 36 ChH DVD/CD/Video CD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ è¢å¹Âä¸Âåºç¾ SND. DEMO çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ æÂ¬æ©Âç¡æ³ÂæÂ¥åÂÂæÂ§å¶ã â¢ æÂÂä½ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ÂæÂÂéµ素5 ç§ÂéÂÂãÂÂç¢Âç¤æÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåº @表示 Sound Demo ï¼Â鳿ÂÂå±Â示ï¼Â模å¼Âå·²åÂÂæ¶Âã TRAYLOCK å¨顯示屠ä¸Â顯示ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂç¢Âç¤ç¡泠éÂÂåºã â¢ æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î ï¼ÂéÂÂåºï¼Âéµä¸ÂæÂ¾ç´ 8 ç§ÂéÂÂãÂÂæÂ¥èÂÂç¢Âç¤便å¯使ç¨ î ï¼Âé åºï¼Âéµä¾ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠åÂÂ顠解決辦泠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨置堥å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂèªåÂÂé åºã â¢ 渠æ½Âç¢ÂçÂÂ並å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºå°ÂæºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âæ§½ã å¦ÂæÂ DVD-video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂå°åÂÂ代èÂÂèÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂ代èÂÂä¸Âç¸符ï¼Â該ç¢ÂçÂÂ便ä¸Âè½使 ç¨ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± DVD Video é©ç¨å°å å¨第 32 é Âï¼ ã â¢ 給äºÂæÂÂéÂÂ好è®ÂæÂ¬æ©Âå §é¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¸ç¼ãÂÂé¿å Âå¨空調è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¿Â使ç¨æÂ¬ æ©Âã ç¡æ³Âé²è¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¨置堥æÂ¾åÂÂï¼Âè«ÂéÂÂæÂ°å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂæ¨Â籤颿ÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¾å ¥ã 影åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸ÂæÂ¢ï¼Âä¸ÂæÂÂéµ ç¡æ³Â使ç¨ã â¢ æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂ括Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å Âå°Â黿ºÂéÂÂé @ç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î STANDBY/ON æÂÂéµå°Â黿ºÂæÂÂé ã è¨Âå®Âå¼堨鍿¶Âé¤ã â¢ ç¶é»æºÂç¼çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·ï¼Âè¨Âå®Âå¼å³æÂÂ被æ¶Âé¤ã æ²ÂæÂÂå½±å / æ²ÂæÂÂè²彩ã â¢ 檢æÂ¥æÂÂæÂÂé£æÂ¥çÂÂå°æÂ¹æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºï¼Â以åÂÂæÂÂé ÂæÂ¯å¦å®Âå ¨æÂÂå ¥ã â¢ æÂ¥é±é»è¦Âæ© / 顯示å¨çÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以確å®Âè¨Âå®Âå¼æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºã è¢å¹Âç«é¢æÂÂé·æÂÂæ¯Âä¾Âæ² è®Âã â¢ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºãÂÂéÂÂæÂ°è¨Âç½®é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ÂçÂÂé¸頠以èÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂé» è¦Âæ© / 顯示å¨ç¸符 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨第 20 é Âï¼ ã ç¶å¨ VCR ä¸ÂæÂÂéÂÂé AV 鏿ÂÂå¨é²è¡ÂéÂÂ製ï¼Â便æÂ å¹²æÂ¾å°影åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ æÂ¬ç³»çµ±çºæÂ¡ç¨é²æÂ·æÂÂ衠@以é¿å ÂéÂÂé VCR æÂ AV 鏿ÂÂå¨ç¼çÂÂéÂÂ製æÂÂå½±åÂÂæÂ¹é¢ç åÂÂé¡ÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã ç«é¢å¨æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå°干 æÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ä¸ÂçÂÂæ¼Âé»Âã â¢ æÂ¬æ©Âè Macro-Vision System æÂ·è²Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡Âç¸容ã æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå §å«é²æÂᏬÂèÂÂï¼ èÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¤ç¨®ç¢ÂçÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼Âå¨ç«é¢ä¸Âä¸ÂäºÂå°æÂ¹æÂÂåºç¾å¦Âç·Âæ¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂéÂÂ訠ï¼Âè¦Â使ç¨ çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¼ÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ ãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âç¹æ®ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½åÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂãÂÂéÂÂå¯è½æÂÂå°Âè´ç«é¢å¨åÂÂè½å·衠ç¶æÂÂï¼ÂçÂÂæÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾æ¼Âé»ÂæÂÂè¼Âå¾®æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂç¾象ãÂÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Â便å çºç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ堧容 ä¹ÂéÂÂçÂÂå·®ç°èÂÂæÂ´å çªÂ顯ï¼Âä½Â並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂ éÂÂæÂÂè´ã DVD è CD é³éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯 å·®ç°ã â¢ DVD è CD Ã¥ÂÂèªæÂ¡ç¨çÂÂéÂÂ製æÂ¹å¼Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã CD-ROM ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ±ç¡ æ³Â辨èÂÂã â¢ 確å®Â該張 CD-ROM æÂ¯å¦çºæÂ¡ç¨ ISO 9660 ç¢ÂçÂÂæ ¼å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製 ã æÂÂéÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§æÂ¹ é¢çÂÂè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 å¨第 30 é ÂçÂÂ堧容ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 36 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 37 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ èª¿è«§å¨ é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ æªÂæ¡Âç¡æ³Âå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå / ç¸çÂÂçÂÂ覽å¨ç¶ä¸Â顯示ã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱忠é ÂæÂ¯æÂ¡ç¨æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè¬å¦Âï¼ÂMP3 æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .mp3ï¼ WMA æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .wmaï¼ÂJPEG æÂ¡ç¨ .jpg ï¼Â大寫æÂÂå°Â寫é½å¯以@ãÂÂèÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´ å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 å¨第 30 é ÂçÂÂ堧容ã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ WMA æªÂæ¡Âã â¢ éÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡ÂçºæÂ¡ç¨ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠åÂÂ顠解決辦泠æÂ¶è½éÂȌ°廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯 çÂÂéÂÂé³ã â¢ è«ÂæÂ¥ä¸ AM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã ï¼Â並å 以調æÂ´æÂ¹åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âç½®ï¼Â以å¾Âå°æÂ ä½³çÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æ¢Âä»¶ã æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以å¦å¤ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂçµÂ堧鍿ÂÂå¤Âé¨ AM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨ 天締å¨第 25 é Âï¼ ã â¢ è«Âå° FM ç·ÂÃ¥ÂÂ天ç·Âå®ÂæÂÂ伸å±ÂéÂÂï¼Â調æÂ´æÂÂä½³çÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶ä½Âç½®ï¼Âç¶å¾Âåºå®Âå¨çÂÂå£Âä¸Âã æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以å¦å¤ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂçµÂ室夠FM 天締( è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締å¨第 25 é Âï¼ ã â¢ éÂÂéÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂç§»éÂÂå ¶ä»Âå¯è½æÂÂé æÂÂéÂÂé³çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ 調諧éÂÂéÂÂä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼æÂ¨æÂÂå¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶æÂÂå°åÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ試åÂÂæÂÂ調諧éÂÂé ï¼Âé »çÂÂæÂÂ¥ è·Âï¼ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± é »çÂÂæÂ¥è·Âè¨Âç½® å¨第 34 é ÂçÂÂ堧容@ã èªåÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½ (Auto tuning) ç¡æ³ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å°æÂ äºÂéÂȌ°ã â¢ ç¡ç·Âé»è¨ÂèÂÂ太弱ãÂÂèªåÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½å è½åµ測å°è¨ÂèÂÂç¼å°Âè¯好çÂÂç¡ç·ÂéÂȌ°ãÂÂæÂ³ è¦Âç²å¾ÂæÂ´å éÂÂæÂÂçÂÂ調諧æ¢Âä»¶ï¼Âå¯æÂ¥ä¸Âä¸ÂçµÂ室å¤Â天ç·Âã è¨ÂæÂ¯ 說æÂ REC MODE ⢠æÂÂæÂÂä½Âå Recording Mode ï¼ÂéÂÂ製模å¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂ被ç¦ÂæÂ¢ 第 24 é Âã SND. DEMO â¢ é³æÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±å¨ æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ å¨第 35 é Âç ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂ顠堧容說æÂÂã CANNOT ⢠æÂÂæÂÂä½Âå è³æ©ÂæÂ¥ä¸Âï¼ÂæÂÂå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ丠TEST TONE ï¼ÂèÂÂ被ç¦ÂæÂ¢ã STEREO ⢠æÂÂæÂÂä½Âå æÂªé¸å DVD/CD Ã¥ÂÂè½ã TRAYLOCK ⢠ç¢Âç¤éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±å¨ æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ å¨第 35 é  ç ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂ顠堧容說æÂÂã MUTING ⢠ç±é³æÂÂ被éÂÂé³ï¼Âå æÂ¤ä½¿ç¨æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°éÂÂå¶ ( è« æÂÂ丠MUTE )ã EEP ERR ⢠ç¶Âä¿®äºÂå®Âè«Âæ´½æÂ¨ç Pioneer æÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¶Âé·åÂÂã EXIT ⢠æÂÂå¨éÂÂç½®ä¸Â段æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºé¸å®æÂÂåºç¾å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 37 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 38 ChH éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 è«ÂéÂÂç¨æÂ¤ç¨ÂåºÂå° æÂÂæÂÂçÂÂ系統 è¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂ復æÂÂå 廠çÂÂé Âè¨Âå¼ã 1 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ系統ã 2 æÂÂ丠î STANDBY/ON 並æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç FM/AM æÂÂéµã ä¸Â次å¨æÂ¨é æ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ系統è¨Âå® å¼é½å°ÂæÂÂ被 é 置ã 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® æÂÂäºÂèªÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ï¼ è« åÂÂé± èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨第 2 0 é Âï¼Âå¯è®ÂæÂ¨å¾ èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® å¨第 39 é  è£ÂæÂÂå çÂÂ1 36 種èªÂè¨Âç¶ä¸Âå»è¨Âå®ÂæÂ¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂçÂÂèªÂè¨Âã 1 é¸æÂ ãÂÂå ¶ä»ÂèªÂè¨Âã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以鏿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代èÂÂæÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¸åÂÂ代èÂÂã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以鏿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代èÂÂæÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¸åÂÂ代èÂÂã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® ( ä¸Âä¸Âé  )ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå®ÂæÂ´èª è¨Â種é¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ代èÂÂçÂÂ渠å®ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 38 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 39 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® èªÂ訠( èªÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代è )ã èªÂè¨Â代è åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂ渠å® Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶ / å°åÂÂ代èÂÂã åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代è Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Chinese (zh), 2608 Dutch (nl), 1412 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Swedish (sv), 1922 Russian (ru), 1821 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar (aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic (am), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (az), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (bo), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroese (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (ha), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croatian (hr), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0914 Icelandic (is), 0919 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1009 Javanese (jw), 1023 Georgian (ka), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambodian (km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malagasy (mg), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (ml), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 1318 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese (mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne), 1405 Norwegian (no), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Romanian (ro), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskrit (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si), 1909 Slovak (sk), 1911 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (sr), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st), 1920 Sundanese (su), 1921 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapuük (vo), 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 2515 Zulu (zu), 2621 é¿根廷 , 0118 , ar 澳洲 , 0121 , au æ¾³å°å© , 0120 , at æ¯Âå©æÂ , 0205 , be 巴西 , 0218 , br å æÂ¿å¤§ , 0301 , ca æÂºå© , 0312 , cl ä¸Âå , 0314 , cn 丹麥 , 0411 , dk 菠, 0609 , fi æ³Âå , 0618 , fr å¾·å , 0405 , de é¦Â港 , 0811 , hk å°度 , 0914 , in å°尼 , 0904 , id 義大å© , 0920 , it æÂ¥æÂ¬ , 1016 , jp éÂÂå , 1118 , kr 馬ä¾Â西亠, 1325 , my 墨西åÂÂ¥ , 1324 , mx è·è , 1412 , nl ç´Â西è , 1426 , nz æÂªå¨ , 1415 , no å·´åºæÂ¯å¦ , 1611 , pk è²å¾Âè³ , 1608 , ph è¡èÂÂç , 1620 , pt ä¿Âå ï¼Âä¿Âç¾ æÂ¯è¯é¦@, 1821 , ru æÂ°å å¡ , 1907 , sg 西çÂÂç , 0519 , es çÂÂå ¸ , 1905 , se çÂÂ士 , 0308 , ch å°ç£ , 2023 , tw æ³°å , 2008 , th è±å , 0702 , gb ç¾Âå , 2119 , us XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 39 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 40 ChH è¦Âæ ¼ ⢠æÂ´å¤§å¨é¨份 æÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ輸åº@åÂÂç½®ãÂÂä¸Âç½®ãÂÂç°ç¹Âè² ........æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè²é 60 W (1 kHz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 ⦠) æ¯Âè²é 50 W (1 kHz, 10 % T.H.D., 6 ⦠) éÂÂä½Âé³ ...... 60 W (100 Hz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 ⦠) 50 W (100 Hz, 10 % T.H.D., 6 ⦠) ⢠ç¢ÂçÂÂé¨份 æÂ¸ä½Âé³頻ç¹æÂ§ .... DVD fsï¼Â96 kHz, 24-bit é¡Âå .......DVD 系統 ï¼ Video CD/Super VCD 系統åÂÂå Âç¢ÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³é¿系統 é »çÂÂé¿æÂ ....... 4 Hz å° 44 kHz (96 kHz Ã¥ÂÂ樣ç ) / 4H zå°2 2 k H z (48 kHz Ã¥ÂÂ樣ç ) æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç (Wow & Flutter) ......... 測éÂÂéÂÂå¶ (ñ 0.001 % W.PEAK) 以丠(JEITA) ⢠FM 調諧å¨é¨份 é »çÂÂç¯Âå ............ 87.5 MHz å° 108 MHz 天締................... 75 ⦠ï¼Âä¸Â平衡张⢠AM 調諧å¨é¨份 é »çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ æÂ¡ç¨ 9kHz æÂ¥è·ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçº ................... 531 kHz å° 1,602 kHz æÂ¡ç¨ 10kHz æÂ¥è·ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçº ................... 530 kHz å° 1,700 kHz 天締.......................... ç°åÂÂ天締â¢ å ¶ä» é»æºÂéÂÂæ±Âï¼ æÂ°å å¡ãÂÂ馬ä¾Â西äºÂãÂÂé¦Â港æ©Â種 .............. AC 220 å° 240 V, 50/60 Hz å°ç£æ©Â種 ............ AC 110 Vï¼Â50/60 Hz æ¶ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç .......................... 45 W å¾ æ©Âæ¶ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç ..................... 0.4 W 尺寸 .. 420( 寬 )x 60( é« )x 331.5( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 3.1 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠é Âä»¶ (DVD/CD æÂ¥æÂ¶æ© ) éÂÂæÂ§å¨ .............................. 1 2è /R6 ä¹¾é»池........................ 2 è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç· ( é» è²æÂÂé  ) ................ 1 AM ç°åÂÂ天締........................... 1 FM 天締.............................. 1 黿ºÂç· ............................... 1 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂå æÂ¾ÂÂä½ÂæÂÂå S-DV131 æÂÂè² å¨系統 (å 置æÂÂè²å¨ x2ãÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ x2ãÂÂä¸Âç½®æÂÂè² å¨ x1ãÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³ x1) ⢠åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± ............... å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ( é²磠) 系統 ................ 7.7 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ ................. 7.7 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ ........................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ................ 90 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ...................... 60 W 尺寸 ... 105( 寬 )x 115( é« )x 114( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 0.6 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± ............... å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ( é²磠) 系統 ................ 7.7 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ ................. 7.7 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ ........................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ................ 90 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ...................... 60 W 尺寸 ... 115( 寬 )x 105( é« )x 114( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 0.6 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± ............... å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ( é²磠) 系統 ................ 7.7 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ ................. 7.7 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ ........................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ............... 100 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ...................... 60 W 尺寸 ... 105( 寬 )x 118( é« )x 114( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé .......................... 0.63 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ å¤Âç®± ............... (Bass-reflex) è½å°å 系統 ................. 16 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ ................. 16 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ ........................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ............... 30 Hz å° 2.0 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ...................... 60 W 尺寸 ... 190( 寬 )x 360( é« )x 317( æ·± ) mm XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 40 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 41 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ éÂÂé ........................... 4.2 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠é Âä»¶ 鲿»Â墠( å°Âå ) ....................... 12 鲿»Â墠( 大å ) ........................ 4 åºå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ ............................. 4 èº絲 ( åºå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ç¨ ) .................... 4 S-DV232T æÂÂè² å¨系統 ( Ã¥ÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ x2ãÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ x2ãÂÂä¸Âç½®æÂÂè² å¨ x1ãÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³ x1) ⢠åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± ...............å°ÂéÂÂå¼Âè½å°å ( é²磠) 系統 ................7.7 å ¬å 2-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨@ä½Âé³ ...................7.7 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é«Âä½ ....................2.0 å ¬åÂÂé¶ç·å é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ .......................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ................ 85 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ..................... 100 W 尺寸 ..... 260( 寬 )x 983.5( é« )x 260( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 3.7 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± ...............å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ( é²磠) 系統 ................7.7 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ .................7.7 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ .......................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ................ 75 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ..................... 100 W 尺寸 .... 270( 寬 )x 90( é« )x 100( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 0.8 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± ...............å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ( é²磠) 系統 ................7.7 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ .................7.7 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ .......................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ............... 100 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ..................... 100 W 尺寸 ... 105( 寬 )x 118( é« )x 114( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 0.6 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ å¤Âç®± ...... ä½Âé³åÂÂå° (Bass-reflex) è½å°å 系統 ................. 16 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ ................. 16 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ ........................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ............... 30 Hz å° 2.0 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ...................... 60 W 尺寸 ... 190( 寬 )x 360( é« )x 317( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 4.2 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· ......................... 5 鲿»Â墠( å°Âå ) ........................ 4 鲿»Â墠( 大å ) ........................ 4 Ã¥ÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨æÂ¯æÂ¶åº座 ................... 2 èº絲 ( åº座ç¨ ) ........................ 6 æÂÂæÂ¶ ................................. 2 èº絲 ( æÂÂæÂ¶ç¨ ) ........................ 4 åºå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ ............................. 2 èº絲 ( åºå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ç¨ ) .................... 2 éÂÂ註 â¢ çºæ±Âç¢åÂÂæÂ¹è¯ï¼Âè¦Âæ ¼åÂÂè¨Âè¨Âå¦ÂæÂÂè®ÂæÂ´ï¼ÂæÂ ä¸Âå¦è¡ÂéÂÂä¹Âã ç± Dolby Laboratories æÂÂæ¬Â製é ã ãÂÂæÂÂæ¯Âã ã ãÂÂDolbyã ã ãÂÂPro LogicãÂÂèÂÂé D æ¨ÂèªÂæÂ¯ Dolby Laboratories çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã âÂÂDTSâÂÂå âÂÂDTS Digital SurroundâÂÂçº Digital Theater Systems, Inc. çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樠ã æÂÂ¢åÂÂç¶ÂNEC堬叿ÂÂæ¬Âï¼Â使ç¨FontAvenue î Ã¥ÂÂé«ÂãÂÂFontAvenueçºNECå ¬å¸çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樠æÂÂ¢åÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂçÂÂæ¬Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Âå©以å 堶ä»Â屬亠MACROVISION CORPORATION çÂÂçÂ¥è ç¢æ¬Âä¿Âè·ãÂÂ使ç¨該çÂÂæ¬Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡Âå¿ é ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾ MACROVISION CORPORATION çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂä¸Âç¶ MACROVISION CORPORATION çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂåªè½ç¨ äºÂå®¶åºÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂè§Âè³ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè§£å¯Âç 亦屬äºÂç¦ÂæÂ¢ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 41 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 42 ChH çÂÂå£Âå®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®åÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨系統 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ ⢠å¨å°ÂæÂÂæÂ¶å®Âè£Âå°æÂÂè²å¨èÂÂé¢æÂ ï¼ è«Â確實åÂÂé å°Â鍿©ÂéÂÂè´ÂçÂÂèº絲ä¸Âç·Âåºå®Âã â¢ è«Âå¿å°ÂæÂÂæÂ¶å®Âè£Âå°ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ã â¢ è«Âå¿å°ÂæÂ æÂ¶ å®Â裠å°é¨以 丠æÂÂè²å¨ ç³» çµ±æÂÂé çÂÂé«ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ä¸Âï¼ÂS-DV232Tã å®Âè£Âå â¢ è«Âè¨Âå¾ÂæÂÂè²å¨å¾Âé @åÂÂæÂÂå ¶éÂÂéÂÂå¯å°Âè´æÂ¨è£½ èº絲é¬Âè« ï¼ÂæÂÂçÂÂå£Âç¨æÂÂæÂÂå£Âé£以æÂ¯æÂ ï¼ èÂÂé æÂÂæÂÂè²å¨æÂÂè½ ã è«Â確å®ÂæÂ¨è¦Âå®Âè£ÂçÂÂé£é¢çÂÂç 強度足以æÂ¯æÂ´éÂÂäºÂæÂÂè²å¨ ã è«Âå¿å®Âè£Âå¨è å æÂ¿æÂÂè»Â質çÂÂçÂÂå£Âä¸Âã â¢ å®Âè£Âèº絲æÂªé ã è«Â使ç¨é©åÂÂçÂÂå£Âç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ以å¯ æÂ¯æÂÂæÂÂè²å¨çÂÂèº絲ã éÂÂ註 ⢠å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä¸Â確å®ÂçÂÂå£ÂçÂÂ質å°åÂÂ強度 ï¼ è«Âæ´½å°Â楠人士æÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂè¦Âã â¢ Pioneer å°ÂæÂ¼å ä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºå®Âè£ÂæÂÂé æÂÂçÂÂæÂÂå¤ÂæÂ æÂÂå£Âï¼Âä¸Âæ¦Âä¸Âè² ä»»ä½Â責任ã 5 â 7 mm åºå®Âèº絲ï¼ÂæÂªéÂÂï¼ æÂÂæÂ¶èº絲ï¼Âå·²éÂÂï¼ 5 mm 10 mm XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 42 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
<05C000001> Printed in <ARE7602-A> PIONEER CORPORATION 4-1, Meguro 1-Chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan PIONEER ELECTRONICS (USA) INC. P.O. BOX 1540, Long Beach, California 90810-1540, U.S.A. TEL: (800) 421-1404 PIONEER ELECTRONICS OF CANADA, INC. 300 Allstate Parkway, Markham, Ontario L3R OP2, Canada TEL: 1-877-283-5901 PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, B-9120 Melsele, Belgium TEL: 03/570.05.11 PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936 TEL: 65-6472-7555 PIONEER ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD. 178-184 Boundary Road, Braeside, Victoria 3195, Australia, TEL: (03) 9586-6300 PIONEER ELECTRONICS DE MEXICO S.A. DE C.V. Blvd.Manuel Avila Camacho 138 10 piso Col.Lomas de Chapultepec, Mexico,D.F . 1 1000 TEL: 55-9178-4270 K002_A_En Additional_information.fm 44 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
The exclamation point within an equilateral triangle is intended to alert the user to the presence of important operating and maintenance (ser vicing) instructions in the literature accompanying the appliance. The lightning flash with arrowhead symbol, within an equilateral triangle, is intended to alert the user to the presence of uninsulated "dangerous voltage" within the product's enclosure that may be of sufficient magnitude to constitute a risk of electric shock to persons. CAUTION: TO PREVENT THE RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK, DO NOT REMOVE COVER (OR BACK). NO USER-SERVICEABLE P ARTS INSIDE. REFER SERVICING TO QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL. CAUTION RISK OF ELECTRIC SHOCK DO NOT OPEN IMPOR T ANT D3-4-2-1-1_En-A W ARNING This equipment is not waterproof. T o prevent a fir e or shock hazard, do not place any container filed with liquid near this equipment (such as a vase or flower pot) or expose it to dripping, splashing, rain or moisture. D3-4-2-1-3_A_En W ARNING To prevent a fir e hazard, do not place any naked flame sources (such as a lighted candle) on the equipment. D3-4-2-1-7a_A_En VENTILA TION CAUTION When installing this unit, make sure to leave space around the unit for ventilation to impr ove heat radiation (at least 10 cm at top, 10 cm at rear , and 10 cm at each side). WA RNING Slots and openings in the cabinet are pr ovided for ventilation to ensure r eliable operation of the product, and to pr otect it from overheating. T o prevent fir e hazard, the openings should never be blocked or covered with items (such as newspapers, table-cloths, curtains) or by operating the equipment on thick carpet or a bed. D3-4-2-1-7b_A_En Operating Environment Operating environment temperatur e and humidity: 5 úC â 35 úC ( 41 úF â 95 úF); less than 85 %RH (cooling vents not blocked) Do not install this unit in a poorly ventilated area, or in locations exposed to high humidity or direct sunlight (or strong artificial light) D3-4-2-1-7c_A_En Location: rear of the unit W ARNING The voltage of the available power supply differs according to country or r egion. Be sure that the power supply voltage of the area wher e this unit will be used meets the requir ed voltage (e.g., 230V or 120V) written on the rear panel. D3-4-2-1-4_A_En Before plugging in for the first time, read the following section carefully . CAUTION : USE OF CONTROLS OR ADJUSTMENTS OR PERFORMANCE OF PROCEDURES OTHER THAN THOSE SPECIFIED HEREIN MA Y RESUL T IN HAZARDOUS RADIA TION EXPOSURE. CAUTION : THE USE OF OPTICAL INSTRUMENTS WITH THIS PRODUCT WILL INCREASE EYE HAZARD. D6-8-2-1_En This product is intended for household purposes. Any failure due to use for other than household purposes (such as long- term use for business purposes in a restaurant or use in a car or ship) and which requir es r epair will be charged for even in the warranty period. KO41_En DRM (digital rights management) copy protection is a technology designed to prevent unauthorized copying by restricting playback, etc. of material on devices other than the PC (or other WMA recor ding equipment) used to recor d it. F or detailed information, please see the instruction manuals or help files that came with your PC and/or software. XV-DV131_232T.book 2 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
CAUTION These speaker terminals carr y HAZARDOUS LIVE voltage . T o prevent the risk of electric shock when connecting or disconnecting the speaker cables, disconnect the power cord before touching any uninsulated parts. D3-4-2-2-3_A_En CAUTION The ST ANDBY/ON switch on this unit will not completely shut off all power from the AC outlet. Since the power cord ser ves as the main disconnect device for the unit, you will need to unplug it from the AC outlet to shut down all power . Therefore, make sure the unit has been installed so that the power cord can be easily unplugged from the AC outlet in case of an accident. T o avoid fire hazard, the power cord should also be unplugged from the AC outlet when left unused for a long period of time (for example, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-2a_A_En If the AC plug of this unit does not match the AC outlet you want to use, the plug must be removed and appropriate one fitted. Replacement and mounting of an AC plug on the power supply cord of this unit should be per formed only by qualified ser vice personnel. If connected to an AC outlet, the cut-off plug can cause severe electrical shock. Make sure it is properly disposed of after removal. The equipment should be disconnected by removing the mains plug from the wall socket when left unused for a long period of time (for example, when on vacation). D3-4-2-2-1a_A_En POWER CORD CAUTION Handle the power cord by the plug. Do not pull out the plug by tugging the cord and never touch the power cord when your hands are wet as this could cause a short circuit or electric shock. Do not place the unit, a piece of furniture, etc., on the power cord, or pinch the cord. Never make a knot in the cord or tie it with other cords. The power cords should be routed such that they are not likely to be stepped on. A damaged power cord can cause a fire or give you an electrical shock. Check the power cord once in a while. When you find it damaged, ask your nearest PIONEER authorized ser vice center or your dealer for a replacement. S002_En CAUTION This product is a class 1 laser product, but this product contains a laser diode higher than Class 1. To ensure continued safety , do not remove any covers or attempt to gain access to the inside of the product. Refer all servicing to qualified personnel. The following caution label appears on your unit. Location: top of the unit [T aiwanese model] D3-4-2-1-8_A_En [All other models] CAUTION : CLASS 3B VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER VRW2159 EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM. RADIA TION WHEN OPEN, AVOID XV-DV131_232T.book 3 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
4 En Thank you for buying this Pioneer product. Please read through these operating instructions so that you will know how to operate your model properly. After you have finished reading the instructions, put them in a safe place for future reference . Contents 01 Getting started Home theater sound setup . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Setting the channel levels . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Using the on-screen displays . . . . . . . . . . 7 Playing discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Basic playback controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 Resume and Last Memory . . . . . . . . . . . 8 DVD-Video disc menus . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus . . . . . 8 Listening to the radio . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Improving poor FM reception . . . . . . . . . 9 Memorizing stations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Listening to station presets . . . . . . . . . . 9 Listening to other sources . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 Setting the sleep timer . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 Dimming the display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 02 Listening to your system About the listening modes . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Auto listening mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Listening in surround sound . . . . . . . . . 11 Using Front Surround . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 Listening in stereo . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Listening with headphones . . . . . . . . . 12 Using the SFC modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Adjusting the bass and treble . . . . . . . . . 12 Boosting the bass level . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 03 Playing discs Scanning discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Playing in slow motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Frame advance/frame reverse . . . . . . . . 13 Playing a JPEG slideshow . . . . . . . . . . . 13 Browsing DVD or Video CD/Super VCD discs with the Disc Navigator . . . . . . . . . 14 Browsing WMA, MP3, DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator . . . . . 14 Looping a section of a disc . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Using repeat play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 Using random play . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Creating a program list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 Other functions available from the program menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Searching a disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Switching subtitles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Switching language/audio channels . . . . 17 Zooming the screen . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Switching camera angles . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Displaying disc information . . . . . . . . . . . 18 04 Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus Audio Settings menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Audio DRC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 Video Adjust menu . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 05 Initial Settings menu Using the Initial Settings menu . . . . . . . . 20 Video Output settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Language settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Display settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Options settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Speakers settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 Parental Lock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 About DivXî VOD content . . . . . . . . . . 22 Speaker Distance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 06 Other connections Connecting auxiliary components . . . . . . 25 Recording mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 Connecting external antennas . . . . . . . . . 26 Connecting the S-video output . . . . . . . . . 26 Connecting using the component video output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 About progressive scan video . . . . . . . . 27 XV-DV131_232T.book 4 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
5 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 07 Controls and displays Display . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 Front panel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 08 Additional information Disc/content format playback compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 Disc compatibility table . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 About DivX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 DivX video compatibility . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 About WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Using and taking care of discs . . . . . . . . 33 DVD Video regions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Handling discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Storing discs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Discs to avoid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 Installation and maintenance . . . . . . . . . 34 Hints on installation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Cleaning the pickup lens . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Problems with condensation . . . . . . . . 34 Moving the system unit . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 Screen sizes and disc formats . . . . . . . . 35 TV system setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Frequency step setting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36 DVD/CD/Video CD player . . . . . . . . . . . 37 Tuner . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Error Messages . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 Resetting the system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Using the language code list . . . . . . . . . 39 Language code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Country/Area code list . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41 Wall-mounting the front and surround speaker system . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43 XV-DV131_232T.book 5 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 01 6 En Chapter 1 Getting started Home theater sound setup Depending on the size and characteristics of your room, you can place your speakers in one of two ways using this system: 1 ⢠Standard surround 5-spot setup â This is a standard multichannel surround sound speaker setup for optimal 5.1 channel home theater sound. ⢠Front surround 3-spot setup â This setup is ideal when rear surround speaker placement isn't possible or you want to avoid running long speaker cables in your listening area. Use this setup together with the Front Surround modes to take advantage of wall and ceiling reflections for a very realistic surround effect. After placing your speakers, complete Setting the channel levels below then refer to Speakers settings on page 21 to complete your surround sound setup. Setting the channel levels Set the relative channel levels from your main listening position. 2 1 Press SHIFT TEST TONE . The test tone is output in the following order (from the speakers active in the current listening mode): ⢠L â Front left speaker ⢠C â Center speaker ⢠R â Front right speaker ⢠SR â Right surround speaker ⢠SL â Left surround speaker ⢠SW â Subwoofer 3 2 Use the VOLUME /â button to adjust the volume to an appropriate level. 3 Use the îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) buttons to adjust the speaker levels in turn. You should hear the test tone at the same volume from each speaker when seated in the main listening position. The channel level range is ñ 10 dB. 4 When youâÂÂre done, press ENTER to exit test tone setup. Note 1 See About the listening modes on page 11 for more on using the different listening modes with each speaker setup. Fr o nt left Surround left Listening position Center Subwoofer Fr ont right Surround right Fr o nt left Fr o nt right Surround left Surround right Listening position Center Subwoofer 2⢠This is only available when DVD/CD is selected and playback is stopped. Also make sure headphones are unplugged. ⢠The speaker volume can be adjusted while listening to any sound source you want: Press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP , use the îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) buttons to select the channel level setting, then press ENTER . Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to adjust the channel levels; îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to move to the next channel. Press ENTER when youâÂÂre finished. 3 Since the subwoofer produces ultra-low frequencies its sound may seem quieter than it actually is. XV-DV131_232T.book 6 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 01 7 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Using the on-screen displays For ease of use, this system makes extensive use of graphical on-screen displays (OSDs). All the screens are navigated in basically the same way, using the cursor buttons ( î , î , î , î ) to change the highlighted item and pressing ENTER to select it. 1 Important ⢠Throughout this manual, âÂÂSelectâ means use the cursor buttons to highlight an item on-screen, then press ENTER . Tip ⢠The button guide at the bottom of every OSD screen shows you which buttons youâÂÂll need to use for that screen. Playing discs The basic playback controls for playing DVD, CD, Video CD/Super VCD, DivX video and MP3/ WMA discs are covered here. Further functions are detailed in chapter 3. 1 If the player isnâÂÂt already on, switch it on. If youâÂÂre playing a disc with video, also turn on your TV and make sure that it is set to the correct video input. 2 Press î OPEN/CLOSE to load a disc. Load a disc with the label side facing up, using the disc tray guide to align the disc (if youâÂÂre loading a double-sided DVD disc, load it with the side you want to play face down). 3 Press î (play) to start playback. If youâÂÂre playing a DVD or Video CD/Super VCD, a menu may appear. See DVD-Video disc menus and Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus on page 8 to navigate these. If youâÂÂre playing a DivX video or WMA/MP3 disc, it may take a few seconds before playing. If you loaded a CD/CD-R/RW containing JPEGs, a slideshow will start. See Playing a JPEG slideshow on page 13 for more on this. ⢠If a disc contains a mixture of DivX video and other media file types (MP3, for example), first select whether to play the DivX video files ( DivX ) or the other media file types ( MP3 / WMA / JPEG ) from the on-screen display. 4 Adjust the volume. Use the VOLUME control. Basic playback controls The following table shows the basic controls on the remote for playing discs 2 . You can find other playback features in the chapter 3. Note 1 The screen saver will appear after five minutes of inactivity. Button What it does HOME MENU Displays/exits the on-screen display îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî Changes the highlighted menu item ENTER Selects the highlighted menu item RETURN Returns to the main menu without saving changes 2 You may find with some DVD discs that some playback controls donâÂÂt work in certain parts of the disc. Button What it does î Starts/resumes normal playback. ⢠If the display shows RESUME or LAST MEM playback starts from the resume or last memor y point (see Resume and Last Memory below). î P auses/unpauses a disc. XV-DV131_232T.book 7 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 01 8 En Resume and Last Memory When you stop playback of a disc, RESUME shows in the display indicating that you can resume playback from that point. With DVDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, even if ejected, the play position is stored in memory. 1 The next time you load the disc, the display shows LAST MEM and you can resume play- back. If you want to clear the resume point, press î (stop) while RESUME is displayed. DVD-Video disc menus Many DVD-Video discs contain menus from which you can select what you want to watch. Sometimes DVD-Video menus are displayed automatically when you start playback; others only appear when you press DVD MENU or TOP MENU . Video CD/Super VCD PBC menus Some Video CD/Super VCDs have menus from which you can choose what you want to watch. These are PBC (Playback control) menus. You can play a PBC Video CD/Super VCD without having to navigate the PBC menu by starting playback using a number button to select a track, rather than the î (play) button. î Stops playback or cancels the resume function (if the display shows RESUME ). î P ress to start fast reverse scanning. î P ress to start fast forward scanning. î Skips to the start of the current track or chapter , then previous tracks/chapters. î Skips to the next track or chapter . Numbers Use to enter a title/chapter/track number . P ress ENTER to select. ⢠If the disc is stopped, playback starts from the selected title (for DVD) or track (for CD/Video CD/Super VCD). ⢠If the disc is playing, playback jumps to the start of the selected title (VR mode DVD-RW), chapter (DVD - Video) or track (CD/Video CD/Super VCD). Note 1⢠The Last Memory function may not work with some discs. ⢠For DVD-Video discs (except VR mode DVD-RW), the player stores the play position of the last five discs. Button What it does Button What it does SHIFT TOP MENU Displays the âÂÂtop menuâ of a DVD discâÂÂthis varies with the disc. DVD MENU Displays a DVD disc menuâÂÂthis varies with the disc and may be the same as the âÂÂtop menuâÂÂ. îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî Moves the cursor around the screen. ENTER Selects the current menu option. RETURN Returns to the previously displayed menu screen. Numbers Highlights a numbered menu option (some discs only). P ress ENTER to select. Button What it does RETURN Displays the PBC menu. Numbers Selects numbered menu options. P ress ENTER to select. î Displays the previous menu page (if there is one). î Displays the next menu page (if there is one). XV-DV131_232T.book 8 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 01 9 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Listening to the radio The tuner can receive both FM and AM broadcasts, and lets you memorize your favorite stations so you donâÂÂt have to manually tune in every time you want to listen. 1 Press TUNER to switch to the tuner, then press repeatedly to select the AM or FM band. The display shows the band and frequency. 2 Tune to a frequency. There are three tuning modesâÂÂmanual, auto, and high-speed: ⢠Manual tuning : Press TUNE /â repeatedly to change the displayed frequency. ⢠Auto tuning : Press and hold TUNE /â until the frequency display starts to move, then release. The tuner will stop on the next station it finds. Repeat to keep searching. ⢠High-speed tuning : Press and hold TUNE /â until the frequency display starts to move rapidly. Keep the button held down until you reach the frequency you want. If necessary, fine tune the frequency using the manual tuning method. Improving poor FM reception If youâÂÂre listening to an FM station in stereo but the reception is weak, you can improve the sound quality by switching to mono. 1 Tune to an FM radio station then press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to choose FM MODE then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select FM MONO then press ENTER . The mono indicator ( ) lights when the tuner is in mono reception mode. Select FM AUTO above to switch back to auto- stereo mode (the stereo indicator ( ) lights when receiving a stereo broadcast). Memorizing stations You can save up to 30 station presets so that you always have easy access to your favorite stations without having to tune in manually each time. 1 Tune to an AM or FM radio station. For the FM band, select mono or auto-stereo reception as necessary. This setting is saved along with the preset. 2 Press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP . 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to choose âÂÂST.MEM.â then press ENTER . 4 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select the station preset you want then press ENTER . Listening to station presets 1 Make sure the TUNER function is selected. 2 Use the ST /â buttons to select a station preset. ⢠You can also use the number buttons to do this. Listening to other sources You can connect up to two external sources (TV, satellite receiver, etc.) to this system. See Connecting auxiliary components on page 25. 1 Make sure that the external source (TV, satellite receiver, etc.) is switched on. 2 Press LINE to select the source. 3 If necessary, start playback of the source. DVD/CD FM/AM TUNER LINE XV-DV131_232T.book 9 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Getting started 01 10 En Setting the sleep timer The sleep timer switches off the system after a specified time so you can fall asleep without worrying about it. 1 ⢠Press SLEEP repeatedly to select an option then press ENTER . Choose between the following options: 2 ⢠SLP AUTO â Switches off automatically after the currently playing CD, Video CD or DivX disc has finished. ⢠SLP ON â Switches off after about an hour ⢠SLP OFF â Cancels the sleep timer After selecting SLP ON , you can press SLEEP again to check how much time is left. Each line indicates approximately 12 minutes (remaining): Dimming the display You can choose to dim the display if you find it too bright. 1 Press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) then ENTER to choose the dimmer setting. This is shown in the front panel display. 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select LIGHT or DARK then press ENTER. Note 1 The display dims when the sleep timer is set. 2 Sleep Auto will not work with WMA/MP3 discs, Video CD/Super VCDs during PBC playback, or CDs in repeat play. SL P --- -- XV-DV131_232T.book 10 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to your system 02 11 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 2 Listening to your system About the listening modes As explained in Home theater sound setup on page 6, there are two basic surround speaker setup options available with any of the listening modes: ⢠Standard surround 5-spot setup â Use any of the surround listening modes with this setup (except Front Surround). ⢠Front surround 3-spot setup â Make sure the Front Surround mode is switched on before selecting a surround listening mode (see Using Front Surround on page 11). Auto listening mode The Auto listening mode is the simplest way to listen to any source as it was mastered: the output from the speakers mirrors the channels in the source material. ⢠Press SHIFT SURROUND to select the AUTO listening mode. 1 Listening in surround sound You can listen to stereo or multichannel sources in surround sound. 2 Surround sound is generated from stereo sources using one of the Dolby Pro Logic decoding modes. ⢠Press SHIFT SURROUND repeatedly to select a listening mode. 1 The choices that appear in the display will vary according to the type of source thatâÂÂs playing. ⢠AUTO â Auto listening mode (see above) ⢠DOLBY DIGITAL / DTS â Dolby Digital or DTS decoding (depending on the source). 3 For a multichannel source, this will be the same as AUTO . ⢠PROLOGIC (Dolby Pro Logic) â 4.1 channel surround sound for use with any two- channel source ⢠MOVIE (Dolby Pro Logic II Movie) â Pro Logic II 5.1 channel surround sound, especially suited to movie sources (use with any two-channel source) ⢠MUSIC (Dolby Pro Logic II Music) â Pro Logic II 5.1 channel surround sound, especially suited to music sources, for use with any two-channel source ⢠STEREO â See Listening in stereo below Using Front Surround The Front Surround mode is effective when you are using the Front surround 3-spot speaker setup as described in Home theater sound setup on page 6. The surround speakers should be placed on top of the front speakers and oriented towards the walls (see the Speaker Setup Guide ) and DVD/CD must be selected as the input source. 2 Note 1 If the source is Dolby Digital or DTS, the front panel 2 D or DTS indicator lights. 2⢠Note that the input source must be switched to DVD/CD for multichannel playback. ⢠If youâÂÂre planning on recording a multichannel source, refer to Recording mode on page 25. SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND 3 When listening in DOLBY DIGITAL / DTS mode, two-channel material will automatically be played in surround sound using Dolby Pro Logic II decoding. XV-DV131_232T.book 11 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Listening to your system 02 12 En ⢠Press SHIFT FRONT SURROUND to switch Front Surround on or off. When set to MODE ON , make sure to follow the guidelines in the Setup Guide for best surround sound. Listening in stereo You can listen to any sourceâÂÂstereo or multichannelâÂÂin stereo. When playing a multichannel source, all channels are downmixed to the front left/right speakers and the subwoofer. ⢠Press SHIFT SURROUND repeatedly until STEREO shows in the display. Listening with headphones When headphones are connected, only the STEREO mode is available. Using the SFC modes The SFC (Sound Field Control) modes can be used with any multichannel or stereo source for a variety of additional surround sound effects. 1 Press SOUND MODE . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to select SFC MODE then press ENTER . 3 Press îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) then ENTER to select an SFC Sound Mode. Select between OFF , ACTION , DRAMA , ROCK , POP , HALL or LIVE . Adjusting the bass and treble Use the bass and treble controls to adjust the overall tone. 1 Press SOUND MODE . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to select BASS or TREBLE then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to adjust the sound then press ENTER to confirm . Boosting the bass level There are two bass modes you can use to enhance the bass in a source. 1 Press SOUND MODE . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to select BASSMODE then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to adjust the sound then press ENTER to confirm . Select between OFF , MUSIC or CINEMA . SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND SYSTEM SETUP HOME MENU DVD MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE SOUND MODE ENTER XV-DV131_232T.book 12 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Playing discs 03 13 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 3 Playing discs Important ⢠Many of the functions covered in this chapter apply to DVD discs, Video CDs/ Super VCDs, CDs, DivX video and WMA/ MP3/JPEG discs, although the exact operation of some varies slightly with the kind of disc loaded. ⢠Some DVDs restrict the use of some functions (random or repeat, for example) in some or all parts of the disc. This is not a malfunction. ⢠When playing Video CD/Super VCDs, some of the functions are not available during PBC playback. If you want to use them, start the disc playing using a number button to select a track. Scanning discs You can fast-scan discs forward or backward at various different speeds. 1 ⢠During playback, press î or î to start scanning. Press repeatedly to increase the scanning speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 2 Playing in slow motion You can play DVDs, Video CD/Super VCDs and DivX video at four different forward slow motion speeds. DVD discs can also be played in reverse slow motion. 1 During playback, press î (pause). 2 Press and hold îÂÂ/î or îÂÂ/î until slow motion playback starts. Press repeatedly to change the slow motion speed (shown on-screen). ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 2 Frame advance/frame reverse You can advance or back up DVD discs frame- by-frame. With Video CD/Super VCDs and DivX video you can only use frame advance. 1 During playback, press î (pause). 2 Press îÂÂ/î or îÂÂ/î to reverse or advance a frame at a time. ⢠To resume playback, press î (play). 2 Playing a JPEG slideshow After loading a CD/CD-R/RW containing JPEG pictures, press î to start a slideshow from the first folder/picture on the disc. 3 The player displays the pictures in each folder in alphabet- ical order. Pictures are automatically adjusted so that they fill as much of the screen as possible. While the slideshow is running: Note 1 Only one speed is available for DivX video discs. 2⢠Depending on the disc, normal playback may automatically resume when a new chapter is reached on a DVD disc. ⢠With Video CD/Super VCDs in PBC mode or a WMA/MP3 track, playback automatically resumes at the end or beginning of the track. 3 The time it takes for the player to load a file increases with large file sizes. Button What it does î P auses the slideshow ; press again to restart. î Displays the previous picture. XV-DV131_232T.book 13 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Playing discs 03 14 En Browsing DVD or Video CD/ Super VCD discs with the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to browse through the contents of a DVD or Video CD/Super VCD disc to find the part you want to play. 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Disc Navigator â from the on- screen menu. 2 Select a view option. The options available depend on the kind of disc loaded and whether the disc is playing or not, but include: ⢠Title â Titles from a DVD-Video disc. ⢠Chapter â Chapters from the current title of a DVD-Video disc. ⢠Track â Tracks from a Video CD/Super VCD disc. ⢠Time â Thumbnails from a Video CD /Super VCD disc at 10 minute intervals. ⢠Original: Title â Original titles from a VR mode DVD-RW disc. ⢠Playlist: Title â Playlist titles from a VR mode DVD-RW disc. ⢠Original: Time â Thumbnails from the Original content at 10 minute intervals. ⢠Playlist: Time â Thumbnails from the Playlist at 10 minute intervals. The screen shows up to six moving thumbnail images displayed one after another. To display the previous/next six thumbnails, press î / î . 3 Select the thumbnail image for what you want to play. You can use either the cursor buttons ( îÂÂ/îÂÂ/ îÂÂ/î ) and ENTER to select a thumbnail, or the number buttons. To select using the number buttons, enter a two-digit number then press ENTER . Browsing WMA, MP3 , DivX video and JPEG files with the Disc Navigator Use the Disc Navigator to find a particular file or folder by filename. î Displays the next picture. îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î P auses the slideshow and rotates/ï¬Âips the displayed picture. (P ress î (play) to restart slideshow) ZOOM P auses the slideshow and zooms the picture. P ress again to toggle between 1x, 2x and 4x zoom. (P ress î (play) to restart slideshow) DVD MENU Displays the Disc Navigator screen (see below). Button What it does Disc Navigator Disc Navigator Title Chapter 01 04 02 05 03 06 Disc Navigator: Title 01- 49: - - XV-DV131_232T.book 14 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Playing discs 03 15 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español 1 Press HOME MENU and select â Disc Navigator â from the on-screen menu. 2 Use the cursor buttons ( îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ) and ENTER to navigate. Use the cursor up/down buttons ( îÂÂ/î ) to move up and down the folder/file list. Use the cursor left button ( î ) to return to the parent folder. 1 Use ENTER or cursor right ( î ) to open a highlighted folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is highlighted, a thumbnail image is displayed on the right. 3 To play the highlighted track or DivX video file or display the highlighted JPEG file, press ENTER . ⢠When a WMA/MP3 or DivX video file is selected, playback begins from that file, and continues until the end of the folder. ⢠When a JPEG file is selected, a slideshow begins, starting with that file, and continues to the end of the folder. Tip ⢠To play the contents of the whole disc rather than just the current folder, exit the Disc Navigator and start playback using the î (play) button. Looping a section of a disc The A-B Repeat function allows you to specify two points (A and B) within a track (CD, Video CD/Super Video CD) or title (DVD) that form a loop which is played over and over. 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂA-B RepeatâÂÂ. 3 Press ENTER on âÂÂA(Start Point)â to set the loop start point. 4 Press ENTER on âÂÂB(End Point)â to set the loop end point. After pressing ENTER , playback jumps back to the start point and plays the loop. 5 To resume normal playback, select âÂÂOffâÂÂ. Using repeat play In addition to various repeat play options, itâÂÂs also possible to use repeat play together with program play (see Creating a program list on page 16). 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂRepeatâ then select a repeat play option. 2 If program play is active, select Program Repeat to repeat the program list, or Repeat Off to cancel. Note 1 You can also do this by going to the â .. â folder at the top, then pressing ENTER . 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 File1 File2 File3 File4 File5 Folder 2 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps 2 You canâÂÂt use repeat play with WMA/MP3 discs. Play Mode XV-DV131_232T.book 15 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Playing discs 03 16 En ⢠For DVD discs, select Title Repeat or Chapter Repeat . ⢠For CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, select Disc Repeat or Track Repeat . ⢠For DivX video discs, select Repeat Title (or Repeat Off ). Using random play Use this function to play titles or chapters (DVD-Video) or tracks (CD and Video CD/Super VCD) in a random order. 1 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂRandomâ then select an option. ⢠For DVD discs, select Random Title or Random Chapter . ⢠For CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs, select On or Off to switch random play on or off. Tip ⢠Use the following controls during random play: ⢠Random play remains in effect until you select Random Off from the random play menu options. Creating a program list This feature lets you program the play order of titles/chapters/tracks on a disc. 2 1 During playback, press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂProgramâ then select âÂÂCreate/Editâ from the list of program options. 3 Use the cursor buttons and ENTER to select a title, chapter or track for the current step in the program list. For a DVD disc, you can add a title or a chapter. ⢠For a CD or Video CD/Super VCD, select a track to add to the program list. After pressing ENTER to select the title/ chapter/track, the step number automatically moves down one. 4 Repeat step 3 to build up a program list. A program list can contain up to 24 steps. ⢠You can insert steps by just highlighting the position where you want the new step to appear and entering a title/chapter/track number. ⢠To delete a step, highlight it and press CLEAR . 5 To play the program list, press î (play). Program play remains active until you turn off program play (see below), erase the program list (see below), eject the disc or switch off. Note 1⢠You can set the random play option when a disc is playing or stopped. However, you can't use random play together with program play. ⢠You canâÂÂt use random play with VR format DVD-RW discs, WMA/MP3 discs, DivX video discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being displayed. Button What it does î Selects a new track/title/chapter at random. î Returns to the beginning of the current track/title/chapter; further presses select another random track/title/chapter. 2⢠Program lists are saved for the DVD disc loaded. When you load a disc with a saved program list, program play is automat- ically turned on. ⢠You canâÂÂt use Program play with VR format DVD-RW discs, WMA/MP3 discs, DivX video discs, or while a DVD disc menu is being displayed. XV-DV131_232T.book 16 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Playing discs 03 17 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Tip ⢠Use the following controls during program play: Other functions available from the program menu There are a number of other options in the program menu in addition to Create/Edit. ⢠Playback Start â Starts playback of a saved program list ⢠Playback Stop â Turns off program play, but does not erase the program list ⢠Program Delete â Erases the program list and turns off program play Searching a disc You can search DVD discs by title or chapter number, or by time; CDs and Video CD/Super VCDs by track number or time; DivX video discs by time. 1 Press HOME MENU and select â Play Mode âÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂSearch ModeâÂÂ. The search options that appear depend on the kind of disc loaded. 3 Select a search mode. ⢠The disc must be playing in order to use time search. 4 Use the number buttons to enter a title, chapter or track number, or a time. ⢠For a time search, enter the number of minutes and seconds into the currently playing title (DVD/ DivX video) or track (CD/ Video CD/Super VCD) you want playback to resume from. For example, press 4 , 5 , 0 , 0 to have playback start from 45 minutes into the disc. For 1 hour, 20 minutes and 30 seconds, press 8 , 0 , 3 , 0 . 5 Press ENTER to start playback. Switching subtitles Some DVD discs and DivX video discs have subtitles in one or more languages; the disc box will usually tell you which subtitle languages are available. You can switch subtitle language during playback. 1 ⢠Press SHIFT SUBTITLE repeatedly to select a subtitle option. ⢠To set subtitle preferences, see Language settings on page 20. ⢠See Displaying DivX subtitle files on page 32 for more on DivX subtitles. Switching language/audio channels When playing discs recorded with dialog in two or more languages, or with dual-mono audio 2 you can switch these during playback. 3 ⢠Press SHIFT AUDIO repeatedly to select an audio language option. ⢠To set audio language preferences, see Language settings on page 20. Button What it does HOME MENU Save the program list and exit without starting playback. î Skip to the next step in the program list. Note 1 Some discs only allow you to change subtitle language from the disc menu. Press SHIFT TOP MENU or DVD MENU to access. 2 Some Super VCDs have two soundtracks. With these discs you can switch between the two soundtracks as well as individual channels in each. 3 Some discs only allow you to change audio language from the disc menu. Press SHIFT TOP MENU or DVD MENU to access. XV-DV131_232T.book 17 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Playing discs 03 18 En Zooming the screen Using the zoom feature you can magnify a part of the screen by a factor of 2 or 4, while watching a DVD, DivX video title or Video CD/ Super VCD or playing a JPEG disc. 1 During playback, use the SHIFT ZOOM button to select the zoom factor (Normal, 2x or 4x). 2 Use the cursor buttons to change the zoomed area. You can change the zoom factor and the zoomed area freely during playback. 1 Switching camera angles Some DVD discs feature scenes shot from two or more anglesâÂÂcheck the disc box for details. When a multi-angle scene is playing, a icon appears on screen (this can be switched off if you preferâÂÂsee Display settings on page 21). ⢠During playback (or when paused), press SHIFT ANGLE to switch angle. Displaying disc information Various track, chapter and title information can be displayed on-screen during playback. ⢠To show/switch/hide the information displayed, press DISPLAY repeatedly. Limited disc information also appears in the front panel display. Press DISPLAY to change the displayed information. Note 1⢠Since DVD, Video CD/Super VCD, DivX video title and JPEG pictures have a fixed resolution, picture quality will deteriorate, especially at 4x zoom. This is not a malfunction. ⢠If the navigation square at the top of the screen disappears, press SHIFT ZOOM again to display it. XV-DV131_232T.book 18 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus 04 19 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 4 Audio Settings and Video Adjust menus Audio Settings menu The Audio Settings menu offers features for adjusting the way discs sound. 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂAudio Settingsâ from the on-screen display. 2 Select and change settings using the îÂÂ/ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î (cursor) buttons, and ENTER . Audio DRC ⢠Settings: High , Medium , Low , Off (default) When watching Dolby Digital DVDs at low volume, itâÂÂs easy to lose the quieter sounds completelyâÂÂincluding some of the dialog. Switching Audio DRC (Dynamic Range Control) to on can help by bringing up the quieter sounds, while controlling loud peaks. How much of a difference you hear depends on the material youâÂÂre listening to. If the material doesnâÂÂt have wide variations in volume, you may not notice much change. 1 Video Adjust menu From the Video Adjust screen you can adjust settings that affect picture presentation. 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂVideo Adjustâ from the on-screen display. 2 Make settings using the îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î (cursor) buttons, and ENTER . You can adjust the following settings: ⢠Sharpness â Adjusts the sharpness of edges in the picture ( Fine , Standard , Soft ) ⢠Brightness â Adjusts the overall brightness ( âÂÂ20 to 20 ) ⢠Contrast â Adjusts the contrast between light and dark ( âÂÂ16 to 16 ) ⢠Gamma â Adjusts the âÂÂwarmthâ of the picture ( High , Medium , Low , Off ) ⢠Hue â Adjusts the red/green balance ( Green 9 to Red 9 ) ⢠Chroma Level â Adjusts how saturated colors appear ( âÂÂ9 to 9 ) Adjust the Brightness, Contrast, Hue and Chroma Level settings using the îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) buttons. 3 Press ENTER to return to the Video Adjust screen, or HOME MENU to exit. Note 1⢠Audio DRC is only effective with Dolby Digital audio sources. Audio Settings Au dio Settings Au dio DRC High Medium Low Off V ideo Adjust Sharpness Brightness Contrast Gamma Hue Chroma Level Standard 0 0 Off 0 0 î î î î î î V ideo Adjust Brightness min max 0 XV-DV131_232T.book 19 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 05 20 En Chapter 5 Initial Settings menu Using the Initial Settings menu The Initial Settings menu provides audio and video output settings, parental lock settings, and display settings, among others. If an option is grayed out it means that it cannot be changed at the current time. This is usually because a disc is playing. Stop the disc, then change the setting. 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂInitial SettingsâÂÂ. 2 Use the cursor buttons and ENTER to select the setting and option you want to set. All the settings and options are explained on the following pages. 1 Video Output settings Language settings Note 1⢠In the table, the default setting is shown in bold : other settings are shown in italics . ⢠Some settings, such as TV Screen , Audio Language and Subtitle Language may be overridden by the DVD disc. Often these settings can also be made from the DVD disc menu. Initial Settings Setting Option What it means TV Screen (See also Screen sizes and disc formats on page 35.) 4:3 (Letter Box) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are shown with black bars top and bottom. 4:3 (Pan & Scan) Set if you have a conventional 4:3 TV. Widescreen movies are shown with the sides cropped so that the image fills the screen. 16:9 (Wide) Set if you have a widescreen TV. Component Out (See also Connecting using the component video output on page 27.) Interlace Set if your TV is not compatible with progressive scan video. Progressive Set if your TV is compatible with progressive scan video (see your TVâÂÂs instruction manual for details). Press ENTER once more to confirm (or RETURN to cancel). Note that progressive scan video is only output from the component video jacks. Setting Option What it means Audio Language English If there is an English soundtrack on the disc, it is played. Languages as displayed Taiwan model â Chinese If there is a language selected on the disc, it is played. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 39). XV-DV131_232T.book 20 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 05 21 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Display settings Options settings Speakers settings Subtitle Language English If there are English subtitles on the disc they are displayed. Languages as displayed Taiwan model â Chinese The subtitle language selected on the disc is displayed. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 39). DVD Menu Language w/Subtitle Lang. DVD disc menus are displayed in the same language as your selected subtitle language, if possible. Languages as displayed DVD menus are displayed in the selected language, if possible. Other Language Select to choose a language other than the ones displayed (see Using the language code list on page 39). Subtitle Display On Subtitles are displayed in your selected subtitle language. Off Subtitles are always off by default when you play a DVD disc. Setting Option What it means OSD Language English On-screen displays of the player are in English. Languages as displayed Taiwan model â On-screen displays are shown in the language selected. Angle Indicator On A camera icon is displayed on-screen during multi-angle scenes on a DVD disc. Off No multi-angle indication is shown. Setting Option What it means Parental Lock â See Parental Lock below. DivX VOD Display See About DivXî VOD content below. Setting Option What it means Speaker Distance â Specify the distance of your speakers from your listening position (see Speaker Distance on page 23). Setting Option What it means XV-DV131_232T.book 21 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 05 22 En Parental Lock ⢠Default level: Off ; Default password: none ; Default Country/Area code: us (2119) To give you some control over what your children watch on your DVD player, some DVD- Video discs feature a Parental Lock level. If your player is set to a lower level than the disc, the disc wonâÂÂt play. Some discs also support the Country/Area Code feature. The player does not play certain scenes on these discs, depending on the Country/Area Code you set. Registering a new password Register a password to change the Parental Lock level or enter a Country/Area code. 1 1 Select âÂÂPasswordâÂÂ. 2 Use the number buttons to input a 4-digit password then press ENTER . Changing your password To change your password, confirm your existing password then enter a new one. 1 Select âÂÂPassword ChangeâÂÂ. 2 Input your existing password, then press ENTER . 3 Enter a new password and press ENTER . Setting/changing the Parental Lock 1 Select âÂÂLevel ChangeâÂÂ. 2 Use number buttons to enter your password, then press ENTER . 3 Select a new level and press ENTER . ⢠Press î (cursor left) repeatedly to lock more levels (more discs will require the password); press î (cursor right) to unlock levels. You canâÂÂt lock level 1. Setting/changing the Country/Area code You can find the Country/Area code list on page 40. 1 Select âÂÂCountry CodeâÂÂ. 2 Input your password, then press ENTER . 3 Select a Country/Area code then press ENTER . There are two ways you can do this: ⢠Select by code letter: Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/ down) to change the Country/Area code. ⢠Select by code number: Press î (cursor right) then use the number buttons to enter the 4-digit Country/Area code. The new Country/Area code takes effect after ejecting the disc once. About DivX î VOD content In order to play DivX VOD (video on demand) content on this player, you first need to register the player with your DivX VOD content provider. You do this by generating a DivX VOD registration code, which you submit to your provider. 2 Important ⢠DivX VOD content is protected by a DRM (Digital Rights Management) system. This restricts playback of content to specific, registered devices. ⢠If you load a disc that contains DivX VOD content not authorized for your player, the message Authorization Error is displayed and the content will not play. Note 1⢠Not all discs use Parental Lock, and will play without requiring the password first. ⢠If you forget your password, youâÂÂll need to reset the player to register a new password. (see Resetting the system on page 39) Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Parental Lock DivX VOD Passw ord Level Change Country Code Initial Settings 2 Resetting the player (as described in Resetting the system on page 39) will not cause you to lose your registration code. XV-DV131_232T.book 22 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 05 23 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Displaying your DivX VOD registration code 1 Press HOME MENU and select âÂÂInitial SettingsâÂÂ. 2 Select âÂÂOptionsâÂÂ, then âÂÂDivX VODâÂÂ. 3 Select âÂÂDisplayâÂÂ. Your 8-digit registration code is displayed. Make a note of the code as you will need it when you register with a DivX VOD provider. Playing DivX î VOD content Some DivX VOD content may only be playable a fixed number of times. When you load a disc containing this type of DivX VOD content, the remaining number of plays is shown on-screen and you then have the option of playing the disc (thereby using up one of the remaining plays), or stopping. If you load a disc that contains expired DivX VOD content (for example, content that has zero remaining plays), the message Rental Expired is displayed. If your DivX VOD content allows an unlimited number of plays, then you may load the disc into your player and play the content as often as you like, and no message will be displayed. Speaker Distance ⢠Default setting: 3.0 m To get the best surround sound from your system, you should set up the speaker distances from your listening position. 1 Use the îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select a speaker. ⢠The L and R speakers are paired; you canâÂÂt set them differently. 2 Press î (cursor right) to change the speaker distance for the highlighted speaker. 3 Use the îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to change the distance. ⢠When you change the distance settings of the front left ( L ) or front right ( R ) speakers, all the other speaker distances change relative to it. ⢠Front left/right ( L / R ) speaker distances can be set from 30 cm to 9 m in 30 cm increments. ⢠The center speaker ( C ) can be set from âÂÂ2.1 m to 0 m relative to the front left/right speakers. ⢠Surround left/right ( SL / SR ) speakers can be set from âÂÂ6.0 m to 0 m relative to the front left/right speakers. 1 Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Display Initial Settings Parental Lock DivX VOD Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Initial Settings DivX VOD Registration Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Note 1 Make sure to set them the same distance when using Front Surround ( page 11). Video Output Language Display Options Speakers Speaker Distance Initial Settings V ideo Output Language Display Options Speakers L C R SR SL SW 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m Initial Settings XV-DV131_232T.book 23 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Initial Settings menu 05 24 En ⢠The subwoofer ( SW ) can be set from âÂÂ2.1 m to 0 m relative to the front left/right speakers. 4 Press î (cursor left) to go back to the speaker list if you want to modify another speaker, or press ENTER to exit the Speaker Distance screen. XV-DV131_232T.book 24 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 06 25 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 6 Other connections Connecting auxiliary components This system has both stereo analog inputs and outputs. Use these to connect external components, such as your VCR, MD or CD-R recorder. 1 Connect the LINE (AUDIO IN) jacks to the analog outputs of an external playback component. Connect using RCA pin-plug stereo cables. 2 Connect the LINE (AUDIO OUT) jacks to the analog inputs of an external recording component. These include components such as a cassette deck, VCR, MD, or another recorder with analog inputs. Connect using RCA pin-plug stereo cables. Recording mode The Recording mode allows you to make surround-compatible analog recordings from the LINE (AUDIO OUT) jacks. 1 Dolby multichannel sources will be downmixed to stereo for improved playback with systems that can provide matrix-decoding (like Dolby Pro Logic). 1 Press SOUND MODE . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to select REC MODE then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select MODE ON or MODE OFF then press ENTER to confirm. ⢠MODE ON â Multichannel sources are downmixed to stereo for recording (the same downmix is heard through the front speakers and the subwoofer). ⢠MODE OFF â For regular multichannel playback through your speaker system (only the front left and right channels are output from the line output). AUDIO IN R L OUT R L SPEAKERS T RL RL FRONT SURROUND LINE Y C B / P B C R / P R AUDIO INPUT AUDIO OUTPUT T ape deck, etc. XV -DV131/232T Note 1⢠When Recording mode is on, most sound features cannot be used. The display will briefly blink REC MODE if you try and use a prohibited function while Recording mode is on. ⢠When Recording mode is off, the audio from the LINE (AUDIO OUT) jacks may be interrupted, depending on the operation. ⢠The Recording mode switches off if you change the input function ( DVD/CD , TUNER , etc.) or switch the power off. XV-DV131_232T.book 25 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 06 26 En Connecting external antennas For an external AM antenna, use 5âÂÂ6 meters of vinyl-insulated wire and set up either indoors or outdoors. Leave the loop antenna connected. For an external FM antenna, Use a PAL connector to hook up an external FM antenna. Connecting the S-video output If your TV has an S-video input, you can use this instead of the standard video output for a better quality picture. ⢠Use an S-video cable to connect the S- VIDEO OUT to an S-video input on your TV. Line up the small triangle above the jack with the same mark on the plug before plugging in. Outdoor antenna 5âÂÂ6 m Indoor antenna (vinyl-coated wire) AM LOOP ANTENNA ANTENNA P AL connector AUDIO IN R L OUT R L VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT S-VIDEO OUT R R FRONT SURROUND VIDEO LINE Y C B / P B C R / P R TV XV -DV131/232T S-VIDEO INPUT XV-DV131_232T.book 26 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Other connections 06 27 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Connecting using the component video output If your TV has component video inputs, you can use these instead of the standard video output to connect this system to your TV. 1 This should give you the best quality picture from the three types of video output available. ⢠Use a component video cable to connect the COMPONENT VIDEO OUT to a set of component inputs on your TV. About progressive scan video Compared to interlace video, progressive scan video effectively doubles the scanning rate of the picture, resulting in a very stable, flicker- free image. Progressive scan video is available only from the component video output. Important ⢠If you connect a TV that is not compatible with a progressive scan signal and switch the system to progressive, you will not be able to see any picture at all. In this case, press î STANDBY/ON to put the system in standby, then press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP , use the îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) button to select INTER L . Press ENTER to set to interlace and switch the system back on. Compatibility of this player with progressive-scan and high-definition TVs. This player is compatible with progressive video Macro Vision System Copy Guard. 2 This system is compatible with the following Pioneer displays and monitors: Plasma display (Taiwanese model ) PDP-502MX, PDP-503HDG, PDP-433HDG, PDP-5040HD, PDP-4340HD, PDP-505HDG, PDP-435HDG Projection monitor receiver (Taiwanese model) SD-532HD5, SD-533HD5 Plasma display (All other models) PDP-503HDG, PDP-433HDG, PDP-504HDG, PDP-434HDG, PDP-505HDG, PDP-435HDG Note 1 The component video output is switchable between interlaced and progressive formats. See Video Output settings on page 20. AUDIO IN R L OUT VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT S-VIDEO OUT VIDEO LINE Y C B / P B C R / P R TV XV -DV131/232T COMPONENT INPUT 2 Consumers should note that not all high-definition television sets are fully compatible with this product and may cause artifacts to be displayed in the picture. In case of 525 progressive scan picture problems, it is recommended that the user swi tch the connection to the âÂÂstandard definitionâ output (Interlace). If there are questions regarding our TV set compatibility with this model, please contact our customer service center. XV-DV131_232T.book 27 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 07 28 En Chapter 7 Controls and displays Display 1 DTS Lights during playback of a DTS source (page 11). 2 PRGSVE Lights when progressive scan video output is selected (page 20). 3 SOUND Lights when the SFC Modes or the tone controls (treble, bass or bass boost) are active (page 12). 4 F.SURR. Lights when the Front Surround listening mode is selected (page 11). 5 RPT and RPT -1 RPT lights during repeat play. RPT -1 lights during repeat one-track play (page 15). 6 REC MODE Lights when Rec Mode is on (page 25). 7 PGM Lights during program play (page 16). 8 Tuner indicators â Lights when a broadcast is being received. â Lights when a stereo FM broadcast is being received in auto stereo mode. â Lights when FM mono reception is selected. 9 RDM Lights during random play (page 16). 10 kHz / MHz Indicates the frequency unit shown in the character display ( kHz for AM, MHz for FM). 11 Character display 12 Lights when sleep timer is active (page 10). 13 î Lights when a disc is playing. 14 2 PL II Lights during Dolby Pro Logic II decoding (page 11). 15 2 D Lights during playback of a Dolby Digital source (page 11). 2 PL 2 D REC MODE RPT -1 kHz PGM MHz RDM PRGSVE SOUND DTS F .SURR. 6 7 13 9 10 8 5 4 12 14 3 15 11 2 1 XV-DV131_232T.book 28 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 07 29 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Front panel 1 Display See Display above for detailed information. 2 î OPEN/CLOSE Opens/closes the disc tray. 3 î DVD/CD Selects the DVD/CD function and starts/ pauses/resumes playback. 4 î Stops playback. 5 FM/AM Selects the tuner function and toggles between FM/AM bands. 6 VOLUME buttons Adjusts the volume. 7 î STANDBY/ON Switches the system on or into standby. 8 PHONES jack Headphone jack. Remote control 1 î STANDBY/ON Switches the system on or into standby. 2 Function select buttons Selects the source you want to listen to ( DVD/ CD . TUNER , LINE ) 3 Number buttons Select chapters/tracks from a disc directly. Press DVD/CD to access these controls: SHIFT AUDIO Selects audio channel/language (page 17). SHIFT SUBTITLE Displays/changes the subtitles (page 17). SHIFT ANGLE Changes camera angle during DVD multi- angle scene playback (page 18). SHIFT ZOOM Changes the screen zoom level (page 18). 6 DVD/CD FM/ AM â î STANDBY/ON VOLUME 0 OPEN/CLOSE 7 4 5 6 7 8 3 2 1 AUDIO SUBTITLE ANGLE ZOOM STANDBY/ON MUTE DVD/CD FM/AM TUNER LINE SYSTEM SETUP HOME MENU DVD MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE SOUND MODE SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY VOLUME 12 3 45 6 78 9 0 TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER SURROUND FRONT SURROUND 1 2 4 6 3 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 XV-DV131_232T.book 29 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Controls and displays 07 30 En 4 HOME MENU Displays (or exits) the on-screen menu for Initial Settings, Play Mode functions, etc. SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP Use to make various system and surround sound settings (page 6, 10 and 35). 5 Cursor buttons, ENTER and tuning buttons Cursor buttons Use the cursor buttons ( îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ) to navigate on-screen displays and menus. ENTER Selects an option or executes a command. TUNE /â Tunes the radio. ST /â Selects station presets when listening to the radio. 6 SOUND MODE Accesses the sound menu to adjust the SFC Mode, bass and treble, etc. (page 12 and 25) SHIFT TEST TONE Outputs the test tone (for speaker setup) (page 6). 7 Disc playback controls See Basic playback controls on page 7 and Playing discs on page 13 for an explanation of these controls. 8 SHIFT Some of the buttons have alternate functions (they are outlined on the remote control). Press and hold SHIFT to access these. 9 CLEAR Clears an entry. 10 MUTE Mutes the sound (press again to cancel). 11 VOLUME /â Adjusts the volume. 12 DVD MENU Press to display a DVD disc menu, or the Disc Navigator (page 8). SHIFT TOP MENU Displays the top menu of a DVD disc in the play positionâÂÂthis may be the same as pressing DVD MENU (page 8). 13 RETURN Returns to a previous menu screen. 14 DISPLAY Displays/changes disc information shown on-screen (page 18) SHIFT FRONT SURROUND Selects a Front Surround listening mode (page 11). 15 SLEEP Press to set the sleep timer (page 10). SHIFT SURROUND Selects a Surround mode (page 11). XV-DV131_232T.book 30 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 31 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Chapter 8 Additional information Disc/content format playback compatibility This player is compatible with a wide range of disc types (media) and formats. Playable discs will generally feature one of the following logos on the disc and/or disc packaging. Note however that some disc types, such as recordable CD and DVD, may be in an unplayable format. See the Disc compatibility table below for more information. ⢠is a trademark of Fuji Photo Film Co. Ltd. ⢠is a trademark of DVD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation ⢠Also compatible with KODAK Picture CD This player supports the IECâÂÂs Super VCD stan- dard for superior picture quality, dual soundtracks, and widescreen support. ⢠About DualDisc playback A DualDisc is a new two -sided disc, one side of which contains DVD content video, audio, etc. while the other side contains non-DVD content such as digital audio material. The non-DVD, audio side of the disc is not compliant with the CD Audio specification and therefore may not play. The DVD side of a DualDisc plays in this product. DVD-Audio content will not play. For more detailed information on the DualDisc specification, please refer to the disc manufacturer or disc retailer. Disc compatibility table DVD- Video DVD -R DVD-RW Vid e o CD Fu jicolor CD Audio CD CD-R CD-RW VIDEO CD Super Video CD (Super VCD) Media Compatible formats CD-R/RW ⢠CD-Audio, Video CD/Super VCD, ISO 9660 CD-ROM* * ISO 9660 Level 1 or 2 compliant. CD physical format: Mode1, Mode2 XA Form1. Romeo and Joliet file systems are both compatible. ⢠Multi-session playback: No ⢠Unï¬Ânalized disc playback: No DVD-R/RW ⢠DVD- Video , Video Recording (VR)* * Edit points may not play exactly as edited; screen may go momentarily blank at edited points. ⢠Unï¬Ânalized playback: No ⢠WMA/MP3/JPEG ï¬Âle playback on DVD-R/RW : No Additional_information.fm 31 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 32 En About DivX DivX is a compressed digital video format created by the DivX î video codec from DivXNetworks, Inc. This player can play DivX video files burned on CD-R/RW/ROM discs. Keeping the same terminology as DVD-Video, individual DivX video files are called âÂÂTitlesâÂÂ. When naming files/titles on a CD-R/RW disc prior to burning, keep in mind that by default they will be played in alphabetical order. DivX video compatibility ⢠Official DivX î Certified product. ⢠Plays DivX î 5, DivX î 4, DivX î 3, and DivX î VOD video content (in compliance with DivX î Certified technical requirements). ⢠File extensions: .avi and .divx (these must be used for the player to recognize DivX video files). Note that all files with the .avi extension are recognized as MPEG4, but not all of these are necessarily DivX video files and therefore may not be playable on this player. Displaying DivX subtitle files The font sets listed below are available for DivX external subtitle files. You can see the proper font set on-screen by setting the Subtitle Language (in Language settings on page 20) to match the subtitle file. This player supports the following language groups: Group 1: Albanian (sq), Basque (eu), Catalan (ca), Danish (da), Dutch (nl), English (en), Faroese (fo), Finnish (fi), French (fr), German (de), Icelandic (is), Irish (ga), Italian (it), Norwegian (no), Portuguese (pt), Rhaeto- Romanic (rm), Scottish (gd), Spanish (es), Swedish (sv) Group 2: Albanian (sq), Croatian (hr), Czech (cs), Hungarian (hu), Polish (pl), Romanian (ro), Slovak (sk), Slovenian (sl) Group 3: Bulgarian (bg), Byelorussian (be), Macedonian (mk), Russian (ru), Serbian (sr), Ukrainian (uk) Group 4: Hebrew (iw), Yiddish (ji) Group 5: Turkish (tr) DivX, DivX Certified, and associated logos are trademarks of DivXNetworks, Inc. and are used under license. ⢠Some external subtitle files may be displayed incorrectly or not at all. PC-created disc ⢠Discs recorded using a PC may not be playable due to the setting of the software used to create the disc. In these instances, check the DVD-R/RW or CD -R/RW sof tware manual or disc boxes for more on compatibility . ⢠Discs recorded in packet write mode (UDF format) are not compatible. Compressed audio ⢠MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3), Windows Media Audio (WMA) ⢠Sampling rates: 32, 44.1 or 48kHz ⢠Bit-rates: Any (128Kbps or higher recommended) ⢠VBR (variable bit rate) MP3 playback: No ⢠VBR WMA playback: No ⢠WMA lossless encoding: No ⢠DRM (Digital Rights Management) compatible: Y es (DRM-protected audio ï¬Âles will not play in this player) ⢠File extensions: .mp3, .wma (these must be used for the player to recognize MP3 and WMA ﬠles ⢠File structure (may differ): Up to 299 folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and ï¬Âles (combined) within each folder JPEG ï¬Âle ⢠Baseline JPEG and EXIF 2.2* still image ï¬Âles up to a resolution of 3072 x 2048. *File format for digital still cameras ⢠P rogressive JPEG compatible: No ⢠File extensions: .jpg (must be used for the player to recognize JPEG ﬠles) ⢠File structure (may differ): Up to 299 folders on a disc; up to 648 folders and ï¬Âles (combined) within each folder Media Compatible formats XV-DV131_232T.book 32 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 33 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español ⢠For external subtitle files the following subtitle format filename extensions are supported (please note that these files are not shown within the disc navigation menu): .srt, .sub, .ssa, .smi ⢠The filename of the movie file has to be repeated at the beginning of the filename for the external subtitle file. ⢠The number of external subtitle files which can be switched for the same movie file is limited to a maximum of 10. About WMA The Windows Media î logo printed on the box indicates that this player can playback Windows Media Audio content. WMA is an acronym for Windows Media Audio and refers to an audio compression technology developed by Microsoft Corporation. WMA content can be encoded by using Windows Media î Player version 7, 7.1, Windows Media î Player for Windows î XP, or Windows Media î Player 9 Series. Microsoft, Windows Media, and the Windows logo are trademarks, or registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/ or other countries. Using and taking care of discs DVD Video regions All DVD Video discs carry a region mark that indicates which region(s) of the world the disc is compatible with. Your DVD system also has a region mark (on the rear panel). Discs from incompatible regions will not play in this player. Discs marked ALL play in any player. Handling discs Hold the disc by its edges when handling so as not to leave fingerprints, dirt or scratches on either side of the disc. Damaged or dirty discs can affect playback performance. If a disc becomes marked with fingerprints, dust, etc., clean using a soft, dry cloth. Wipe lightly from the center of the disc using straight strokes. DonâÂÂt wipe the disc surface with circular strokes. If necessary, use a cloth soaked in alcohol, or a commercially available CD/DVD cleaning kit to clean a disc more thoroughly. Never use benzine, thinner or other cleaning agents such as those designed for cleaning vinyl records. Storing discs Avoid leaving discs in excessively cold, humid, or hot environments (including under direct sunlight). Don't glue paper or put stickers onto the disc, or use a pencil, ball-point pen or other sharp-tipped writing instrument. These could all damage the disc. Discs to avoid Discs spin at high speed inside the player. If a disc is cracked, chipped, warped, or otherwise damaged, don't risk using it in your playerâ you could end up damaging the unit. This unit is designed for use with conventional, fully circular discs only. Pioneer disclaims all liability arising in connection with the use of shaped discs. XV-DV131_232T.book 33 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 34 En Installation and maintenance Hints on installation We want you to enjoy using this system for years to come, so please bear in mind the following points when choosing a location: Do... î Use in a well-ventilated room. î Place on a solid, flat, level surface, such as a table, shelf or stereo rack . DonâÂÂt... î Use in a place exposed to high temperatures or humidity, including near radiators and other heat-generating appliances. î Place on a window sill or other place where the system will be exposed to direct sunlight. î Use in an excessively dusty or damp environment. î Place directly on top of an amplifier, or other component in your stereo system that becomes hot in use. î Use near a television or monitor as you may experience interferenceâÂÂespecially if the television uses an indoor antenna. î Use in a kitchen or other room where the system may be exposed to smoke or steam. î Use on a thick rug or carpet, or cover with clothâÂÂthis may prevent proper cooling of the system unit. î Place on an unstable surface, or one that is not large enough to support all four of the system unitâÂÂs feet. Cleaning the pickup lens The DVD playerâÂÂs lens should not become dirty in normal use, but if for some reason it should malfunction due to dust or dirt, consult your nearest Pioneer authorized service center. Although lens cleaners are commercially available, we do not recommend using them since some may damage the lens. Problems with condensation Condensation may form inside the player if it is brought into a warm room from outside, or if the temperature of the room rises quickly. Although the condensation wonâÂÂt damage the player, it may temporarily impair performance. Leave it to adjust to the warmer temperature for about an hour before switching on. Moving the system unit If you need to move the main unit, first remove a disc if thereâÂÂs one in the player, then press î STANDBY/ON on the front panel to turn the system off. Wait for GOOD BYE to disappear from the display, then unplug the power cord. 1 Never lift or move the unit during playbackâ discs rotate at high speeds and may damage. Note 1 Unplugging the unit before GOOD BYE disappears from the display may cause the system to return to the factory settings. XV-DV131_232T.book 34 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 35 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Screen sizes and disc formats DVD-Video discs come in different screen aspects, ranging from TV programs, which are generally 4:3, to CinemaScope widescreen movies 1 , with an aspect ratio of up to about 7:3. Televisions also come in different aspect ratios; âÂÂstandardâ 4:3 and widescreen 16:9. 2 TV system setting Not applicable to the Taiwanese model The default setting of this system is AUTO , and unless you notice that the picture is distorted when playing some discs, you should leave it set to AUTO . If you find picture distortion with some discs, set the TV system to match your country or regionâÂÂs system. However, this may restrict the kinds of disc you can watch. See the table for the kinds of discs compatible with each setting ( AUTO , PAL and NTSC ). 3 1 Switch the unit into standby, then press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to choose TV SYS then press ENTER . The TV system changes as follows: ⢠AUTO î NTSC ⢠NTSC î PAL ⢠PAL î AUTO The system automatically switches on and youâÂÂll see the new TV system setting in the display after seeing WELCOME . 4 Frequency step setting If you find that you canâÂÂt tune into stations successfully, the frequency step may not be suitable for your country/region. 1 Switch the unit into standby, then press SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP . 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to choose AM 9K/10K then press ENTER . 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select AM 9K or AM 10K then press ENTER . Note 1 Many widescreen discs override the systemâÂÂs settings so that the disc is shown in letterbox format regardless of the setting. Set to 4:3 (Letter Box), widescreen discs are shown with black bars top and bottom. Set to 4:3 (Pan&Scan) , widescreen discs are shown with the left and right sides cropped. Although the picture looks larger, you donâÂÂt actually see the whole picture. 2⢠Using the 16:9 (Wide) setting with a standard 4:3 TV, or one of the 4:3 settings with a widescreen TV, will result in distortion. ⢠When you watch discs recorded in 4:3 format, you can use the TV controls to select how the picture is presented. Your TV may offer various zoom and stretch options; see the instructions that came with your TV for details. ⢠Some movie aspect ratios are wider than 16:9, so even with a widescreen TV, these discs will still play in a âÂÂletterboxâ style. 3 Most models of the newly developed countdown PAL TV system detect 50 Hz (PAL)/60 Hz (NTSC) and automatically switch vertical amplitude, resulting in a display without vertical shrinkage. However, in some cases, the image may appear without col - or. If your PAL TV does not have a V-Hold control, you may not be able to watch NTSC discs because of picture roll. If the TV h as a V-Hold control, adjust it until the picture stops rolling. On some TVs, the picture may shrink vertically, leaving black bands at the top and bottom of the screen. Disc Player setting Type Format NTSC PAL AUTO DVD/Super VCD/ Video CD/DivX Video NTSC NTSC PAL NTSC PAL NTSC PAL PAL CD/MP3/WMA/ JPEG/no disc â NTSC PAL NTSC or PAL 4 You have to switch the player into standby (press î STANDBY/ON ) before each change. XV-DV131_232T.book 35 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 36 En Troubleshooting Incorrect operations are often mistaken for trouble and malfunctions. If you think that there is something wrong with this component, check the points below. Sometimes the trouble may lie in another component. Investigate the other components and electrical appliances being used. If the trouble cannot be rectified even after exercising the checks listed below, ask your nearest Pioneer authorized service center or your dealer to carry out repair work. ⢠If the system does not operate normally due to external effects such as static electricity disconnect the plug from the outlet and insert again to return to normal operating conditions. General Problem Remedy The power does not turn on, or switches off suddenly (an error message may be displayed at startup). ⢠Leave the unit plugged in, wait for one minute, then switch back on. ⢠Make sure there are no loose strands of wire touching the unit. This could cause the system to shut off automatically. ⢠Check that the speakers are connected correctly. ⢠Make sure the voltage of the mains power source is correct for the model. ⢠Try reducing the volume level. ⢠If the problem persists, take it to your nearest Pioneer authorized service center or your dealer for servicing. No sound is output when a function is selected. ⢠If youâÂÂre using the line input, make sure the component is connected correctly (see Connecting auxiliary components on page 25). ⢠Press MUTE on the remote control to turn muting off. No image is output when playing discs. ⢠Make sure the TV is connected correctly (refer to the Setup Guide). ⢠Reset the video output to interlace (see Video Output settings on page 20). No sound from surround or center speakers. ⢠Refer to Setting the channel levels on page 6 to check the speaker levels. ⢠When TUNER or LINE is selected, you can only hear the source in stereo. Switch the input source to DVD/CD for multichannel sound. ⢠Check that the Recording mode hasn âÂÂt been switched on (see Recording mode on page 25). ⢠Check that you havenâÂÂt selected the STEREO mode (see Listening in surround sound on page 11). ⢠Connect the speakers properly (refer to the Setup Guide). CanâÂÂt operate the remote control. ⢠Replace the batteries (refer to the Setup Guide). ⢠Operate within 7 m, 30ð of the remote sensor (refer to the Setup Guide). ⢠Remove any obstacles or operate from another position . ⢠Avoid exposing the remote sensor on the front panel to direct light. SND. DEMO shows in the display and the unit canâÂÂt be controlled. ⢠P ress and hold î (stop) on the front panel for about ï¬Âve seconds. The disc tray ejects automatically to indicate the Sound Demo mode is disabled. XV-DV131_232T.book 36 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 37 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español DVD/CD/Video CD player TRAYLOCK shows in the display and the tray canâÂÂt be ejected. ⢠P ress and hold î (eject) on the front panel for about eight seconds. Then the tray can be opened/closed using î (eject). Problem Remedy Problem Remedy The disc is ejected automatically after loading. ⢠Clean the disc and align the disc properly in the disc guide. ⢠If the region number on a DVD-video disc does not match the number on the player, the disc cannot be used (see DVD Video regions on page 33). ⢠Allow time for any condensation inside the player to evaporate. Avoid using the player near an air-conditioning unit. Playback not possible. ⢠If the disc is loaded upside down, reload the disc with label side face up. Picture playback stops and buttons cannot be used. ⢠Press î (stop), then î (play) to start playback again. ⢠Switch the power off once, then on again using the front panel î STANDBY/ON button. Settings are canceled. ⢠When the power is cut, settings will be canceled. No picture/No color. ⢠Check that connections are correct and that plugs are inserted fully. ⢠Check the manual of the TV/monitor to make sure the settings are correct. Screen is stretched or aspect doesnâÂÂt change. ⢠The TV Screen setting is incorrect. Set the TV Screen option to match the TV/monitor you're using (see Video Output settings on page 20). When recorded on a VCR or passed through an A V selector , there is disturbance in the playback picture. ⢠This system uses copy-protection technology which may prevent recording or cause picture problems when connected through a VCR or A V selector . This is not a malfunction. P icture disturbance during playback or dark. ⢠This player is compatible with Macro- Vision System copy guard. Some discs include a copy prevention signal, and when this type of disc is played back, stripes etc., may appear on some sections of the picture depending on the TV . This is not a malfunction. ⢠Discs respond differently to particular player functions. This may result in the screen becoming black for a brief instant or shaking slightly when the function is executed. These problems are largely due to differences between discs and disc content and are not malfunctions of this player . Noticeable difference in DVD and CD volume. ⢠DVDs and CDs use different recording methods. This is not a malfunction. CD-ROM disc is not recognized by the system. ⢠Make sure that the CD-ROM was recorded using the ISO 9660 disc format. See on page 31 for other disc compatibility information. XV-DV131_232T.book 37 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 38 En Tuner Error Messages Files don âÂÂt show up in the Disc Navigator/ Photo Browser . ⢠The ï¬Âles on the disc must be named with the correct ï¬Âle extension: .mp3 for MP3 ï¬Âles; .wma for WMA ï¬Âles; .jpg for JPEG ï¬Âles (upper or lower-case is OK). See Disc compatibility table on page 31 for more on this. CanâÂÂt play WMA ï¬Âles. ⢠The ï¬Âles were recorded using DRM (digital rights management). This is not a malfunction. Problem Remedy Problem Remedy Considerable noise in radio broadcasts. ⢠Connect the AM antenna (refer to the Setup Guide) and adjust the direction and position for best reception. Y ou may also connect an additional internal or external AM antenna (refer to Connecting external antennas on page 26). ⢠F ully extend the FM wire antenna, position for best reception, and secure to a wall. Y ou may also connect an outdoor FM antenna (see Connecting external antennas on page 26). ⢠T urn off other equipment that may be causing the noise or move it further away . ⢠The tuning inter val is incorrect for your countr y or region. T ry switching the tuning inter val (frequency step) (see Frequency step setting on page 35). Auto tuning does not pick up some stations. ⢠The radio signal is weak. Auto tuning will only detect radio stations with a good signal. F or more sensitive tuning, connect an outdoor antenna. Message Description REC MODE ⢠An operation is prohibited because the Recording Mode is on (page 25). SND. DEMO ⢠The sound demo is on. See General in Troubleshooting on page 36. CANNOT ⢠An operation is prohibited because headphones are connected, or TEST TONE is pressed during disc playback. STEREO ⢠An operation is prohibited because the DVD/CD function isnâÂÂt selected. TRA YLOCK ⢠The tray lock is on. See General in Troubleshooting on page 36. MUTING ⢠An operation is prohibited because the sound is muted (press MUTE ). EEP ERR ⢠Contact your Pioneer authorized service center or your dealer for servicing. EXIT ⢠Appears when a menu is automatically exited after a set period of inactivity . Additional_information.fm 38 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 39 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Resetting the system Use this procedure to reset all system settings to the factory default. 1 Switch the system on. 2 Press î STANDBY/ON while holding down the front panel FM/AM button. The next time you switch on, all the system settings should be reset. Using the language code list Some of the language options (see Language settings on page 20) allow you to set your preferred language from any of the 136 languages listed in the Language code list on page 40. 1 Select âÂÂOther LanguageâÂÂ. 2 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor left/right) to select either a code letter or a code number. 3 Use îÂÂ/î (cursor up/down) to select a code letter or a code number. See the Language code list (next page) for a complete list of languages and codes. XV-DV131_232T.book 39 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 40 En Language code list Language (Language code letter), Language code Country/Area code list Country/Area, Country/Area code, Country/Area code letter Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Dutch (nl), 1412 Russian (ru), 1821 Chinese (zh), 2608 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar (aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic (am), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (az), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (bo), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroese (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (ha), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croatian (hr), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0914 Icelandic (is), 0919 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1009 Javanese (jw), 1023 Georgian (ka), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambodian (km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malagasy (mg), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (ml), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 1318 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese (mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne), 1405 Norwegian (no), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Romanian (ro), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskrit (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si), 1909 Slovak (sk), 1911 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (sr), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st), 1920 Sundanese (su), 1921 Swedish (sv), 1922 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapük (vo), 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 2515 Zulu (zu), 2621 Argentina, 0118, ar Australia, 0121, au Austria, 0120, at Belgium, 0205, be Brazil, 0218, br Canada, 0301, ca Chile, 0312, cl China, 0314, cn Denmark, 0411, dk Finland, 0609, fi France, 0618, fr Germany, 0405, de Hong Kong, 0811, hk India, 0914, in Indonesia, 0904, id Italy, 0920, it Japan, 1016, jp Korea, Republic of, 1118, kr Malaysia, 1325, my Mexico, 1324, mx Netherlands, 1412, nl New Zealand, 1426, nz Norway, 1415, no Pakistan, 1611, pk Philippines, 1608, ph Portugal, 1620, pt Russian Federation, 1821, ru Singapore, 1907, sg Spain, 0519, es Switzerland, 0308, ch Sweden, 1905, se Taiwan, 2023, tw Thailand, 2008, th United Kingdom, 0702, gb United States of America, 2119, us XV-DV131_232T.book 40 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 41 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Specifications ⢠Amplifier section RMS Power Output: Front, Center, Surround . . . 60 W per channel (1 kHz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 ⦠) 50 W per channel (1 kHz, 10 % T.H.D., 6 ⦠) Subwoofer . . 60 W (100 Hz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 ⦠) 50 W (100 Hz, 10 % T.H.D., 6 ⦠) ⢠Disc section Digital audio characteristics . . . . . . . . . DVD fs: 96 kHz, 24-bit Type . . . . . . . . DVD system, Video CD/Super VCD system and Compact Disc digital audio system Frequency response . . . . 4 Hz to 44 kHz (96kHz sampling) / 4 Hz to 22 kHz (48kHz sampling) Wow and Flutter. . . . . . . . Limit of measurement (ñ0.001 % W.PEAK) or less (JEITA) ⢠FM tuner section Frequency range . . . . . . . . 87.5 MHz to 108 MHz Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 ⦠, unbalanced ⢠AM tuner section Frequency range: With 9kHz step . . . . . . . . 531 kHz to 1,602 kHz With 10kHz step . . . . . . . 530 kHz to 1,700 kHz Antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Loop antenna ⢠Miscellaneous Power requirements: Singapore, Malaysian, Hong Kong models . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AC 220-240 V, 50/60 Hz Taiwanese model . . . . . . . . AC 110 V, 50/60 Hz Power consumption . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45 W Power consumption in standby . . . . . . . . . 0.4 W Dimensions . . . 420 (W) x 60 (H) x 331.5(D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.1 kg ⢠Accessories (DVD/CD receiver) Remote control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AA/R6 dry cell batteries . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Video cable (yellow plugs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 AM loop antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 FM antenna . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Power cord . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Setup Guide These operating instructions S-DV131 Speaker system (Front speakers x2, surround speakers x2, center speaker x1, subwoofer x1) ⢠Front speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . 105 (W) x 115 (H) x 114 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 kg ⢠Center speaker Enclosure . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 90 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . 115 (W) x 105 (H) x 114 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 kg ⢠Surround speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . 105 (W) x 118 (H) x 114 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.63 kg ⢠Subwoofer Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Bass-reflex floor type System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way system Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .16 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz to 2.0 kHz Maximum Input Power. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . . 190 (W) x 360 (H) x 317 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 kg XV-DV131_232T.book 41 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 42 En ⢠Accessories Non-skid pads (small). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mounting brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Screws (for mounting brackets) . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 S-DV232T Speaker system (Front speakers x2, surround speakers x2, center speaker x1, subwoofer x1) ⢠Front speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . Closed-box floorstanding type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 2-way system Speakers: Woofer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Tweeter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2.0 cm ceramic type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 85 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . 260 (W) x 983.5 (H) x 260 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3.7 kg ⢠Center speaker Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 75 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . . 270 (W) x 90 (H) x 100 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.8 kg ⢠Surround speakers Enclosure . . . . . . . . . . Closed-box bookshelf type (magnetically shielded) System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm 1-way system Speakers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7.7 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . 100 Hz to 20 kHz Maximum input power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100 W Dimensions . . . . 105 (W) x 118 (H) x 114 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0.6 kg ⢠Subwoofer Enclosure . . . . . . . Bass-reflex floorstanding type System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm 1-way system Speaker . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 cm cone type Nominal impedance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 ⦠Frequency range . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 Hz to 2.0 kHz Maximum Input Power . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60 W Dimensions . . . 190 (W) x 360 (H) x 317 (D) mm Weight . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4.2 kg ⢠Accessories Speaker cables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 Non-skid pads (small) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Non-skid pads (large) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Front speaker stand bases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Screws (for base) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 Brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Screws (for brackets). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 Mounting brackets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Screws (for mounting brackets) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 Note ⢠Specifications and design subject to possible modification without notice, due to improvements. Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories.âÂÂDolbyâÂÂ, âÂÂPro LogicâÂÂ, and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. âÂÂDTSâ and âÂÂDTS Digital Surroundâ are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc. This product includes F ontA venueî fonts licenced by NEC corporation. F ontAvenue is a registered trademark of NEC Corporation. This product incorporates copyright protection technology that is pr otected by method claims of certain U.S. patents and other intellectual property rights owned by Macrovision Corporation and other rights owners. Use of this copyright protection technology must be authorized by Macrovision Corporation, and is intended for home and other limited uses only unless other wise authorized by Macrovision Corporation. Reverse engineering or disassembly is prohibited. XV-DV131_232T.book 42 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
Additional information 08 43 En English Français Deutsch Nederlands Italiano Español Wall-mounting the front and surround speaker system Attaching the brackets ⢠Make sure to tighten the supplied screw as securely as possible when attaching the bracket to the back of the speaker. ⢠Please do not attach the brackets to the center speaker. ⢠Please do not attach the brackets to the tall front speakers supplied with the following speaker systems: S-DV232T. Before mounting ⢠Remember that the speaker system is heavy and that its weight could cause the wood screws to work loose, or the wall material to fail to support it, resulting in the speaker falling. Make sure that the wall on which you intend to mount the speakers is strong enough to support them. Do not mount on plywood or soft surface walls. ⢠Mounting screws are not supplied. Use screws that are suitable for the wall material and that will support the weight of the speaker. Note ⢠If you are unsure of the qualities and strength of the walls, consult a professional for advice. ⢠Pioneer is not responsible for any accidents or damage that result from improper installation. 5 â 7 mm Mounting screw (not supplied) Bracket screw (supplied) 5 mm 10 mm XV-DV131_232T.book 43 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ä½Âç½® : æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸ ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 2 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
CAUTION : CLASS 3B VISIBLE AND INVISIBLE LASER VRW2159 EXPOSURE TO THE BEAM. RADIA TION WHEN OPEN, AVOID XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 3 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
01 4 ChH æÂÂè¬ÂæÂ¨è³¼è²·æÂŒÂ° Pioneer ç¢åÂÂã 諠徹åºÂé±è®ÂæÂ¾ÂÂä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以便æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¢åÂÂãÂÂå¨é±è®Âå®ÂæÂ¾ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼Âè«Âå°Â堶妥çºä¿Â管ï¼Â便æÂ¼ æÂ¥å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂè ã ç®é 01 éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ å®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 è¨Âç½®è²éÂÂé³é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 使ç¨å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ÂOSDï¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Resume å Last Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 Video CD/Super VCD PBC é¸å® . . . . . . . . 9 æÂ¶è½æÂ¶é³橠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 è¨ÂæÂ¶éÂȌ° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 æÂ¶è½é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 èÂÂè½堶ä»Âä¾Â溠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 調æÂÂ顯示å¹Â亮度 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 02 ç¨å¿ÂèÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 éÂÂæÂ¼èÂÂè½模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 èÂÂè½ç°ç¹Âè² . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11 使ç¨åÂÂç°ç¹Âè² . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂèÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 使ç¨ SFC 模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 å éÂÂä½Âé³é³é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 03 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 æ ¼é² / æ ¼ éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 DVD æÂ V ideo CD/ Super VCD ç¢Âç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 WMAãÂÂMP3ãÂÂDivX video å J PEG æªÂæ¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ段 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15 使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 建ç«Âç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 ç¨Âå¼Â編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå ¶ä»Âå¯ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ . . . . . 17 æÂÂç´¢ç¢Âç . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂèªÂ訠/ è² é . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 æÂ¾å¤§ç«é¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè§Â度 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18 04 é³頻è¨Âç½®åÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´é¸å® ãÂÂé³頻è¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 é³頻 DRC ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶@. . . . . . . . . 19 ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 4 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
01 5 ChH 05 ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 使ç¨åÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®é¸å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 顯示è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 é¸頠è¨Âå®Âå¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 21 æÂÂ人éÂÂå® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22 æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23 06 å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©è¨Âå . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 éÂÂ製模张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 飿ÂÂ¥ S-video 輸åº . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 éÂÂæÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26 07 æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 顯示 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 éÂÂæÂ§å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 08 å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠ç¢Âç / 堧容格å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¸容æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . 30 ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30 éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 DivX video ç¸容æÂ§ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31 éÂÂæÂ¼ WMA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂç¶Âè· . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 DVD Video é©ç¨å°å . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 æÂÂæÂ¿ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 å²æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂé¿å ÂäºÂé  . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 å®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿Â餠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂ示 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 渠æ½Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé  (pickup lens) æÂ . . . . . . . 33 æ°´æ°£åÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 æÂŒÂÂ系統主橠. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33 ç«é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 é»è¦Â系統è¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 é »çÂÂæÂ¥è·Âè¨Âç½® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35 DVD/CD/Video CD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . 36 調諧å¨ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37 éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38 èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂ渠å® . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39 è¦Âæ ¼ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40 çÂÂå£Âå®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®åÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨系統 . . . . . . . 42 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 5 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 01 6 ChH 第 1 ç« éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ å®¶åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® 覠æÂ¨æÂ¿é çÂÂ大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¹ æÂ§èÂÂå®Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以å¨堩 種æÂ¹ å¼Âä¸Â鏿ÂÂå ¶ä¸ÂæÂºè¨ÂæÂ¨çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨ä¾Â使ç¨æÂ¬ç³»çµ±ï¼ 1 ⢠æ¨ÂæºÂç°ç¹Âè² 5 é»Âè¨Âç½® ï¼ÂæÂ¤çºå¯æÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³ 5.1 è²éÂÂ家庠å é¢é³ æÂÂçÂÂ樠溠å¤Âè²é ç° ç¹Âè²æÂ è²å¨è¨Âç½®æÂ¹å¼Âã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè² 3 é»Âè¨Âç½® ï¼ÂæÂ¤ç¨®è¨Âç½®ç¸ç¶é©åÂÂç¡ æ³ÂæÂ¡ç¨徠ç° ç¹ÂæÂ è²å¨æÂº 訠æÂ¹å¼ÂæÂ æÂ¨ å¸ÂæÂÂè½ é¿å Âå¨èÂÂè½室堧æÂÂè²å¨ç½ç·ÂéÂÂé·æÂÂæÂ¡ç¨ ã 諠èÂÂF ront Surround 模å¼Âä¸Â起使ç¨æÂ¤ç¨®è¨Âç½® æÂ¹å¼ ï¼Â以å å å©ç¨ç 壠å 天è±æÂ¿ ç åÂÂå°Â梠件ï¼ÂæÂÂä¾Â極度é¼çÂÂçÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂÂã å¨ æÂ¨æÂºè¨ å®ÂæÂÂè²å¨å¾Âï¼Âè« å®ÂæÂÂä¸Âå è¨Âç½®è² éÂÂé³ é ï¼ÂæÂ¥èÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé± æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® å¨第 21 頠以å®ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ çÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âç½®ã è¨Âç½®è²éÂÂé³é è¨Âç½®æÂ¨ä¸»è¦ÂèÂÂè½ä½Âç½®çÂÂç¸å°Âè²éÂÂé³éÂÂã 2 1 æÂÂ丠SHIFT TEST TONE ã 測試é³調æÂÂæÂÂ以ä¸Âé ÂåºÂ輸åº ï¼Âå¾Âç®åÂÂèÂÂè½模张ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂè²å¨@@⢠L ï¼Âå·¦åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠C ï¼Âä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠R ï¼Âå³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SR ï¼Âå³ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SL ï¼Âå·¦ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ ⢠SW ï¼ÂéÂÂä½Âé³ 3 2 使ç¨ VOLUME / ï¼ æÂÂéµ以調æÂ´é³éÂÂè³é© 度çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î æÂÂéµ以輪æµÂ調æÂ´æÂÂè²å¨é³éÂÂã ç¶ Ã¥ÂÂå¨主è¦ÂèÂÂè½你置ä¸Âï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂ該æÂ è½å°ä¾Âèª毠å æÂÂè²å¨åÂÂ樣é³é çÂÂ測試é³調ãÂÂè² éÂÂé³éÂÂç¯Âå çºñ 1 0 dBã 4 å®ÂæÂÂæÂ ENTER 以éÂÂåº測試é³調è¨Âç½®ã éÂÂ註 1 è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± éÂÂæÂ¼èÂÂè½模张å¨第 11 頠以äºÂè§£æÂ´å¤Â使ç¨ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂè½模å¼ÂæÂÂé Âæ¯Â種æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½®çÂÂè³Âè¨Âã 左åÂÂç½® å·¦ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ å³åÂÂç½® å³ç°繠左åÂÂç½® å·¦ç°繠èÂÂè½ä½Âç½® ä¸Âç½® éÂÂä½Âé³ å³åÂÂç½® å³ç°繠2 ⢠æÂ¤é  å å¨ DVD/CD é¸åÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂè½使ç¨ãÂÂå¦è«Â確å®Âè³æ©Âå°ÂæÂªæÂ¥ä¸Âã â¢ æÂÂè²å¨é³éÂÂå¨èÂÂè½任ä½ÂæÂ¨åÂÂæÂ¡çÂÂ鳿ÂÂä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂå¯å 以調æÂ´ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ï¼Âè«Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î æÂÂéµ以é¸åÂÂè²éÂÂé³é è¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ãÂÂè«Âç¨ îÂÂ/î 以調æÂ´è²éÂÂé³éÂÂï¼ îÂÂ/î 以移åÂÂè³ä¸Âä¸Âè²éÂÂãÂÂå¨æÂ¨å®ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 ç±æÂ¼éÂÂä½Â鳿ÂÂç¢çÂÂè¶ ä½ÂéÂÂé »çÂÂï¼Âå æÂ¤å ¶é³æÂÂè½起ä¾ÂæÂÂè¼Â實éÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂé³éÂÂå®ÂéÂÂä¸ÂäºÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 6 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 01 7 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ä½¿ç¨å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ OSD ï¼ çºäºÂ使ç¨æÂ¹ 便ï¼ÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ±æÂ¡ç¨äºÂ大 éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå½¢åÂÂç å¨ å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ÂOSDï¼ ã æÂÂæÂÂç«é¢åº æÂ¬ä¸Âé½使ç¨åÂÂ樣 çÂÂå°Â覽æÂ¹å¼Âï¼Â諠使 ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµ ï¼ î ã î ã î ã î ï¼Â以è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½頠ç®ï¼Â並æÂÂ丠ENTER 以鏿ÂÂé  ç®ã 1 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 â¢ å¨æÂ´ä»½æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ裠@ãÂÂé¸åÂÂã çº表示使ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂ éµåÂÂç½è¢å¹Âä¸Âé  ç® ï¼ ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¹ÂæÂ ã æÂÂ示 ⢠æ¯Âå OSD ç«é¢ä¸ÂæÂ¹åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéµå°Â覽 @說æÂÂæ¯Âå æÂÂ鵿ÂÂé©åÂÂæÂÂä½ÂçÂÂç«é¢ã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¾ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå°ÂæÂ¼ DVDãÂÂCDãÂÂVideo CD/Super VCDã DivX video å M P3/WMA ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨åºæÂ¬ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ å 以說æÂÂãÂÂé²é åÂÂè½æÂ å¨第 3 ç« ä¸Â詳細說æÂÂã 1 å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå°ÂæÂªéÂÂæ©Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè«Âå°Â堶黿ºÂæÂÂéÂÂã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾å«æÂÂå½±åÂÂç ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå° é» è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂéÂÂ並確å®Âè¨Âç½®çÂÂæÂ¯æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂè¦Â頻輸堥ã 2 æÂÂ丠î OPEN/CLOSE 以置堥ç¢ÂçÂÂã 尠æ¨Â籤é¢ æÂÂä¸Â置堥碠çÂÂï¼Âå©ç¨ç¢Âç¤å°Â槽侠å°Â溠ç¢Âç ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç½®å ¥çÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂé¢ç DVD ç¢Âç @åÂÂè« å°ÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂé£ä¸Â颿ÂÂä¸Â置堥@ã 3 æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD æÂ V ideo CD/Super VCDï¼ è¢å¹Âä¸Â峿ÂÂåºç¾é¸å®ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± DVD-Video ç¢Âç é¸å® å¨第 8 é  å Video CD/Super VCD PBC é¸ å® å¨第 9 é Â堧容ï¼Â以çÂÂçÂ¥å°Â覽çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Âã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DivX video æÂ WMA/MP3 ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ åÂÂé ÂæÂÂæÂ¸ç§ÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å·²ç½®å ¥å«æÂ JPEG 堧容ç CD/CD-R/RW ï¼ å¹» çÂÂç ç§Â便æÂ é å§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ãÂÂèÂÂå ¶ ç¸éÂÂç æÂ´å¤Âè³ è¨Âï¼ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ å¨第 13 é  çÂÂ堧容 ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå«堧容ç¶ä¸Âæ··åÂÂæÂ DivX è¦Âé » Ã¥ÂÂå ¶ä»Âé¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂåªÂé«ÂæªÂæ¡ ï¼Âä¾Â妠MP3ï¼ ï¼Âé¦Âå  è«Âå¾ å¨屠顯示 ç«é¢ ä¸Âé¸ Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¯ è¦ÂæÂ DivX video æªÂæ¡ ï¼ DivX ï¼ÂéÂÂæÂ¯ å ¶ ä»Âé¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂåªÂé« æªÂæ¡ ï¼ MP3/WMA/JPEG ï¼ ã 4 é³éÂÂ調æÂ´ã è«Â使ç¨ VOLUME ä¾ÂæÂ§å¶é³éÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 è¢å¹Âä¿ÂèÂ፬Âå¼ÂæÂÂå¨系統éÂÂç½®äºÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂå¾Âåºç¾ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HOME MENU 顯示 / é åºå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢ ï¼ÂOSDï¼ îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½çÂÂé¸å®頠ç® ENTER é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂé¸å®頠ç® RETURN è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂ主é¸å®ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂä»»ä½Âè®ÂæÂ´ XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 7 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 01 8 ChH åºæÂ¾ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ 丠表ä¸Âå æÂÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç¨以 æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂç åÂÂé  åºæÂ¬ æÂ§å¶ 1 ã æÂ¨å¯以å¨第 3 ç« ä¸ÂæÂ¾å°堶ä»ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ã Resume å Last Memory æÂ¨åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ RESUME Ã¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂåºç¾å¨è¢ å¹Âä¸Âï¼Â表示æÂ¨å¯以å¾Â該é»Âä½Âç½®ä¾ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD å V ideo CD/Super VCD èÂÂ訠ï¼Âå³使é åºï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Â置亦æÂÂå²åÂÂå¨è¨ÂæÂ¶é«Âè£Âã 2 ä¸Â次æÂ¨ç½® å ¥ç¢Âç æÂÂï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸Â峿ÂÂ顯示 LAST MEM çÂÂå 樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè®ÂæÂ¨å¾ÂæÂ¤æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 妠æÂÂæÂ¨æÂ³è¦Â渠é¤æÂ¢ 復æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂä½ ç½®ï¼Âè«Âå¨è¢å¹Â丠顯示 RESUME çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ ã DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å® 許夠DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂå §å«æÂ¨å¯以é¸åÂÂæÂ³è¦Âè§Â賠堧容çÂÂé¸å®ã æÂ æÂÂï¼ÂDVD-Video é¸ å®æÂÂèªåÂÂå¨ æÂ¨éÂÂå§ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ é¡¯ç¤º å¨è¢幠丠ï¼Â堶仠碠çÂÂåªæÂ å¨ æÂ¨ æÂ ä¸ DVD MENU æÂ TOP MENU æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯示ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î éÂÂå§ / æÂ¢å¾©æÂ£å¸¸æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示 RESUME æÂ LAST MEM çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥Â便æÂÂå¾ÂæÂ¢å¾© æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂå¾Âè¨ÂæÂ¶çÂÂä½Âç½®éÂÂå§ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âå Resume å Last Memory ï¼Âã î æÂ«å / ç¹¼çºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂã î å¯åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¶ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示 RESUME Ã¥ÂÂ樣@ã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«è½Âã î æÂÂä¸Âå¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¿«è½Âã î å¯跳è³ç®åÂÂå½±é³è»ÂæÂÂç« ç¯ÂçÂÂéÂÂé Âï¼Â以 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå½±é³軠/ ç« ç¯Âã î å¯跳è³ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå½±é³è»ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Âã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯ç¨以輸堥æ¨Âé¡ / 章篠/ å½±é³è»ÂçÂÂç·¨ èÂÂãÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢è½ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥ÂæÂÂå¾ æÂÂ鏿¨Âé¡ ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼ DVDï¼ÂæÂÂå½±é³軠ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼ CD/Video CD/Super VCDï¼Âç éÂÂé ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥ÂæÂÂè·³è³ æÂÂ鏿¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂVR 模张DVD-RWï¼ ãÂÂ章篠ï¼ÂDVD-Videoï¼ÂæÂÂå½±é³軠ï¼ÂCD/Video CD/Super VCDï¼ÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã éÂÂ註 1 æÂ¨æÂÂç¼ç¾ï¼ÂDVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂÂäºÂé¨份ï¼ÂæÂ¯æÂÂäºÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ç¡æ³ÂæÂ§å¶çÂÂã 2 ⢠Last Memory Ã¥ÂÂè½å¯è½ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD-Video ç¢Âç ï¼Âé¤ VR 模张DVD-RW å¤Âï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯å²åÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂäºÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âç½®ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ SHIFT TOP MENU 顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂç ãÂÂä¸Â層é¸å®ãÂÂï¼ æÂ¤é  åÂÂè½æÂÂè¦Âç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã DVD MENU 顯示 DVD å Âç¢Âé¸å®ï¼ÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂè½覠å Âç¢ÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¯è½è ãÂÂä¸Â層 é¸å®ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç¸åÂÂã îÂÂîÂÂîÂÂî å¨ç«é¢ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢移åÂÂ游æ¨Âã ENTER é¸åÂÂç®åÂÂé¸å®ä¸ÂçÂÂé¸頠ã RETURN è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂ顯示çÂÂé¸å®ç«é¢ã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯åÂÂç·¨æÂÂèÂÂ碼çÂÂé¸å®é¸頠ï¼Âå é© ç¨æÂ¼æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ ãÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ 以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 8 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 01 9 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ Video CD/Super VCD PBC é¸å® æÂÂ亠Video CD/Super VCD å ·æÂÂæÂ¨å¯å¾Âä¸Âé¸åÂÂæÂ³ è¦Âè§Âè³Â堧容çÂÂé¸å® ãÂÂéÂÂäºÂ便æÂ¯ PBCï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶@é¸å®ã æÂ¨å¯以ç´æÂ¥å©ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®ï¼Âä¸Âç¨æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂèÂÂç¡é Âå°Â覽 PBC é¸ å®ï¼Â便坿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂ´å¼µ PBC Video CD/Super VCDã æÂ¶è½æÂ¶é³橠æÂ¬æ©Â調諧å¨åÂÂå¯æÂ¥æÂ¶ FM å A M 廣æÂÂç¯Âç®ï¼Â並堠許æÂ¨è¨ÂæÂ¶å æÂ¡çÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼Âè®ÂæÂ¨ä¸Âç¨ æ¯Â次æÂ³æÂ¶è½ æÂ éÂÂè¦ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ調é¸ã 1 æÂÂ丠TUNER 以åÂÂæÂÂ調諧å¨ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé£çºÂæÂ ä»¥é¸å AM æÂ FM 波段ã è¢å¹ÂæÂ¤æÂÂæÂÂ顯示波段åÂÂé »çÂÂã 2 調é¸éÂÂè¦ÂçÂÂé »çÂÂã éÂÂè£ÂæÂÂä¸Â種調諧模å¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé«ÂéÂÂ@⢠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧 ï¼ é£çºÂæÂ TUNE /â 以æÂ¹è®ÂæÂÂ顯示 çÂÂé »çÂÂã â¢ èªåÂÂ調諧 ï¼ÂæÂ ä½ TUNE /â @ç´å°æÂÂ顯示ç 頻çÂÂéÂÂå§Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçºæÂ¢ ï¼ ç¶å¾Âå°ÂæÂÂéµæÂ¾éÂÂã ä¸ÂæÂ¦ æÂ¾å°ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂȌ° ï¼Â調諧å¨å³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢åÂÂä½ ãÂÂé è¤ÂæÂ¥é©Â以繼çºÂæÂÂå°Âã â¢ é«ÂéÂÂ調諧 ï¼ÂæÂÂä½ TUNE /â æÂÂéµ ï¼Âç´å°顯示 çÂÂé »çÂÂéÂÂå§Âå¿«éÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçºæÂ¢ã 繼çºÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂéµ@ç´å°æÂ¨æÂ¾å°æÂÂéÂÂè¦ÂçÂÂé »ç ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂ忠覠@å¯使 ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½ä¾Â微調頻çÂÂã æÂ¹å FM æÂ¥æÂ¶ä¸Âè¯ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£ä»¥ç«Âé«Âè²模å¼ÂæÂ¶è½ FM éÂȌ°ä½ÂÃ¥ÂȾÂ¥æÂ¶å¾® å¼±ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂè³å®è²éÂÂä¾ÂæÂ¹åÂÂé³質ã 1 調é¸è³丠FM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ FM MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å FM MONO ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 調諧 å¨å¨å®è²éÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æ¨¡å¼ ä¸ ï¼ å®è²éÂÂæÂÂ示ç @ï¼ÂæÂÂ亮起ã é¸å FM AUTO 以åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂèªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²模张ï¼ÂæÂ¶ è½ç«Âé«Âè²廣æÂÂæÂ ï¼ ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂ示ç @@æÂ äº® èµ·ï¼ ã è¨ÂæÂ¶éÂȌ° æÂ¨å¯å²åÂÂå¤Âé 30 Ã¥ÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° ï¼ è®ÂæÂ¨æ°¸é å¯以輠輠é¬Âé¬Â便 è½æÂ¶è½åÂÂæÂ çÂÂéÂȌ°ï¼ÂèÂÂç¡é Âæ¯Â次 é½覠åÂÂæÂÂ調é¸ã 1 調諧è³ AM æÂ FM 廣æÂÂéÂȌ°ã å°ÂæÂ¼ FM 波段 ï¼ å¯è¦ÂéÂÂè¦Âä¾Âé¸åÂÂå®è²éÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂç« é« è²çÂÂæÂÂ¥ æÂ¶æÂ¹å¼ÂãÂÂæÂ¤é  è¨ å®Â弿ÂÂé£åÂÂé Â訠éÂȌ° ä¸Âä½µåÂÂã 2 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸æÂ ã ST.MEM. ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ ä¸ ENTER ã 4 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂ¶è½çÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°@ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂ¶è½é Âè¨ÂéÂȌ° 1 確å®Âå·²é¸å TUNER Ã¥ÂÂè½ã 2 使ç¨ ST /â æÂÂéµ以é¸åÂÂä¸Âé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã â¢ æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµä¾Âé¸åÂÂé Âè¨ÂéÂȌ°ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ RETURN 顯示 PBC é¸å®ã æÂ¸åÂÂéµ é¸åÂÂç·¨æÂÂèÂÂ碼çÂÂé¸å®é¸頠ãÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER éµ以ä½Âåºé¸æÂÂã î 顯示åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®頠ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂç 話@ã î 顯示ä¸Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®頠ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂç 話@ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 9 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂä½ 01 10 ChH èÂÂè½堶ä»Âä¾Â溠æÂ¨å¯以ä¸Â次é£æÂ¥å ©ç¨®å¤Âé¨ä¾Â溠ï¼ÂTV ã è¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶ å¨ç ï¼Âè³æÂ¬ ç³» çµ±ä¸ÂãÂÂè«Âå é± é£æÂ¥è¼ å© è¨Âå å¨ 第 24 é Â說æÂÂã 1 確å®Âå¤Âé¨ä¾Â溠@TV ãÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å¨çÂÂï¼Â已綠éÂÂæ©Âã 2 æÂÂ丠LINE 以é¸åÂÂä¾ÂæºÂã 3 å¦ÂæÂÂå¿ è¦Âï¼Âå¯éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¾ÂæºÂã è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂå¨ ç¡ ç å®ÂæÂ å¨æÂÂå¨ä¸Âå® æÂÂéÂÂå°å¾Âå°Â系統 éÂÂæ©Âï¼Âè® æÂ¨å°±ç®Âç¡èÂÂä¹Âä¸Âç¨æÂÂå¿Âã 1 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SLEEP 以é¸åÂÂé¸頠ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã é¸æÂÂ以ä¸Âé¸頠@2 ⢠SLP AUTO ï¼Âå¯å¨æÂÂæÂ¾å®Âç®åÂÂç CDãÂÂVideo CD æÂ D ivX ç¢ÂçÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂèªåÂÂéÂÂæ©Âã â¢ SLP ON ï¼Âä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂå·¦å³å¾ÂéÂÂæ©Âã â¢ SLP OFF ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¶Âç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂã å¨é¸å SLP ON å¾Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂ丠SLEEP 以確 èªÂä¸Âä¸Âå©é¤ÂçÂÂæÂÂé ã æ¯Âæ¢Âç·Â代表素12 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂï¼Âå© é¤ÂæÂÂéÂÂ@@調æÂÂ顯示å¹Â亮度 æÂ¨å¯以å¨ç¼ç¾顯示å¹Â太亮æÂÂï¼Âå°Âå®Â調æÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ï¼Âå ENTER 以鏿ÂÂ亮度調ç¯Âå¨ è¨Âå®Âå¼ã éÂÂæÂÂ顯示å¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿é¡¯ç¤ºå¹Âä¸Âã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å LIGHT( 亮 ) æÂ DARK( æÂ ) ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂ註 1 顯示å¹Âå¨ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂè¨Â置好æÂÂæÂÂè®ÂæÂÂã 2 Sleep Auto ï¼Âç¡ç èªåÂÂï¼ ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼ WMA/MP3 ç¢ÂçÂÂãÂÂPBC æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂç Video CD/Super VCDï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Âç CDã DVD/CD FM/AM TUNER LINE SL P --- -- XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 10 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¨å¿ÂèÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 02 11 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ç¬¬ 2 ç« ç¨å¿ÂèÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 éÂÂæÂ¼èÂÂè½模张妠家åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢é³æÂÂè¨Âç½® å¨第 6 頠丠æÂÂè¿°ï¼Âæ¯Â丠種èÂÂè½模å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ å ©ç¨®åºæÂÂ ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® é¸ é  ï¼ â¢ æ¨ÂæºÂç°ç¹Âè² 5 é»Âè¨Âç½® ï¼Âå¯使ç¨任ä½Âä¸Â種ç° ç¹Âè²è è½模张æÂÂé ÂæÂ¤ 種è¨Âç½® æÂ¹å¼ ï¼Âé¤å ç° ç¹Âè²å¤Âï¼ ã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè² 3 é»Âè¨Âç½® ï¼Â確å®Âå¨é¸åÂÂèÂÂè½模张åÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂç°繠è²模张已åÂÂå ï¼Âè«Âå é± 使ç¨ å ç°ç¹Âè² å¨第 12 é  çÂÂ堧容說æÂÂï¼ ã èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张èªåÂÂèÂÂè½模å¼ÂæÂ¯ èÂÂè½主è¦ÂæÂ§ å¶çÂÂä»»ä½Âä¾ÂæºÂæÂ ç°¡ å®çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Âï¼ÂèªæÂ è²å¨çÂÂ輸åºåÂÂæÂ åºä¾ÂæºÂé¡ÂæÂ ä¸ çÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ丠SHIFT SURROUND 以é¸å AUTO èÂÂè½ 模å¼Âã 1 èÂÂè½ç°ç¹Âè² æÂ¨å¯以ç°ç¹Âè²ä¾ÂèÂÂè½ç«Âé«Âè²æÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾Â溠ã 2 ç° ç¹Âè²æÂ¯æÂ¡ç¨堶ä¸Âä¸Â種 Dolby Pro Logic 解碼模 å¼Âèªç«Âé«Âè²ä¾ÂæºÂç¶ä¸ÂæÂÂç¢çÂÂåºä¾ÂçÂÂã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT SURROUND 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種è è½模å¼Âã 1 å¨ 顯示幠ä¸Âåºç¾çÂÂ鏿ÂÂå° æÂÂæ ¹æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ çÂÂä¾ÂæºÂé¡ åÂÂèÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ AUTO ï¼ÂèªåÂÂèÂÂè½模张ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Â述說æÂÂ@⢠DOLBY DIGITAL / DTS ï¼ÂD olby Digital æÂ DTS è§£ 碼 ï¼Âè¦Âä¾ æºÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ ã 3 å°Âå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾Â溠èÂÂè¨Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ä¹ÂæÂ¯ AUTO ã â¢ PROLOGIC (Dolby Pro Logic) ï¼Âé©ç¨æÂ¼ éÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂç 4.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Âè²ã â¢ MOVIE (Dolby Pro Logic II Movie) ï¼Âç¹åÂ¥é©åÂÂé»影ä¾ÂæºÂç Pro Logic â ¡ 5.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Âè² ï¼Âé©ç¨任ä½Âä»»ä½ÂéÂÂè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂï¼ ã â¢ MUSIC (Dolby Pro Logic II Music) ï¼ÂP ro Logic â ¡ 5.1 è²éÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂï¼Âç¹åÂÂ¥ é©åÂÂä»»ä½Âä¸Â種éÂÂè²éÂÂçÂÂ鳿¨Âä¾ÂæºÂã â¢ STEREO ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ çÂÂå § 容說æÂÂã éÂÂ註 1 å¦ÂæÂÂä¾ÂæºÂæÂ¯ Dolby Digital æÂ D TSï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç 2 D æÂ DTS æÂÂ示çÂÂ便æÂÂ亮起ã SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND 2 ⢠è«Â注æÂÂï¼Â輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂå¿ é ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ DVD/CD 以é²è¡Âå¤Âè²éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£æÂÂç®ÂéÂÂ製ä¸Âå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± éÂÂ製模张å¨第 24 é  çÂÂ堧容說æÂÂã 3 å¨èÂÂè½ DOLBY DIGITAL / DTS 模å¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè²éÂÂé¡ÂæÂÂå°ÂæÂÂèªåÂÂæÂ¡ç¨ Dolby Pro Logic II 解碼以ç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ¾ã SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 11 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¨å¿ÂèÂÂè½æÂ¨çÂÂ系統 02 12 ChH 使ç¨åÂÂç°ç¹Âè² Ã¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè² 模 å¼Âå¨ æÂ¨ä½¿ç¨ å®¶ åºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢ é³ æÂÂè¨Âç½® å¨ 第 6é  ä¸ÂæÂÂè¿°çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè² 3 é»Âè¨Âç½®æÂÂçºæÂÂæÂÂé  ç®ãÂÂç° ç¹ÂæÂÂè² å¨æÂÂæÂºå¨å 置æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¹ 並æÂ åÂÂçÂÂ壠ï¼Âè«Âå é± æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® æÂÂå @ï¼Â丠DVD/ CD å¿ é Âé¸åÂÂä½Âçº輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂã 2 ⢠æÂÂ丠SHIFT FRONT SURROUND 以åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ éÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè²åÂÂè½ã è¨ÂæÂ MODE ON æÂÂï¼Âè«Â確實éµ砧 ãÂÂè¨Âç½®æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂÂå°ÂæÂ¹æ³Âï¼Â以ç²å¾ÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂÂã 以ç«Âé«Âè²èÂÂè½ æÂ¨ å¯以å¨ ç«Âé«Âè²é³æÂÂä¸Âè è½任ä½Âä¸Â種 ä¾ÂæºÂé³髠è² æÂÂå¤Âè² éÂÂãÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾å¤Âè² ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂè² éÂÂæÂ ç¶Â縮混å¾Âå³éÂÂè³左 / 峿ÂÂè²å¨åÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³ä¹Âä¸Âã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT SURROUND ç´å°顯示å¹Â丠åºç¾ STEREO çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣çºæÂ¢ã æÂ´ä¸Âè³æ©ÂèÂÂè½ å¨æÂ¥ä¸Âè³æ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂåªæÂ STEREO 模å¼Âå¯以使ç¨ã 使ç¨ SFC 模张SFCï¼Âé³場æÂ§å¶@模å¼Âå¯以é©ç¨æÂ¼ä»»ä½ÂçÂÂå¤Âè²é æÂÂç«Âé«Âè²ä¾Â溠@以æÂÂä¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¼Âå ¶ä»ÂçÂÂç°ç¹Âè²æÂÂæÂ ã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND MODE ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å SFC MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 æÂÂ丠îÂÂ/î ï¼ÂæÂ¥èÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以é¸å SFC Sound Mode 鳿ÂÂ模å¼Âã è«Âé¸å Off ï¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼ , ACTION ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âï¼ ã DRAMA ï¼ÂæÂ²åÂÂï¼ ã ROCK ï¼ÂæÂÂ滾æ¨Âï¼ ã POP ï¼ÂæµÂè¡Âæ¨Âï¼ ã HALL ï¼Â鳿¨Â廳@æÂ LIVE ï¼Âç¾場 æ¼Âå¥Âï¼ ã 調æÂ´ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³ 使ç¨ä½Âé³åÂÂé«Âé³æÂ§å¶å¯調æÂ´å ¨é¢çÂÂé³調ã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND MODE ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å BASS ï¼Âä½Âé³ï¼ÂæÂ TREBLE ï¼Âé«Âé³@ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以調æÂ´è²é³ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確 èªÂã å éÂÂä½Âé³é³é æÂ¬æ©Âå ± æÂÂäºÂ種ä½Âé³ 模å¼ÂæÂ¨å¯ç¨ä¾Â墠強ä¾ÂæºÂä¸Âç ä½Âé³é³éÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND MODE ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å BASSMODE ï¼Âä½Âé³模 å¼Âï¼ ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以調æÂ´è²é³ç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確 èªÂã è«Âé¸å Off ï¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼ , MUSIC ï¼Â鳿¨Âï¼ æÂ CINEMA ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢@ã SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY SURROUND FRONT SURROUND SYSTEM SETUP HOME MENU DVD MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE SOUND MODE ENTER XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 12 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 03 13 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ç¬¬ 3 ç« ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 â¢ å³ 使æÂÂ亠å è½çÂÂ實 é æÂÂä½ÂæÂ å 置堥ç 碠ç 種é¡ÂèÂÂæÂÂäºÂ許ä¸ÂçÂÂå·®ç° ï¼ æÂ¬ç« æÂÂæ¶µèÂÂçÂÂ許夠åÂÂè½ä»Âå¯é©ç¨æÂ¼ DVD ç¢Âç ã Video CD/Super VCDãÂÂCDãÂÂDivX video 以å WMA/MP3/JPEG ç¢ÂçÂÂã â¢ æÂÂ亠DVD æÂÂéÂÂå¶æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ï¼Âä¾Âå¦Â鍿©ÂæÂÂéÂÂ褠æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂé¨份æÂÂå ¨é¨çÂÂ使ç¨ ãÂÂéÂÂ並丠æÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ 卿ÂÂæÂ¾ Video CD/Super VCD æÂ ï¼ æÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¨ PBC æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸Âé©ç¨ ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ³è¦Â使ç¨é äºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ï¼ è«Â使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµé¸åÂÂæÂ²ç®ä¾ÂéÂÂå§Âç¢Âç çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種çÂÂéÂÂ度åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âå¿«éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂã 1 ⢠æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î æÂ î 以éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂÂã é£çºÂæÂÂ以å¢Âå æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ度 ï¼Âå¦Âå±Âå¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂ示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨å¯以åÂÂ種栢åÂÂä½ÂéÂÂ度ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ãÂÂVideo CD/ Super VCD å D ivX video ã DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂéÂÂå¯以åÂÂå 栢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂ«åÂÂï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂä½ îÂÂ/î æÂ îÂÂ/î éÂ括Âç´å°éÂÂå§Âæ ¢å ä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çºæÂ¢ã é£çºÂæÂÂ以è®ÂæÂ´æ ¢åÂÂä½ÂæÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂ度ï¼Âå¦Âå±Âå¹ÂæÂÂ示@ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æ ¼é² / æ ¼éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ¨å¯以éÂÂæ ¼åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂã å°ÂæÂ¼ Video CD/Super VCD å DivX video ï¼ÂæÂ¨ åª å¯以使ç¨格鲿ÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂ«åÂÂï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂ丠îÂÂ/î æÂ îÂÂ/î 以å¾ÂéÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé²çÂÂæÂ¹ å¼Âä¸Â次ä¸Âæ ¼æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµã 2 æÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ å¨置堥堧å« JPEG Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂç CD/CD-R/RW å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î 以便å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Â第ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾 / Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ ã 3 æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Âé ÂåºÂä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¯Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ æÂÂ夾ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂã åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂ調æÂ´ä»¥ç¡éÂÂ填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âç«é¢ã 幻çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ éÂÂ註 1ä½ D ivX video ç¢ÂçÂÂå é©ç¨ä¸Â種éÂÂ度ã 2 ⢠è¦Âç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ÂæÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂå¨è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå° DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂ°çÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂï¼ÂèªåÂÂæÂ¢å¾©ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼æÂ¡ç¨ PBC 模å¼Âç Video CD/Super VCD æÂ W MA/MP3 é³è»ÂèÂÂè¨Âï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂèªåÂÂå¨è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³æÂ²ç®çÂÂæÂ«å°¾æÂÂéÂÂé ÂæÂÂå³èªåÂÂæÂ¢å¾©ã 3 æÂ¬æ©Âå°Âä¸Â份æªÂæ¡Âè¼Âå ¥çÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂé¨èÂÂæªÂæ¡Â容éÂÂæÂÂ大èÂÂå¢Âå ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯ Ã¥ÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯顯示åÂÂä¸Âå¼µåÂÂçÂÂã î å¯顯示ä¸Âä¸Âå¼µåÂÂçÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 13 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 03 14 ChH 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 DVD æÂ Video CD/Super VCD ç¢Âç 使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å¯çÂÂ覽æÂ´å¼µ DVD æÂ V ideo CD/ Super VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ堧容ï¼ÂæÂ¾å°æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂé¨ 份ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨屠é¸å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 鏿ÂÂ檢è¦Âé¸頠ã å¯ 以使ç¨ çÂÂé¸頠è¦Â置堥ç ç¢ÂçÂÂ種é¡Âå æÂ¯å¦è¦ÂæÂ æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂå®Âï¼Âç¶èÂÂä»ÂæÂÂå å«@⢠æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂæÂÂèª DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂç¶ä¸Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ樠é¡Âã â¢ 章篠ï¼ÂæÂÂèª DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂç®åÂÂæ¨Âé¡Âç¶ ä¸ÂçÂÂç« ç¯Âã â¢ æÂ²ç® ï¼ÂæÂÂä¾Âèª Video CD/Super VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂè® åÂÂçÂÂæÂ²ç®ã â¢ æÂÂé ï¼ÂæÂÂ毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂèª Video CD/Super VCD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°çÂÂ縮åÂÂã â¢ Original: æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂæÂÂèª VR 模张DVD-RW ç¢Âç è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âæ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ Playlist: æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂæÂÂèª VR 模张DVD-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂç¶ ä¸Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®æ¨Âé¡Âã â¢ Original: æÂÂé ï¼Âèª毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂèªåÂÂå§Â堧容ç¶ ä¸Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ縮åÂÂã â¢ Playlist: æÂÂé ï¼ÂæÂÂ毠10 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂèªæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®ç¶ ä¸Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°çÂÂ縮åÂÂã æÂ´åÂÂè¢ å¹Âç«é¢åÂÂå¾ ä¸Â次æÂÂå¤Âå¯æÂ¥é£ 顯示å Â張縮 Ã¥ÂÂå½±åÂÂãÂÂè¦Â顯示åÂÂä¸Âçµ / ä¸Âä¸ÂçµÂå Â張縮åÂÂï¼ÂæÂ ä¸ î / î ã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂ縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂã æÂ¨å¯ 以使ç¨ 游 樠éµ ï¼ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ï¼Âå ENTER ä¾Âé¸åÂÂ縮åÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµä¹Âå¯以ã 覠使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ é¸åÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Â輸堥 å ©ä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂï¼Âç¶徠æÂÂ丠ENTER ã îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並æÂÂè½ / ç¿»åÂÂæÂÂ顯示çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂã ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»ç çÂÂç§Âï¼ ZOOM å¯æÂ«åÂÂå¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Â並å°Âå çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¯åÂÂæÂ 1xãÂÂ2x Ã¥ÂÂ4 x çÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ã ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âéµ以åÂÂ度éÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¹»ç çÂÂç§Âï¼ DVD MENU å¯顯示 ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂç«é¢ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå æ¨Â顠章篠01 04 02 05 03 06 ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå : æ¨Âé¡ 01- 49: - - XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 14 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 03 15 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ä½¿ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂçÂÂ覽 WMA ã MP3 ã DivX video å JPEG æªÂ桠使ç¨ ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂæÂÂç §æªÂÃ¥ÂÂå°ÂæÂ¾ä¸Âç¹å®ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ æÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示é¸å®丠é¸å ãÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂã ã 2 使ç¨游æ¨Âéµ ï¼ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ï¼Â以å ENTER å 以å°Â覽ã 使ç¨丠/ ä¸Â游æ¨Âéµ@îÂÂ/î ï¼Âå¨è³ÂæÂÂ夾 / æªÂæ¡Â渠å®ä¸Âä¸Âä¸Âç§»åÂÂã 使ç¨左游æ¨Âéµ ï¼ î @以è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³根è³ÂæÂÂ夾 (parent folder)ã 1 使ç¨ ENTER æÂÂå³游樠@î ï¼Âä¾ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½çÂÂè³ æÂÂ夾ã â¢ ç¶åÂÂç½JPEGæªÂ桠@便æÂÂä¸Â縮åÂÂå½±åÂÂ顯示å¨è¢ å¹Âå³å´ã 3 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂç½çÂÂå½±é³è»ÂæÂ DivX video æªÂæ¡ æÂÂ顯示åÂÂç½ç JPEG æªÂæ¡ÂæÂÂï¼Â坿ÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ ç¶é¸å WMA/MP3 æÂ DivX video æªÂæ¡ ï¼ æÂÂæÂ¾ä½ æ¥ÂæÂÂèªæÂÂ鏿ªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ ï¼ ç¶å¾Âç¹¼çºÂå°ÂæÂ´åÂÂè³ÂæÂ å¤¾æÂÂæÂ¾å®ÂçºæÂ¢ã â¢ ç¶é¸åÂÂ亠JPEG æªÂæ¡ ï¼ å¹»çÂÂçÂÂç§Â峿ÂÂéÂÂ姠@並 å¾ÂæÂÂ鏿ªÂæ¡ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ ä¸Âç´å°æÂ´åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾æÂ æÂ¾å®ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æÂ´å¼µç¢ ç èÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¯ åª æÂÂç®å 賠æÂÂ夾ç 堧容@諠å ÂéÂÂåº ãÂÂç¢Âç 尠å ã ï¼Âç¶徠使 ç¨ î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ段 A-B éÂÂè¤ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨æÂÂå®Âä¸Âå½±é³軠(CDãÂÂVideo CD/Super Video CD) æÂÂä¸Âæ¨Âé¡ (DVD) ä¸ÂçÂÂå ©é» (A å B )ï¼Âä¾Âä¸Âç´ä¸ÂæÂ·çÂÂ循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ã A-B éÂÂè¤Âã ã 3 å¨ã éÂÂå§Âé»ÂãÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨Â置循ç° æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂéÂÂå§Âé»Âã 4 å¨ã çµÂæÂÂé»ÂãÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨Â置循ç° æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂçµÂæÂÂé»Âã å¨æÂÂ丠ENTER å¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âæ¥ÂæÂÂè·³åÂÂè³éÂÂå§Âé»Âï¼ ç¶å¾ÂéÂÂå§Â循ç°æÂÂæÂ¾ã 5 è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âè«Âé¸å ãÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã ã éÂÂ註 1 æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以é²堥æÂÂä¸Â層ç â .. âÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¤é  åÂÂä½Âã 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps Folder1 Folder2 Folder3 Folder4 File1 File2 File3 File4 File5 Folder 2 00:00 / 00:00 0kbps æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼ XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 15 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 03 16 ChH 使ç¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ é¤ äºÂÃ¥ÂÂ種 çÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ Ã¥ÂÂè½å¤Âï¼Â亦å¯以å°Âé è¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾çµÂÃ¥ÂÂç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Âä½µéÂÂç¨ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 建ç«Âç¨Âå¼Âç·¨ 輯渠å® å¨第 16 é Âï¼ ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂãÂÂç¶å¾Âé¸åÂÂä¸Â種éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸ é  ã 1 妠æÂÂç¨Âå¼ æÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½å åÂÂï¼Âå¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ç¨Â庠侠éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ç¨Âå¼Â編輯 渠å®ï¼ÂæÂÂé¸å éÂÂéÂÂé è¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾ Ã¥ÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ æÂ é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç« ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ CD å V ideo CD/Super VCD æÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å é è¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç æÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ²ç® ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ DivX video ç¢Âç @å¯é¸å éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¯ éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ ã 使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ å¯ 使ç¨æÂ¤ é  åÂÂè½以鍿ÂÂç é ÂåºÂä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Â( DVD-Video) æÂÂæÂ²ç® (CD å Video CD/Super VCD) ã 2 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂ鍿©Âã ï¼Âç¶å¾Âé¸åÂÂä¸Â種é¸頠ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ é¨ æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç« ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ CD å V ideo CD/Super VCD æÂ ï¼ å¯é¸å é æÂ éÂÂ以éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂ鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ã æÂÂ示 â¢ é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨以ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ : â¢ é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂç¹¼çºÂå·衠@ç´å°æÂ¨å¾Â鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾é¸ å®é¸頠ä¸Âé¸åÂÂ亠éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ çºæÂ¢ã 建ç«Âç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å® æÂ¬é  åÂÂè½å¯è®ÂæÂ¨ç·¨è¼¯ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âæ¨Âé¡ / 章篠/ æÂ² ç® çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾é ÂåºÂç¨Âå¼Âã 3 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂç¨Âå¼Â編輯ã ç¶å¾Âå¾Âç¨Âå¼Â編輯é¸頠渠å®ä¸Âé¸å ãÂÂç·¨åºÂåµ建 / 編輯ã ã 3 使ç¨游æ¨Âéµå ENTER 以é¸åÂÂæ¨Âé¡ÂãÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂ æÂ²ç®ï¼Âå°±ç®åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂ¥é©ÂæÂ¾å ¥ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å®习ä¸Âã å°ÂæÂ¼ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨éÂÂå¯以å¢Âå æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¯ç« ç¯Âã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¼ CD æÂ V ideo CD/Super VCD ï¼ å¯é¸åÂÂæÂ²ç® å å°ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å®ä¹Âä¸Âã å¨æÂÂ丠ENTER é¸åÂÂæ¨Âé¡ / 章篠/ æÂ² ç®徠@ç¨Âå¼ æÂ¥é©Âç·¨èÂÂæÂÂèªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âç§»åÂÂä¸Âä½Âã 4 è«ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂ¥é© 3 以建ç«Âä¸Âç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å®ã 丠份ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å® ä¸Âå¯å å«夠é 24 å ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂ¥ é©Âã éÂÂ註 1 æÂ¨ä¸Âå¯以å°ÂéÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ç¨å¨ WMA/MP3 çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âã 2 ⢠æÂ¨å¯以å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè¨Âç½®é¨æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé¸頠ãÂÂç¶èÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨ç¡æ³Âå°Â鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé Âç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Â起使ã â¢ æÂ¨ä¸Âè½使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ VR 格张DVD-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂãÂÂWMA/MP3 ç¢ÂçÂÂãÂÂDivX video ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¯å¨ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®已顯示çÂÂæÂ æ³ ä¸Âä¾Â使ç¨é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ î é¨æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸Âé¸åÂÂä¸ÂæÂ°çÂÂæÂ²ç® / 樠é¡Â/ ç« ç¯Âã î å¯è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ç®åÂÂæÂ²ç® / æ¨Âé¡ / 章篠çÂÂéÂÂé Âï¼Âé²ä¸ÂæÂ¥æÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¯é¨æ©Âé¸ Ã¥ÂÂå ¶ä»ÂçÂÂæÂ²ç® / æ¨Âé¡ / ç« ç¯Âã 3 ⢠ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¸ å®å¯å²åÂÂå¨置堥ç DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂãÂÂå¨æÂ¨ç½®å ¥å«æÂÂå²åÂÂçÂÂç¨Âå¼Â渠宿ÂÂï¼Âç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾å³æÂÂèªåÂÂå±ÂéÂÂã â¢ æÂ¨ç¡æ³Â使ç¨ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ VR æ ¼å¼Âç DVD-RW ç¢ÂçÂÂãÂÂWMA/MP3 ç¢ÂçÂÂã DivX video ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ已顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®æÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 16 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 03 17 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ â¢ æÂ¨ åªé Âå° æÂ¨ æÂ³è¦ÂæÂ° 稠å¼ÂæÂ¥é© åº ç¾çÂÂä½ ç½® å 以åÂÂç½åÂÂ輸堥æ¨Âé¡ / 章篠/ æÂ²ç®編è @便å¯ æÂÂå ¥ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂ¥é©Âã â¢ è¦Âåªé¤ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂ¥é© ï¼ è«Âå°Âå ¶åÂÂç½å¾ÂæÂÂ丠CLEAR å³å¯ã 5 è¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å®ï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ éµã ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠宿ÂÂç¹¼çºÂÃ¥ÂÂå¨ï¼Âç´å° æÂ¨éÂÂéÂÂç¨Âå¼ æÂ æÂ¾ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ãÂÂåªé¤ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å® ï¼Âå é±以ä¸Â說æÂÂï¼ ï¼ÂéÂÂåºç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂéÂÂæ©ÂçºæÂ¢ã æÂÂ示 ⢠ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂ使ç¨以ä¸ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ : ç¨Âå¼Â編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå ¶ä»Âå¯ç¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ å¨ç¨Âå¼Â編輯é¸å®ä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂé¤äºÂç·¨åºÂåµ建 / 編輯以 å¤ÂçÂÂå ¶ä»Âé¸頠ã â¢ é å§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âå¯ é å§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ å·² å²åÂÂç 稠å¼Â編輯 渠å®ã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼Âå¯éÂÂéÂÂç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ ä½Âä¸Âåªé¤ç¨Â张編輯渠å®ã â¢ åª é¤ç¨Âå¼ ï¼Âå¯ å° ç¨Âå¼Âç·¨ 輯 渠å®åª é¤ 並éÂÂé ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂè½ã æÂÂç´¢ç¢Âç æÂ¨å¯以æÂÂæ¨Âé¡ÂæÂÂç« ç¯Âç·¨è @æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂç´¢ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂCD å V ideo CD/Super VCD 坿ÂÂæÂ²ç®編 èÂÂæÂÂæÂÂé @DivX video ç¢ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂç´¢ ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ã æÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂæÂÂ索模å¼Âã ã æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂæÂÂç´¢é¸頠æÂÂè¦Â置堥çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ種é¡ÂèÂÂå®Âã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂÂ索模å¼Âã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂå¿ é ÂæÂÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä»¥ä¾¿ä½¿ç¨æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂç´¢åÂÂè½ ã 4 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥æ¨Âé¡ÂãÂÂç« ç¯ÂæÂÂæÂ²ç®編èÂÂï¼ æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂã â¢ 使ç¨æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂç´¢æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂç §æÂ¨æÂ³è¦ÂæÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ çÂÂä½Âç½®ä¾Â輸堥ç®åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨Âé¡ (DVD/DivX video) æÂÂæÂ²ç® (CD/Video CD/Super VCD) çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂç§ÂæÂ¸ãÂÂä¾Âå¦Âï¼ÂæÂÂ丠4 ã 5 ã 0 ã 0 峿ÂÂå¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂ第 45 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂä½Âç½®éÂÂå§ÂæÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂæÂ³è¦Â輸堥 1 å°ÂæÂÂãÂÂ20 Ã¥ÂÂéÂÂå 30 ç§ÂæÂÂï¼ å¯æÂÂ丠8 ã 0 ã 3 ã 0 ã 5 æÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾ÂéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂå DivX video ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂä¸Â種以丠誠è¨ÂçÂÂå å¹Âï¼Âå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå 裠ä¸ÂæÂÂ渠æ¥ÂÃ¥ÂÂ訴æÂ¨ å¯以 使 ç¨çÂÂå å¹ÂèªÂè¨Â種é¡ÂãÂÂæÂ¨ å¯以卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé ä¾Âå æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âã 1 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT SUBTITLE 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種åÂÂå¹ é¸頠ã â¢ è¦Âè¨Âç½®åÂÂå¹ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ好è¨Âå® ï¼ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨第 20 é  çÂÂ堧容說æÂÂã â¢ æÂ´å¤ÂéÂÂæÂ¼ DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂçÂÂè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 顯 示 DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ æªÂæ¡ å¨第 31 é  çÂÂ堧容說æÂÂã æÂÂéµ æÂÂéµåÂÂè½ HOME MENU å¯å²åÂÂç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å®並éÂÂåºä½Â丠æÂÂæÂ¾ã î å¯跳è³ç¨Âå¼Â編輯渠å®ä¸ÂçÂÂä¸Âä¸Âå ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂ¥é©Âã éÂÂ註 1 æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå å Â許æÂ¨å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âä¾ÂæÂ¹è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âã æÂÂ丠SHIFT TOP MENU æÂ DVD MENU éµå³å¯é²堥é¸å®ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 17 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ 03 18 ChH Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂèªÂ訠/ è²é å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾é æÂÂ堩種以丠èªÂè¨Âå°Âç½堧容ï¼ÂæÂÂé æÂÂé å®è²é (dual-mono) 鳿ÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ 1 æÂ¨å¯以å¨æÂ æÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂä¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã 2 ⢠é£çºÂæÂ SHIFT AUDIO 以é¸åÂÂä¸Â種è²é³èªÂ訠é¸頠ã â¢ è¦Âè¨Âç½®è²é³èªÂè¨ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ好è¨Âå® ï¼ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± èªÂè¨Â訠å®Âå¼ å¨第 20 é  çÂÂ堧容說æÂÂã æÂ¾å¤§ç«é¢ 使ç¨æÂ¾å¤§åÂÂè½ ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以å¨è§Âè³ DVD ãÂÂDivX video æ¨Âé¡ÂæÂ Video CD/Super VCD ï¼ æÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ JPEG ç¢Âç æÂÂï¼Âå°Âç«é¢æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¨ä½ÂæÂ¾å¤§ 2 æÂ 4 å ã 1 æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼Â使ç¨ SHIFT ZOOM æÂÂéµ以é¸ Ã¥ÂÂæÂ¾å¤§çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸ ( ä¸Âè‹ 2x æÂ 4x) ã 2 使ç¨游æ¨Âéµ以æÂ¹è®ÂæÂ¾å¤§çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã æÂ¨ å¯以å¨ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂèª ç±åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾å¤§åÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼Â以åÂÂæÂ¾ 大åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã 3 Ã¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè§Â度 æÂÂ亠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ以堩種ä¸Âè§Â度æÂÂæÂÂèÂÂæÂÂçÂÂå ´ æÂ¯ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂçÂÂ詳細說æÂÂã å¨æÂÂæÂ¾å¤Âè§Â度場æÂ¯æÂ ï¼ è¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂåºç¾丠çÂÂå 示@æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以鏿ÂÂå°Âå®ÂéÂÂéÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 顯示è¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨第 21 é  ï¼ ã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂé ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ«åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT ANGLE 以åÂÂæÂÂè§Â度ã 顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠æÂ æÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂï¼Âå¯å°Âå 種æÂ²ç®ãÂÂç« ç¯Âå æ¨Âé¡ÂçÂÂè³Â訠顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã â¢ è¦Â顯示 / Ã¥ÂÂæÂ / é±èÂÂ顯示çÂÂè³Â訠@å¯é£çºÂæÂ DISPLAY ã æÂ éÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂè³Âè¨Â亦 æÂÂåºç¾åÂÂé¢ æÂ¿çÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸ÂãÂÂæÂ ä¸ DISPLAY 以è®ÂæÂ´æÂÂ顯示çÂÂè³Âè¨Âã éÂÂ註 1æÂ äº Super VCD éÂÂæÂÂ堩種é³è»ÂãÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾éÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以åÂÂæÂÂéÂÂ堩種é³è»Âï¼Â以åÂÂæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂé³è»Âç¨æÂÂçÂÂè²éÂÂã 2 æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå å Â許æÂ¨å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ä¸Âä¾ÂæÂ¹è®Âè²é³èªÂè¨ÂãÂÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT TOP MENU æÂ DVD MENU éµå³å¯é²堥é¸å®ã 3 â¢ ç±æÂ¼ DVD ã Video CD/Super VCD ã DivX video æ¨Âé¡Âå JPEG Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂåªæÂÂåºå®ÂçÂÂè§£æÂÂ度@å æÂ¤ç«質ç¹åÂ¥å¨æÂ¾å¤§ 4x æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ失çÂÂç æÂ å½¢ãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç«é¢ä¸ÂæÂ¹çÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¹å¡Âæ¶Â失ï¼Âå¯æÂ SHIFT ZOOM Ã¥ÂÂå°Âå®Â顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 18 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
é³頻è¨Âç½®åÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´é¸å® 04 19 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ç¬¬ 4 ç« é³頻è¨Âç½®åÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´é¸å® ãÂÂé³頻è¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® è²é³è¨Âç½®é¸å®å¯æÂÂä¾Â調æÂ´ç¢ÂçÂÂè²é³çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並å¾Âå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢é¸ Ã¥ÂÂã é³頻è¨Âç½®ã ã 2 è«Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ï¼Â游æ¨Âï¼ÂæÂÂéµé¸åÂÂ並 è®ÂæÂ´è¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã é³頻 DRC ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶@⢠è¨Â置@é«Âã ä¸Âã ä½Âã é (頠訠å¼ ) å¨以ä½Âé³éÂÂè§Âè³ Dolby Digital DVD æÂÂï¼Âå¾Â容 æÂÂå®Â堨失å» è¼Âè¼ÂçÂÂè²é³ï¼Âå æÂŽÂ¨ä»½å°Âç½ãÂÂå° é³ é »D RC ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ§å¶ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ坿ÂÂå©æÂ¼çªÂ顯輠è¼ÂçÂÂè²é³ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ§å¶è¼ÂéÂÂçÂÂè²é³ã æÂÂè½å°è²é³ çÂÂå·®åÂ¥ç¨Â度ï¼Âè¦ÂæÂ¨è è½çÂÂé¡ÂæÂÂå § 容 èÂÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂé¡ æÂÂ堧容 å¨ é³éÂÂ丠沠æÂÂ太大 çÂÂè®Âå @æÂ¨ä¾¿ä¸ÂæÂÂ注æÂÂå°æÂÂä»Â麼æÂ¹è®Âã 1 ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂé¸å® å¾ ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ç«é¢ä¸Âï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´è½ å½±é¿影åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU éµ並å¾Âè¢å¹ÂæÂÂä½Âç«é¢ ä¸Âé¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç½ç ãÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´ãÂÂç©件ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î ( 游樠) æÂÂéÂ括Â並æÂÂ丠ENTER ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂè¨Âç½®ã æÂ¨å¯以調æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼@⢠é³度 ï¼Âå¯調æÂ´å½±åÂÂéÂÂç·£çÂÂé³å©表ç¾ ( 精細 ã æ¨Â溠ã æÂÂå ) ⢠亮度 ï¼Âå¯調æÂ´æÂ´é«ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂ亮度 ( ï¼ 20 è³ 20 ) ⢠å°Âæ¯Â度 ï¼Âå¯調æÂ´äº®èÂÂæÂÂä¹ÂéÂÂçÂÂå°Âæ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ ï¼ ï¼ 16 è³ 16 ï¼ â¢ ä¼½çª ï¼Âå¯調æÂ´å½±åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂ度ãÂÂ( é« ãÂÂ丠ãÂÂä½ ã éÂÂé ) ⢠è²調 ï¼Âå¯調æÂ´ç´ / 綠平衡 ( ç¶ è² 9 è³ ç´ è² 9 ) ⢠è²度çÂÂç´ ï¼Âå¯調è²彩åÂÂç¾çÂÂ飽åÂÂ度 ( ï¼ 9 è³ 9 ) è«Â使ç¨ îÂÂ/î (å·¦ / å³游樠) æÂÂéµä¾Â調æÂ´ ãÂÂ亮 度ã ã ãÂÂå°Âæ¯Â度ã ã ãÂÂè²調ãÂÂ以 å ã è²度ç ç´Âã çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ã 3 æÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¦Â頻調æÂ´åÂÂè½ç«é¢ ï¼ÂæÂ æÂ HOME MENU éÂÂåºåÂÂè½ç«é¢ã éÂÂ註 1é³ é » DRC å é©ç¨æÂ¼ Dolby Digital é³é¿ä¾ÂæºÂã é³頻è¨Âç½® é³頻è¨Âç½® é³頻DRC 髠丠你é è¦Â頻調æÂ´ î î î î î î é³度 亮度 å°Âæ¯Â度 ä¼½çª è²調 è²度çÂÂç´ æ¨Â溠0 0 éÂÂé 0 0 è¦Â頻調æÂ´ 亮度 æÂÂå° æÂÂ大 0 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 19 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 05 20 ChH 第 5 ç« ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 使ç¨åÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®é¸å® Ã¥ÂÂå§ è¨Âç½®é¸ å®æÂÂä¾ æÂ é³頻å è¦Â頻輸 åºè¨Âå® å¼@以åÂÂ顯示è¨Âå®Âå¼çÂÂçÂÂã 妠æÂÂé¸頠åÂÂç¾淡åºç ç°è²ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ表示æÂ¤æÂÂç¡ æ³ÂæÂÂ¥ å è®ÂæÂ´ãÂÂæÂ¤ç¨® æÂ å½¢éÂÂ常æÂ¯ å çºç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£å¨æÂ æÂ¾çÂʍ᣾ ãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè®ÂæÂ´è¨Âå®Âå¼ã 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 2 使ç¨游æ¨Âéµå ENTER 以é¸åÂÂæÂ¨è¦Âè¨Âç½®çÂÂ訠å®Âå¼åÂÂé¸頠ã æÂÂæÂÂ訠å®Âå¼åÂÂé¸頠å°ÂæÂÂå¨å¾ÂçºÂçÂÂå § 容ä¸Â詳å 說 æÂÂã 1 è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ éÂÂ註 1 ⢠å¨表ä¸Âï¼Âé Âè¨Â弿ÂÂ以 ç²Âé«Âå 顯示ï¼Âå ¶ä»ÂçÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂæÂÂ以 æÂÂé«Âå 顯示å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã â¢ æÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ ã å°Âç½èªÂ訠å åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂ訠å¯è½尠DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂ並ä¸Âå ·æÂÂç¨ãÂÂéÂÂ常éÂÂäºÂè¨Âå®Âå¼亦å¯徠DVD çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé¸ å®ä¸Âä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂè¨Âç½®ã åÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ ï¼Âå¦è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ç«é¢大å°Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂ格张å¨第 34 é Âç 堧容說æÂÂï¼Âã 4:3 (Letter Box) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å³統 4:3 é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ãÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»影 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âä¸Âå ©å´æÂÂæÂÂé»Âè²æ¢ÂéÂÂã 4:3 (Pan & Scan) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å³統 4:3 é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ãÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»影 卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂè£ÂæÂÂå·¦å³堩å´ä¸Âé¨份ï¼Â以å©填滿æÂ´åÂÂè¢å¹Âã 16:9 (Wide) å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂæÂ¯å¯¬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã è²差è¦Â頻輸åº ï¼Âå¦è«Âä¸Âä½µåÂÂé± 使ç¨è² å·®è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ å¨ 第 26 é ÂçÂÂ堧容說æÂÂãÂÂï¼ éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂèÂ¥ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »æÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ã éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¦ÂæÂÂé©ç¨æÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »æÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âç½®æÂ¤é  ï¼Âè«Âå é±æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå §çÂÂ詳細說æÂÂï¼ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂä¸Â次 ENTER é²衠確誠ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ RETURN Ã¥ÂÂæ¶Â確èªÂï¼ ã è«Â注æÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé »å å¯éÂÂéÂÂè²差è¦Âé »æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ輸åºã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ å°Âç½èªÂ訠è±誠å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂæÂÂè±èªÂçÂÂé³è»Âï¼Â峿ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠å°ç£æ©Â種@漢誠å¦ÂæÂÂé¸åÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂèªÂè¨Âï¼Â峿ÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂä¸Âå¨è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® å¨ 第 38 é Âï¼ ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 20 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 05 21 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ é¡¯ç¤ºè¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠è¨Âå®Âå¼ æÂÂè²å¨è¨Âç½® Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂ訠è±誠å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂè±èªÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹Âï¼Â峿ÂÂ顯示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠å°ç£æ©Â種@漢誠æÂÂ顯示å¨ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âé¸åÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂä¸Âå¨è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® å¨ 第 38 é Âï¼ ã DVD èÂÂå®èªÂ訠å«åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂ訠å¯è½çÂÂ話ï¼ÂDVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®æÂÂ以åÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂé¸åÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Âç¸åÂÂçÂÂèªÂè¨Â顯 示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠å¯è½çÂÂ話ï¼ÂDVD é¸å®æÂÂ以æÂÂé¸çÂÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã 堶ä»ÂèªÂ訠é¸åÂÂä¸Âå¨è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® å¨ 第 38 é Âï¼ ã åÂÂå¹Â顯示 é åÂÂå¹ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂÂé¸çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã é å¨æÂ¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂæÂÂä¾Âé Âè¨ÂæÂ¹å¼Âä¿ÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂçÂÂçÂÂæ Âã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ å¨å±Â顯示èªÂ訠è±誠æÂ¬æ©ÂçÂÂå¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢æÂ¯ä»¥è±èªÂ顯示ã åÂÂ顯示çÂÂèªÂ訠å°ç£æ©Â種@å¨å±Â顯示ç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂé¸çÂÂèªÂè¨Â顯示ã è§Â度æÂÂ示ç é å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂå¤Âè§Â度場æÂ¯æÂÂéÂÂï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示ç¸橠åÂÂ示ã é ä¸Â顯示å¤Âè§Â度æÂÂ示åÂÂ示ã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ æÂÂ人éÂÂå® â è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå æÂÂ人éÂÂ宠說æÂÂã DivX VOD 顯示 è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸Âå éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 說æÂÂã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ â å¯æÂÂå®ÂæÂÂè²å¨èÂÂèÂÂè½ä½Âç½®çÂÂè·Âé¢ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ å¨ 第 23 é ÂçÂÂè·Âé¢@ã è¨Âå®Âå¼ é¸頠說æÂ XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 21 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 05 22 ChH æÂÂ人éÂÂ宠⢠é Âè¨ÂçÂÂç´Âï¼ éÂÂï¼Âé Âè¨Âå¯Â碼 ï¼ ç¡ ï¼Âé Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿ å°åÂÂ代èÂÂï¼ us (2119) çºäºÂæÂÂä¾Âå¯æÂ§å¶ä¸Âè®ÂæÂ¨çÂÂå°Âå©使ç¨æÂ¨ç DVD æÂ æÂ¾æ©Âè§Âè³Âå½±çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ亠DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ äºº éÂÂå®Âç åÂÂç´ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂ æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂè¨Âå®ÂçÂÂç ç´Âä½ æÂ¼ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂçÂÂç´Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ便ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂ äºÂç¢Âç ä¹ÂæÂÂæÂ¯æÂ´å 家î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂå è½ãÂÂæÂ¬æ© ç¡ æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ éÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂ丠çÂÂæÂÂäºÂå ´æÂ¯ï¼Âè¦ÂæÂ¨è¨ ç½®ç åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂå®Âã çÂȎÂÂæÂ°å¯Â碼 諠輸堥寠碼以è®ÂæÂ´æÂÂ人é å®ÂçÂÂç´ÂæÂÂ輸 å ¥åÂÂå®¶î¿ å°åÂÂ代èÂÂã 1 1 é¸å ãÂÂå¯Â碼ã ã 2 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥 4 ä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã æÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼 覠æÂ´æÂ¹å¯ ç¢¼ï¼Âè«Âå Â確èªÂç¾ æÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ輸堥 æÂ°ç å¯Â碼ã 1 é¸å ãÂÂæÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼ã ã 2 輸堥ç¾æÂÂçÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 輸堥æÂ°å¯Â碼並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã é¸å / æÂ¹è®ÂæÂÂ人éÂÂå® 1 é¸å ãÂÂæÂ¹è®ÂçÂÂç´Âã ã 2 使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥æÂ¨çÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 é¸åÂÂæÂ°çÂÂçÂÂç´Â並æÂÂ丠ENTER ã â¢ é£çºÂæÂ î ï¼Â左游æ¨Âï¼Â以éÂÂå®ÂæÂ´å¤ÂçÂÂç´Âï¼ÂæÂ´ 夠ç¢ÂçÂÂé Â使ç¨ å¯Â碼@ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼Âå³游 æ¨Â@以解é¤çÂÂç´ÂãÂÂæÂ¨ç¡æ³ÂéÂÂå®ÂçÂÂç´ 1ã è¨Âç½®î¿è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代è æÂ¨å¯以徠åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂ渠å® å¨第 39 é Âç¶丠æÂ¾å°ã 1 é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ家代碼ã ã 2 輸堥æÂ¨çÂÂå¯Â碼ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã å¨æÂ¤æÂÂä¾Â堩種è¨Âç½®çÂÂæÂ¹æ³Â@⢠æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代èÂÂé¸å @使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ï¼Âä¸Âî¿ä¸Â游æ¨Âï¼ éµ以è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¸åÂÂ代èÂÂé¸åÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼Âå³游æ¨Âï¼Âéµ@ç¶å¾Â使ç¨æÂ¸åÂÂéµ輸堥 4 ä½ÂæÂ¸åÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°å 代èÂÂã å¨ éÂÂåºç¢ÂçÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂ°çÂÂå 家î¿å°åÂÂ代 èÂÂ便ç«Âå³ç æÂÂã éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX î VOD 堧容 çºäºÂè® DivX VODï¼Âé¨é¸è¦Â頻@çÂÂ堧容è½å¨æÂ¬æ© ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ æÂ¨å¿ é Âå ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD 堧容ä¾ÂæÂÂå çÂȎÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âç è³ÂæÂÂãÂÂæÂ¨å¯ 以 è ç± ç¢ ç 丠絠DivX VOD ç» éÂÂ代èÂÂï¼Âç¼éÂÂ給 æÂ¨çÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂå ä¾Âå®ÂæÂÂçÂȎ ä½Âæ¥Âã 2 éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠DivX VOD 堧容å DRM (Digital Rights Management) 系統æÂÂä¿Âè· ãÂÂéÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå¶åªæÂÂ丠äºÂç¹å®ÂãÂÂå·²çÂȎÂÂçÂÂè£Âç½®æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã éÂÂ註 1 ⢠並éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ種é¡ÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé½使ç¨æÂÂ人éÂÂå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼ÂèÂÂä¸Â亦ç¡é Âå Â輸堥å¯Â碼æÂÂè½æÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¿Âè¨Âå¯Â碼ï¼ÂæÂ¨å°ÂæÂÂéÂÂè¦Âå°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂéÂÂ置以çÂȎÂÂæÂ°çÂÂå¯Â碼ãÂÂï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 å¨第 38 é  ï¼ è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂ人éÂÂå® DivX VOD å¯Â碼 æÂ´æÂÂå¯Â碼 Ã¥ÂÂ家代碼 Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® 2 éÂÂç½®æÂ¬æ© ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 å¨第 38 é  ä¸ÂçÂÂ堧容說æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âè´使æÂ¨å¤±åÂȾ¨çÂÂçÂȎÂÂ代èÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 22 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂé¸å® 05 23 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨æÂ¬æ©Â堧置堥ä¸ÂçÂÂæÂªç¶ÂæÂÂæ¬Â使ç¨ ï¼ å § å«D ivX VOD 堧容ç 碠çÂÂï¼Âè¢ 幠丠峿ÂÂ顯 Authorization Error ï¼ÂæÂÂæ¬Âé¯誤@çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ ï¼ åÂÂæÂÂ堧容亦ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 顯示æÂ¨ç DivX VOD çÂȎÂÂ代è 1 æÂÂ丠HOME MENU 並é¸å ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ã ã 2 é¸å ãÂÂé¸頠ã ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ¯ ã DivX VOD ã ã 3 é¸å ãÂÂ顯示ã ã è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示æÂ¨ç 8 ä½ æÂ¸åÂÂçÂȎÂÂ代èÂÂã è«Âè¨Âä¸Â代è ï¼Âå çºå¨åÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD ä¾ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç» éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¦Âç¨å°ã æÂÂæÂ¾ DivX î VOD 堧容 æÂÂ亠DivX VOD 堧容å è½ä½Âä¸Âå®ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ã å¨ æÂ¨ç½®å ¥å«æÂÂæÂ¤ç¨® DivX VOD 堧容çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ ï¼ÂæÂÂè½ æÂ æÂ¾çÂÂæÂ éÂÂ便æÂÂ顯示 å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ¨ä¾¿ å¯以 鏿ÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¢Âç ï¼Âå æÂ¤å¯以ç¨ä¸Âå ¶ä¸Âä¸Â種å©餠æÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸ ï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ åÂÂæÂ¢æÂ æÂ¾ãÂÂ妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç½® å ¥ çÂÂæÂ¯å« æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂå·²éÂÂç DivX VOD 堧容 ï¼Âä¾Âå¦Âï¼Â堧容ç å©é¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¬¡æÂ¸æÂ¯ï¼ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¢å¹Âä¸Â便æÂÂ顯示 Rental Expired ï¼Âç§ÂæÂÂå·²éÂÂï¼ çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç DivX VOD 堧容å Â許ä¸ÂéÂÂ次æÂ¸çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ é£ æÂ¨ä¾¿å¯ 以å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂç½® å ¥æÂ¬æ©Âï¼Â並æÂÂæÂ¾æÂ¨å¸¸ çÂÂç 堧容ï¼Âè¢å¹Âä¸Â亦ä¸ÂæÂÂ顯示任ä½Âè¨ÂæÂ¯ã æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ â¢ é Âè¨Âå¼@3.0 m 欲 å¾ÂæÂ¨çÂÂ系統ç¢ç æÂÂä½³çÂÂç°繠鳿ÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨æÂÂè¨Âç½® 好æÂÂè²å¨èÂÂæÂ¨èÂÂè½ä½Âç½®çÂÂéÂÂè·Âã 1 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ï¼Âä¸Âî¿ä¸Â游æ¨Âï¼Âéµ以é¸åÂÂæÂÂè² å¨ã â¢ L å R æÂÂè²å¨åÂÂæÂ¯æÂÂå°Âç @æÂ¨ç¡æ³ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂä¾Âè¨Âç½® ã 2 æÂÂ丠î ï¼Âå³游æ¨Âï¼Âéµ以è®ÂæÂ´åÂÂç½æÂÂè²å¨ çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î ï¼Âä¸Âî¿ä¸Â游æ¨Âï¼Âéµ以è®ÂæÂ´éÂÂè·Âã â¢ å¨æÂ¨è®ÂæÂ´å·¦åÂÂç½® ï¼ L ï¼ æÂÂå³åÂÂç½® ï¼ R ï¼ÂæÂÂè² å¨çÂÂéÂÂè·Âè¨Âå®Âå¼æÂ ï¼ æÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂè²å¨çÂÂéÂÂ跠亦æÂÂç¸å°Âè®ÂæÂ´ã â¢ å·¦î¿å³åÂÂç½® ï¼ L / R ï¼ æÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Â坿¯Â次 30 å ¬ Ã¥ÂÂå¾ 30 å ¬åÂÂè¨Âå° 9 ç±³ ã â¢ ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ ï¼ C ï¼ å¯以è¨Âç½®å¾Âï¼Â2.1 ç±³å° 0 ç±³ ç¸å°Âå·¦î¿å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂè·Âé¢ã â¢ å·¦î¿å³ç°ç¹Âï¼ SL î¿ SR ï¼ æÂÂè²å¨å¯以è¨Â置徠ï¼Â6 .0 ç±³å° 0 ç±³ ç¸å°Âå·¦ / å³ Ã¥ÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂè· é¢ã 1 ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ ï¼ SW ï¼ å¯以è¨Âç½®å¾Âï¼ 2.1 ç±³å° 0 ç±³ ç¸ å°Âå·¦ / å³åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂéÂÂè·Âã 4 å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ³è¦Âè®ÂæÂ´å ¶ä»ÂçÂÂæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âå¼ï¼Âè« æÂÂ丠î ï¼Â左游æ¨Âï¼Âéµ以è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè²å¨渠å®ï¼ÂæÂ æÂÂ丠ENTER 以éÂÂåºæÂÂè²å¨éÂÂè·Âç«é¢ã è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ æÂÂ人éÂÂå® DivX VOD 顯示 Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® DivX V OD Registration Code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® éÂÂ註 1 å¨使ç¨åÂÂç°ç¹Âè² ï¼Â第 12 é Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âè«Â確實è¨Â置以ç¸åÂÂçÂÂéÂÂè·Âã æÂÂè²å¨è·Âé¢ è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® L C R SR SL SW 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m 3.0m è¦Â頻輸åº èªÂ訠顯示屠é¸頠æÂÂè²å¨ Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½® XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 23 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 06 24 ChH 第 6 ç« å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©è¨Âå æÂ¬ 系統å æÂÂå ·æÂÂé¡Â毠輸堥åÂÂ輸åºãÂÂ使ç¨é äºÂ端 Ã¥ÂÂå¯é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨è¨Âå @åÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¨ç VCR ã MD æÂÂæÂ¯ CD- R çÂÂéÂÂæ©Âã 1 飿ÂÂ¥ LINE (AUDIO IN) æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè³å¤Â鍿ÂÂæÂ¾è¨ åÂÂçÂÂé¡Âæ¯Â輸åºä¸Âã å¯使ç¨ RCA éÂÂé Âå (pin-plug) ç«Âé«Âè²é£æÂ¥ç·Âä¾ é£æÂ¥ã 2 飿ÂÂ¥ LINE (AUDIO OUT) æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè³å¤Âé¨éÂÂ製 è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂé¡Âæ¯Â輸堥ä¸Âã é äºÂå æÂ¬ äºÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¯ éÂÂé³座ãÂÂVCRãÂÂMD æÂÂå ¶ä» å ·æÂ é¡Âæ¯Â輸堥çÂÂè¨Âå ã å¯使ç¨ RCA éÂÂé Âå (pin-plug) ç«Âé«Âè²é£æÂ¥ç·Âä¾Âé£æÂ¥ã éÂÂ製模张éÂÂ製模å¼Âè®ÂæÂ¨å¯以éÂÂé LINE (AUDIO OUT) æÂ åÂÂé²è¡Âç°ç¹Âè²ç¸容çÂÂé¡Âæ¯ÂéÂÂ製ã 1 Dolby å¤Âè²é ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂ縮混æÂÂç«Âé«Âè²ï¼Âè®Âå¯以æÂÂä¾Âç©é£解碼 (å æÂ¯D olby Pro Logic) Ã¥ÂÂè½çÂÂ系統è½æÂÂæÂ´å¥½ çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂã 1 æÂÂ丠SOUND MODE ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å REC MODE ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å MODE ON ( Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ模张) æÂ MODE OFF ( éÂÂéÂÂ模张) ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 確èªÂã â¢ MODE ON ï¼Âå¤Âè²éÂÂä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂ縮混æÂÂç«Âé«Âè² 便 æÂ¼éÂÂ製 ï¼Âç¸åÂÂçÂÂ縮 æ··é³å¯ éÂÂéÂÂå 置æÂÂè² å¨åÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³è½å°@ã â¢ MODE OFF ï¼Âé©åÂÂéÂÂéÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂæÂÂè²å¨系統é² è¡Âä¸ÂèÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ( åªæÂÂå·¦åÂÂç½®åÂÂå³åÂÂç½® è²éÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂå¤Âé¨輸åº端åÂÂ輸åº )ã AUDIO IN R L OUT R L SPEAKERS T RL RL FRONT SURROUND LINE Y C B / P B C R / P R å¡å¼ÂéÂÂé³座ç XV -DV131/232T é³頻輸åº é³頻輸堥 éÂÂ註 1 ⢠ç¶éÂÂ製模å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¤ÂæÂ¸é³æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½é½ä¸Âè½使ç¨ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨å¨éÂÂ製模å¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ試èÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂå°éÂÂå¶çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Âé£麼顯示å¹Âå°ÂæÂÂç æÂ«éÂÂç REC MODE çÂÂè¨ÂæÂ¯ã â¢ ç¶éÂÂ製模å¼ÂéÂÂéÂÂï¼Âä¾Âèª LINE (AUDIO OUT) æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂè²é³便å¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·ï¼Âè¦ÂæÂÂä½ÂæÂ¹å¼ÂèÂÂå®Âã â¢ éÂÂ製模å¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂå¨æÂ¨æÂ¹è®Â輸堥åÂÂè½çÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂé ( DVD/CD , TUNER çÂÂ) æÂÂ黿ºÂæÂÂå æÂ¤éÂÂéÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 24 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 06 25 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締æÂ³è¦ÂæÂÂæÂÂå¤Âé¨ AM 天締@å¯使ç¨ 5 ï¼ 6 ç±³ ä¹Âç¯åº éÂÂ屬ç·Â並宠è£Âå¨室堧æÂÂ室夠ãÂÂä¿ÂçÂÂé£æÂ¥èÂÂç ç° Ã¥ÂÂ天ç·Âã è¦ÂæÂ³æÂÂæÂÂå¤Âé¨ç FM 天締ï¼Âå¯使ç¨ PAL é£æÂ¥é ÂæÂÂ¥ ä¸Âä¸Âçµ FM 天ç·Âã é£æÂÂ¥ S-video 輸åº å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ S-video 輸堥ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以使 ç¨æÂ¤ç«¯åÂÂ代æÂ¿æ¨ÂæºÂè¦Â頻輸åº以å¾ÂæÂ´å¥½çÂÂç«質ã â¢ 使ç¨ S-video é£æÂ¥ç·Â飿ÂÂ¥ S-VIDEO OUT è³ æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸Âç S-video 輸堥ã å¨ æÂÂå ¥å ï¼Âè«Âå°ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âç å°Âä¸Âè§Âå°ÂæºÂæÂÂé  ä¸Âç ç¸åÂÂæ¨Â示ã AM LOOP ANTENNA 室å¤Â天締5 â 6 ç±³ 室堧天締ï¼Âä¹Âç¯åºå¡Â層 éÂÂ屬ç·Âï¼ ANTENNA P AL é£æÂ¥é  AUDIO IN R L OUT R L VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT S-VIDEO OUT R R FRONT SURROUND VIDEO LINE Y C B / P B C R / P R é»è¦Âæ© XV -DV131/232T S-VIDEO 輸堥 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 25 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»ÂæÂ¥ç· 06 26 ChH 使ç¨è²差è¦Â頻輸åºé£æÂÂ¥ 妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ è²差è¦Â頻輸堥ï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯ 以使 ç¨ éÂÂäºÂ端 Ã¥ÂÂ代æÂ¿æ¨ÂæºÂè¦Âé » 輸åºä¾Â飿ÂÂ¥ æÂ¬ç³»çµ±è³ æÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Â丠ã 1 éÂÂ樣æÂÂ該å¯以è®ÂæÂ¨éÂÂéÂÂä¸Â種覠頻輸åºæÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂä½³çÂÂç«質ã â¢ 使ç¨è²差è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç·Â飿ÂÂ¥ COMPONENT VIDEO OUT è³æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂè²差輸堥çµÂã éÂÂæÂ¼éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » ç¸ è¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » ï¼ÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » æÂ´è½æÂÂæÂÂç å åÂÂå½±åÂÂçÂÂæÂ æÂÂé »çÂÂï¼Âç¢çÂÂç¸ ç¶穩å®Âï¼Âç¡跳å ç 影åÂÂãÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂè¦Âé » å å¯éÂÂéÂÂè² å·®è¦Â頻輸åº 端åÂÂ輸åºã éÂÂè¦ÂæÂÂ示 ⢠å¦ÂæÂ æÂ¨é£æÂÂ¥ ç é»è¦Âæ© è éÂÂè¡ÂæÂ æÂ ä¿¡èÂÂ丠ç¸ 容@ä½Âå»å°Â系統åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ ï¼ æÂ¨å°ÂæÂÂå® å ¨çÂÂä¸Âå°任ä½Âç«é¢ãÂÂæÂ¤æÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ丠î STANDBY/ON å°Â系統åÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ© ï¼ ç¶å¾ÂæÂ ä¸ SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ï¼Â使 ç¨ îÂÂ/î æÂ éµ以é¸å INTER L ãÂÂæÂÂ丠ENTER 以è¨ÂæÂÂé è¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂ並å°Â系統éÂÂæÂ°éÂÂæ©Âã æÂ¬æ©ÂèÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé«Âå³çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¹Âç¸容æÂ§ æÂ¬æ© èÂÂé è¡ÂæÂ æÂÂ覠頻 Macro Vision System Copy Guard ç¸容ã 2 æÂ¬ç³»çµ±èÂÂ以ä¸Âç Pioneer 顯示å¨åÂÂè¢å¹Âç¸容@é»漿顯示å¨ ( å°ç£æ©Â種 ) PDP-502MX, PDP-503HDG, PDP-433HDG, PDP- 5040HD, PDP-4340HD, PDP-505HDG, PDP- 435HDG æÂÂ影顯示æÂ¥æÂ¶å¨ ( å°ç£æ©Â種 ) SD-532HD5, SD-533HD5 é»漿顯示å¨ ( å ¶ä»Âæ©Â種 ) PDP-503HDG, PDP-433HDG, PDP-504HDG, PDP- 434HDG, PDP-505HDG, PDP-435HDG éÂÂ註 1 è²差è¦Â頻輸åºå¯å¨éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂÂæ ¼å¼Âä¹ÂéÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨第 20 頠說æÂÂã AUDIO IN R L OUT VIDEO OUT COMPONENT VIDEO OUT S-VIDEO OUT VIDEO LINE Y C B / P B C R / P R é»è¦Âæ© XV -DV131/232T è²差輸堥 2 æ¶Âè²»è æÂÂ注æÂÂï¼Â並éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂçÂÂé«Âå³çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½èÂÂæÂÂ¢åÂÂå®Âå ¨ç¸容ï¼Âä¸Âå¯è½å°Âè´ç«é¢ä¸Âåºç¾人çºé æÂÂçÂÂç¾象ãÂÂå°ÂæÂ¼ 525 éÂÂè¡ æÂÂæÂÂç«é¢åÂÂ顠@建è°使ç¨è å¯å°Âé£æÂ¥ç«¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè³ ãÂÂstandard definition( æ¨ÂæºÂè§£æÂÂ度 )ã 輸åº ( é è¡ÂæÂÂæÂ ) ä¾ å¾ÂæÂ¹å ã å¦ÂæÂ ç¼çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂèÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¨ç¸容æÂ§æÂ¹é¢çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âï¼Âè«ÂèÂÂæÂ¬å ¬å¸çÂÂ客æÂÂä¸Âå¿Âé£繫ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 26 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 07 27 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ç¬¬ 7 ç« æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 顯示 1 DTS 卿ÂÂæÂ¾ DTS ä¾ÂæºÂæÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 11 é Âï¼ ã 2 PRGSVE å¨é¸å éÂÂè¡ÂæÂ æÂÂ覠頻輸åº æÂÂæÂÂ亮 èµ· @第 2 0 é Âï¼ ã 3 SOUND SFC æÂÂé³調æÂ§å¶ ï¼Âé«Âé³ãÂÂä½Â鳿ÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå æÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 12 é Âï¼ ã 4 F.SURR. Ã¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè²èÂÂè½模å¼Âé¸åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ( 第 12 é  )ã 5 RPT å RPT-1 RPT å¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã RPT-1 å¨éÂÂè¤ÂæÂ æÂ¾å®æÂ²æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã 6 REC MODE å¨åÂÂç¨ Rec Mode( éÂÂ製模张) æÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 24 é Âï¼ ã 7 PGM ç¨Âå¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã 8 調諧卿ÂÂ示ç ï¼ÂæÂ¶è½å°廣æÂÂç¯Âç®æÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã ï¼Âå¨èªåÂÂç«Âé«Âè²模å¼Âä¸ÂæÂ¶è½å°ç«Âé«Âè² FM 廣æÂÂç¯Âç®æÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã ï¼ÂF M å®è²éÂÂæÂ¶è½模å¼Âé¸åÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 9 RDM 鍿©ÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 16 é Âï¼ ã 10 kHz / MHz çº代 表頻ç ç å®ä½Â顯 示å¨å 堠顯示幠丠( kHz é©ç¨æÂ¼ AMï¼ MHz é©ç¨æÂ¼ FM)ã 11 Ã¥ÂÂå Â顯示幠12 ç¡ç å®ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ ã 13 î ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæÂÂ亮起ã 14 2 PL II å¨D olby Pro Logic II 解碼æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ亮起 ï¼Â第 11 é Âï¼ ã 15 2 D Dolby Digital ä¾ÂæºÂæÂ æÂ¾ æÂÂéÂÂæÂ äº®èµ· ï¼Â第 11 é Âï¼ ã 2 PL 2 D REC MODE RPT -1 kHz PGM MHz RDM PRGSVE SOUND DTS F .SURR. 6 7 13 9 10 8 5 4 12 14 3 15 11 2 1 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 27 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 07 28 ChH Ã¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ 1 顯示 è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ä¸Âè¿° 顯示 çÂÂ詳細說æÂÂã 2 î OPEN/CLOSE éÂÂå / éÂÂéÂÂç¢Âç¤ã 3 î DVD/CD é¸å DVD/CD Ã¥ÂÂè½並éÂÂå§ / æÂ« å / æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂæÂ¾ã 4 î åÂÂæÂ¢æÂÂæÂ¾ã 5 FM/AM é¸åÂÂ調諧å¨åÂÂè½åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ FM/AM 波段ã 6 VOLUME æÂÂéµ å¯調æÂ´é³éÂÂã 7 î STANDBY/ON å¯å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 8 PHONES æÂÂ座 è³æ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã éÂÂæÂ§å¨ 1 î STANDBY/ON å¯å°Â系統éÂÂæ©ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âã 2 Ã¥ÂÂè½é¸åÂÂæÂÂéµ å¯é¸åÂÂæÂ¨ 覠èÂÂè½çÂÂä¾Â溠( DVD/CD ã TUNER ã LINE ) 3 æÂ¸åÂÂéµ å¯ç´æÂ¥å¾Âç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âé¸åÂÂ章篠/ æÂ² ç®ãÂÂæÂÂ丠DVD/ CD 以åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂäºÂæÂ§å¶@SHIFT AUDIO å¯é¸åÂÂè²é / 誠訠ï¼Â第 18 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SUBTITLE å¯顯示 / è® æÂ´åÂÂå¹ ï¼Â第 17 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT ANGLE å¯è®ÂæÂ´ DVD å¤Âè§Â度場度æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ觠度 ï¼Â第 18 é Âï¼ ã 6 DVD/CD FM/ AM â î STANDBY/ON VOLUME 0 OPEN/CLOSE 7 4 5 6 7 8 3 2 1 AUDIO SUBTITLE ANGLE ZOOM STANDBY/ON MUTE DVD/CD FM/AM TUNER LINE SYSTEM SETUP HOME MENU DVD MENU TOP MENU RETURN TEST TONE SOUND MODE SHIFT CLEAR SLEEP DISPLAY VOLUME 12 3 45 6 78 9 0 TUNE TUNE ST ST ENTER SURROUND FRONT SURROUND 1 2 4 6 3 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 28 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
æÂ§å¶èÂÂ顯示 07 29 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ SHIFT ZOOM å¯è®ÂæÂ´ç«é¢æÂ¾å¤§çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸ ï¼Â第 18 é Âï¼ ã 4 HOME MENU å¯顯示 ( æÂÂéÂÂåº ) Ã¥ÂÂå§Âè¨Âç½®ãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ¨¡å¼Âå è½çÂÂçÂÂå¨å±Â顯示é¸å®ã SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ç¨以é²è¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ種系統åÂÂç°ç¹Â鳿ÂÂè¨Âç½® @第 6 é Â, 1 0é  å 34 é  ï¼ ã 5 游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµã ENTER Ã¥ÂÂ調諧æÂÂéµ 游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµ 使ç¨游æ¨ÂæÂÂéµ ( îÂÂ/îÂÂ/îÂÂ/î )å¯ å°Â覽å¨屠顯示ç«é¢åÂÂé¸å®ã ENTER å¯é¸åÂÂé¸頠æÂÂå·è¡Âå½令ã TUNE /â å¯調é¸æÂ¶é³æ©Âã ST /â å¯é¸åÂÂæÂ¶è½æÂ¶é³æ©ÂæÂÂæÂ³è¦ÂæÂ¶è½çÂÂé Âè¨Âé» å°ã 6 SOUND MODE å¯åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ鳿ÂÂé¸å®以調æÂ´ SFC 模å¼ÂãÂÂä½Âé³å é«Âä½Âç @第 12 é  å 24 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT TEST TONE å¯輸åº測試é³調 ï¼Âç¨æÂ¼æÂÂè²å¨è¨Â置@ï¼Â第 6 é Âï¼ ã 7 ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂ§å¶ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± åºæÂ¾Â æÂ¾æÂ§å¶ å¨第 8 è ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¾ å¨ 第 13 ä¸ÂæÂÂéÂÂäºÂæÂ§å¶說æÂÂã 8 SHIFT æÂÂäºÂæÂÂéµå¦æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¨éÂÂæÂ§å¨丠æÂÂ大è´æÂÂè¿°ï¼ ãÂÂæÂÂä½ SHIFT 以åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ã 9 CLEAR 渠é¤輸堥頠ç®ã 10 MUTE å¯å°Âè²é³éÂÂé ( å æÂÂå³å¯åÂÂæ¶ÂéÂÂé³ )ã 11 VOLUME /â å¯調æÂ´é³éÂÂã 12 DVD MENU æÂÂä¸Âå¯顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂé¸å®ï¼ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå ï¼Â第 8 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT TOP MENU å¯å¨æÂÂæÂ¾ä½Âç½®ä¸Â顯示 DVD ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂä¸Â層é¸å® æÂ¤é  åÂÂè½å¯è½åÂÂæÂÂ丠DVD MENU ï¼Â第 8 é Âï¼Âç¸åÂÂã 13 RETURN å¯è¿ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å®ç«é¢ã 14 DISPLAY å¯顯示 / è® æÂ´å¨å±Âå¹Âä¸Â顯示çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂè³Â訠ï¼Â第 18 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT FRONT SURROUND å¯é¸åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç°ç¹Âè²èÂÂè½模张ï¼Â第 12 é Âï¼ ã 15 SLEEP æÂÂä¸Â以è¨Âç½®ç¡ç å®ÂæÂ ï¼Â第 10 é Âï¼ ã SHIFT SURROUND å¯é¸åÂÂç°ç¹Âè²模张ï¼Â第 11 é Âï¼ ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 29 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 30 ChH 第 8 ç« å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠ç¢Âç / 堧容格å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ç¸容æÂ§ æÂ¬æ©Âé©åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾åÂÂ種é¡Âå ï¼ÂåªÂé«Âï¼ åÂÂæ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂç¢Âç ã å¯æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âèάç¢ÂçÂÂå / æÂ ç¢ÂçÂÂå è£Âä¸ÂæÂ æÂ ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå ¶ ä¸Âä¸Â種æ¨ÂèªÂãÂÂç¶ èÂÂè«Â注æÂÂæÂÂäºÂé¡ åÂÂç ç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ åÂÂæÂ¯å¯çÂÂéÂÂå¼ CD å D VDï¼Âå¯è½ä»Â屬æÂ¼ä¸ å¯æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæ ¼å¼Âã æÂ´ å¤Âè³Â訠ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç ä¸Âå ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§ Ã¥ÂÂç § 表 ã â¢ æÂ¯F uji Photo Film Co. Ltd. çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樠ã â¢ æÂ¯D VD Format/Logo Licensing Corporation çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã â¢ æÂ¬æ©Â亦è KODAK Picture CD ç¸容ã æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ IEC ç S uper VCD æ¨ÂæºÂï¼Âå®Âè½æÂÂä¾Âåª 質ç«質ãÂÂéÂÂé³è»Âï¼Â以åÂÂ寬è¢å¹ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ã â¢ éÂÂæÂ¼ DualDisc çÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ DualDisc æÂ¯ä¸Â種堨æÂ°ãÂÂéÂÂé¢çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼Âä¸Âé¢ å¯容素DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂå½±åÂÂãÂÂè²é³çÂÂï¼Âå¦ä¸Âé¢ Ã¥ÂÂå¯容ç´Âé DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂ堧容ï¼Âå¦ÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³頻 åªÂé«Â堧容ã èÂÂæÂ¤ç¨®ç¢ÂçÂÂ容ç´Âé DVD é³頻çÂÂä¸Âé¢å ä¸Â符 CD Audio çÂÂè¦Âæ ¼ï¼ÂæÂ å¯è½æÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DualDisc ç D VD é¢å¯å¨æÂÂ¢åÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âä½ DVD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂé³頻堧容æÂÂç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂé DualDisc è¦Âæ ¼çÂÂæÂ´å¤Â詳ç¡è³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«Âæ´½ è©¢ç¢ÂçÂÂ製é åÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂé¶å®åÂÂã ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 DVD- Video DVD -R DVD-RW Vid eo CD Fu jicolor CD Audio CD CD-R CD-RW VIDEO CD Super Video CD ( è¶ ç´ VCD) åªÂé« ç¸容格张CD-R/RW ⢠CD-AudioãÂÂVideo CD/Super VCDãÂÂISO 9660 CD-ROM* *符 å ISO 9660 Level1æÂÂ2 ä¹Âæ¨Â溠CD 實é«Âæ ¼å¼Âï¼ÂMode1ã Mode2 XA Form1ãÂÂè Romeo å Joliet 堩種æªÂæ¡Â系統ç¸容ã â¢ å¤ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ段 ï¼ÂMulti-sessionï¼ÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 ⢠æÂªçµÂçµÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 DVD-R/ RW ⢠DVD-VideoãÂÂVideo Recording (VR)* * 編輯é»Âå¯è½ç¡æ³Âå®Âå ¨æÂÂ編輯æÂ¹å¼ÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼ÂèÂÂ編輯é»Âç«é¢å¯è½æÂÂç¼çÂÂçÂÂæÂ«ç©º ç½çÂÂç¾象ã â¢ æÂªçµÂçµÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 ⢠DVD-R/RW ä¸ÂçÂÂWMA/MP3/JPEGæªÂæ¡ÂæÂ æÂ¾ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 30 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 31 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ éÂÂæÂ¼ DivX DivX æÂ¯ D ivXNetworks, Inc. ç D ivX î video codec æÂÂ建ç«ÂçÂÂå£Â縮æÂ¸ä½Âè¦Â頻格å¼ÂãÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âå¯以 æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂéÂÂå¨ CD-R/RW/ROM ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç DivX video æªÂæ¡ÂãÂÂä¿ÂæÂÂè DVD-Video ç¸åÂÂçÂÂè¡ÂèªÂï¼Âç¨ç¹ç DivX video æªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱å ãÂÂTitlesã ãÂÂçÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ å¨çº CD-R/RW ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ / æ¨Âé¡Âå½åÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè« è¨Âä½Âå®ÂÃ¥ÂÂåºæÂ¬ä¸Âå°ÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Âé ÂåºÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã DivX video ç¸容æÂ§ ⢠DivX î Certified ç¢åÂÂã â¢ æÂÂæÂ¾ DivX î 5ãÂÂDivX î 4ãÂÂDivX î 3å DivX î VOD æ ¼å¼ÂçÂÂå½±åÂÂ堧容 ï¼Âä¾Â循 DivX î Certified æÂÂè¡Âè¦Âæ±Âï¼ ã â¢ 坿ªÂå @.avi å . divx ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨éÂÂäºÂå¯檠åÂÂï¼Â以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è DivX video æªÂæ¡Âï¼ ã 諠注æÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂ¡ç¨ .avi 坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ辨 èÂÂæÂ MPEG4ï¼Âä½ æÂÂæÂÂé 亠檠桠並 é ä¸Âå®ÂæÂ¯ DivX video æªÂæ¡Âï¼Â亦å æÂ¤ä¸Âè¦Âå¾Âè½å¨æÂ¬æ© ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã 顯示 DivX Ã¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂ桠以 ä¸ÂæÂÂå çº DivX å¤Âé¨åÂÂå¹Â檠æ¡ÂæÂÂé©ç¨ç åÂÂå çµÂãÂÂæÂ¨ å¯以è ç±è¨Âå®Âè½符 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¹ÂæªÂæ¡Âç åÂÂ幠誠訠ï¼Âå¨ èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨第 20 é  ï¼ ï¼ÂæÂ¼è¢å¹Âä¸Â覠å°æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂã æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ÂçÂÂèªÂè¨Â群çµÂ@群絠1 ï¼ Albanian( é¿ç¾巴尼äºÂ誠) (sq)ãÂÂBasque( å·´ æÂ¯å Â誠) (eu)ãÂÂCatalan( Ã¥ÂÂæ³°ç¾ å°¼äºÂ誠) (ca)ã Danish( 丹麥誠) (da)ãÂÂDutch( è·èÂÂ誠) (nl)ã English( è±誠) (en)ãÂÂFaroese( æ³Â羠誠) (fo)ã Finnish( èÂÂ誠) (fi)ãÂÂFrench( æ³Â誠) (fr)ã German( 德誠) (de)ãÂÂIcelandic( å°島誠) (is)ã Irish( æÂÂç¾èÂÂ誠)(ga)ãÂÂItalian( 義大å©誠) (it)ã Norwegian ( æÂªå¨Â誠)(no)ãÂÂPortuguese( è¡èÂÂçÂÂ誠) (pt)ãÂÂRhaeto-Romanic( éÂÂæÂÂç¾ æÂ¼æÂ¯èª ) (rm)ã Scottish( èÂÂæ ¼èÂÂ誠) (gd)ãÂÂSpanish( 西çÂÂçÂÂ誠) (es)ãÂÂSwedish( çÂÂ堸誠) (sv) Ã¥ÂÂ人é»蠦 製ä½Âç¢Âç â¢ å©ç¨åÂÂ人é»蠦æÂÂçÂÂéÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¯è½ æÂÂå çº製ä½Âç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨è»Âé«ÂçÂÂè¨Âç½® ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂèÂÂç¡æ³Âé²è¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ãÂÂé¢å°ÂæÂ¤ç¨® æÂ å½¢ï¼Âè«ÂæÂ¥é± DVD-R/RW æÂ CD-R/ RW è»Âé«ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå è£ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæÂ´ å¤Âç¸容æÂ§è³Âè¨Âã â¢ ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ´ä»¥ packet write 模张ï¼ÂUDF æ ¼ å¼Â) æÂ çÂÂéÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂã é³頻å£Â縮 ⢠MPEG-1 Audio Layer 3 (MP3)ã Windows Media Audio (WMA) ⢠åÂÂ樣頻çÂÂï¼Â32ãÂÂ44.1 æÂ 4 8kHz ⢠ä½Âå ÂçÂÂï¼ ä»» ä½Âå³輸ç ï¼Â建è° æÂ¡ ç¨ 128Kbps 以ä¸Â@⢠VBR ï¼Âå¯è®Âä½Âå ÂçÂÂï¼ MP3 æÂÂæÂ¾ ï¼ ä¸Âç¸容 ⢠VBR WMA æÂÂæÂ¾ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 ⢠WMA ç¡失çÂÂ編碼ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 ⢠DRMï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ ç¸容æÂ§ï¼ ç¸容 ï¼Âå DRM ä¿Âè·ä¹Â鳿¨ÂæªÂæ¡Âå° ç¡泠å¨æÂ¬ æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ â¢ å¯æªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â.mp3ãÂÂ.wma ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨é äºÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è MP3 å W MA æªÂæ¡Â@⢠æªÂæ¡ÂçµÂæ§ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼Â丠張 ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯å²å 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ï¼Â毠åÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯åÂÂæÂ¾ 648 è³ÂæÂÂ夾å æªÂæ¡ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µå¾Âï¼ ã JPEG æªÂ桠⢠Baseline JPEG å EXIF 2.2* éÂÂæ Âå½± Ã¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡Âå¯é 3072 x 2048 è§£æÂÂ度ã * çºæÂ¸ä½Âç¸æ©Âå°Âç¨ä¹ÂæªÂæ¡Â格张⢠éÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ JPEG ç¸容æÂ§ï¼Âä¸Âç¸容 â¢ å¯æªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â.jpg ï¼Âå¿ é Â使ç¨éÂÂäºÂå¯檠åÂÂï¼Â以å©æÂ¬æ©Â辨è JPEG æªÂæ¡Â@⢠æªÂæ¡ÂçµÂæ§ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ ï¼Â丠張ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯å²å 299 Ã¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾@æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè³ÂæÂÂ夾ä¸ÂæÂÂå¤Âå¯åÂÂæÂ¾ 648 è³ÂæÂÂ夾 Ã¥ÂÂæªÂæ¡ ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä½µå¾Âï¼ ã åªÂé« ç¸容格张XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 31 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 32 ChH 群絠2 ï¼ Albanian( é¿ç¾巴尼äºÂ誠) (sq), Croatian( å  ç¾ åÂÂ西äºÂ誠) (hr), Czech( æÂ·å Â誠) (cs), Hungarian( Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂå©誠) (hu), Polish( æ³¢èÂÂ誠) (pl), Romanian( 羠馬尼äºÂ誠) (ro), Slovak( æÂ¯æ´Âä¼Âå Â誠) (sk), Slovenian( æÂ¯æ´Âç¶Âå°¼äºÂ誠) (sl) 群絠3 ï¼ Bulgarian( ä¿Âå å©äºÂ誠) (bg), Byelorussian( ç½ä¿Âç¾ æÂÂ誠) (be), Macedonian( 馬堶頠誠)(mk), Russian( ä¿Â誠)(ru), Serbian( å¡Âç¾ç¶ÂäºÂ誠) (sr), Ukrainian( çÂÂå ÂèÂÂ誠) (uk) 群絠4 ï¼ Hebrew( å¸Â伯ä¾Â誠) (iw), Yiddish ( æÂÂ第ç·Â誠) (ji) 群絠5 ï¼ Turkish( Ã¥ÂÂè³堶誠) (tr) DivXãÂÂDivX î Certified Ã¥ÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂæ¨ÂèªÂé½æÂ¯ DivXNetworks, Inc çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âï¼ éÂÂæÂÂæ¬ÂæÂ¹å¯ 使ç¨ã â¢ æÂÂäºÂå¤Âé¨ å å¹Â檠æ¡Âå¯è½ æÂ ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ 確 顯示æÂ å®Âå ¨ç¡æ³Â顯示ã â¢ æÂ¯æÂ´ä»¥ä¸ å å¹Âæ ¼ å¼Âå¯檠å çÂÂå¤Âé¨ å å¹ÂæªÂæ¡ ï¼Âè«Â注æÂ ï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡Â並ç¡顯示ç¢ÂçÂÂå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¸å® ä¸Âï¼ ï¼Â.srtãÂÂ.subãÂÂ.ssaãÂÂ.smi ⢠影çÂÂæªÂæ¡ ç æªÂå 忠é Âé 褠åºç¾夠é¨ Ã¥ÂÂå¹Â檠æ¡ÂæªÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂéÂÂé ÂèÂÂã â¢ Ã¥ÂÂä¸Âå½±ç 檠æ¡Âè½ 夠åÂÂæÂ ç å¤Âé¨å 幠æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¸ éÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂå¤ÂéÂÂå®Âçº 10ã éÂÂæÂ¼ WMA å è£ÂçÂÂæÂÂå°製习Windows Media î Ã¥ÂÂæ¨ÂçºæÂÂæÂ¬ æ©Âå¯以æÂÂæÂ¾ Windows Media Audio çÂÂ堧容ã WMA æÂ¯ W indows Media Audio çÂÂ縮寫ï¼Âä¸Âçº Microsoft Corporation æÂÂç Âç¼åºä¾ÂçÂÂé³頻壠縮æÂÂè¡ÂãÂÂWMA 堧容坿ÂÂç¨ Windows Media î Player version 7/7.1ï¼ÂWindows Media î Player for Windows î XP ï¼ æÂÂW indows Media î Player 9 Series çÂÂè»Âé«Âé²è¡Â編碼ã MicrosoftãÂÂWindows Media å W indows Ã¥ÂÂæ¨Âçº Microsoft Corporation å¨ç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂå / æÂ å ¶ä»Âå 家æÂÂ使ç¨ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨ÂæÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã ç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂç¶Âè· DVD Video é©ç¨å°å æÂÂæÂÂç DVD Video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå°ä¸Âå°åÂÂæ¨Â示@以æÂÂåº該ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ¼å ¨çÂÂé©ç¨çÂÂå°åÂÂãÂÂæÂ¨ç DVD ç³» çµ± 亦æÂÂä¸Âå°å æ¨Â示 ï¼Âå°±å¨ èÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âï¼ ãÂÂä¾Âèª 丠ç¸容å°åÂÂç ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âç¡æ³Âå¨æÂ¬æ© ä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ ã æ¨Â示 ALL çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¯å¨任ä½ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã æÂÂæÂ¿ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ æÂ¿ Ã¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂ¡ä½Âå ¶ éÂÂ緣以å Âå¨ ç¢ÂçÂÂä»»ä½Â丠é¢ çÂÂä¸ÂæÂÂç´ÂãÂÂç°塵 æÂÂå®çÂÂãÂÂå·²ç¶ÂæÂ å£ÂæÂÂé«Â污ç ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå½±é¿æÂÂæÂ¾çÂÂæÂÂè½ã 妠æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂä¸Âç æÂÂæÂÂç´ÂãÂÂç°塵ç ä¸Âæ½Âç©ï¼Âè«Â使ç¨ æÂÂè»ÂãÂÂä¹¾çÂ¥çÂÂå¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¦æÂÂ乾淨ã 諠ç´åÂÂè¼Âè¼Âç±ç¢Âç ä¸Â央åÂÂå¤ÂæÂ¦ å¼ÂãÂÂå¿以ç¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¹ å¼ÂæÂ¦æÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ表é¢ã 妠æÂÂå¿ è¦Âï¼Âè«Âç¨æÂ å¸Âæ²¾ä¸Âé Âç²¾ï¼ÂæÂ å¸Â颿ÂÂ購買 çÂÂC D/DVD 渠æ½Â工堷ä¾ÂæÂ´æ¾ÂåºÂ渠æ½Âç¢Âç ã çµÂä¸Â使 ç¨ æÂ®ç¼åÂÂãÂÂç¨ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå ¶ ä»Âè¨Âè¨Âç¨侠渠æ½Âé»Âè å± çÂÂçÂÂ渠æ½ÂÃ¥ÂÂã å²æÂ¾ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ é¿å Âå°Âç¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂå¨太å·ãÂÂ太æ¿ÂæÂÂ太ç± ï¼Âå æÂŒÂÂå° é½ å Âç´å°Âï¼ÂçÂÂç°墠ä¸ÂãÂÂä¸Âè¦Âå°Âç´Âå¼µ æÂÂè²¼ç´Âé»Âå¨ 碠çÂÂä¸Âï¼ÂæÂÂç¨éÂÂçÂÂãÂÂé¼ ç çÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä» å°Âé³çÂÂæÂ¸å¯« ç¨堷å¨ä¸Âé¢æÂ¸å¯«ãÂÂéÂÂ樣æÂÂæÂÂå£Âç¢ÂçÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 32 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 33 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂé¿å ÂäºÂé  ç¢ÂçÂÂä¿Â以髠éÂÂå¨æÂ¬æ©Âå §æÂÂè½ ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂç¼ç ç è£ÂãÂÂç¢Âè£ÂãÂÂæÂÂæÂ²æÂÂå ¶ ä»ÂæÂÂ壠æÂ å½¢ï¼Âè«Âå¿åÂÂéª ç¨ æÂ¼æÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂçµÂæÂ¨å¯è½使æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂå£Âã æÂ¬æ©Âå¨ è¨Âè¨Â丠çº å å¯使 ç¨ å³統ãÂÂå ¨å çÂÂç¢Âç ã Pioneer è² æÂ ï¼Âå°ÂæÂ¼å 使 ç¨è®Âå½¢çÂÂ碠çÂÂæÂÂå¼ èµ· çÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ責任ï¼Âæ¦Âä¸Â負責ã å®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¿Â餠å®Âè£ÂæÂÂ示 æÂ¬å ¬å¸å¸ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂª ä¾Â幾年堧é½ è½ç¡æÂ çÂÂ享ç¨æÂ¬ ç³» çµ±ï¼Âå æÂ¤å¨é¸æÂ å®Âè£Âé¨ä½ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¬ è«Âç¢è¨Â以丠å é»Âï¼ åÂÂå¿ ... î å¨éÂÂ風è¯好çÂÂ室堧使ç¨ã î 置æÂ¼å¹³å¦ãÂÂæ°´å¹³çÂÂ表é¢ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¸æ¡ÂãÂÂæÂ±æÂ¶æÂÂé³é¿æÂ¶ 丠ã ä¸Âå¯ ... î å¨é«Â溫æÂÂ極æ¿ÂçÂÂå°é»Â使ç¨ï¼Âå æÂ¾ÂÂçÂÂæÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂç¢ çÂÂé«Âç±çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¿Âã î 置æÂ¼çªÂ檯æÂÂå ¶ä»ÂæÂÂ使系統åÂÂå°é½å Âç´å°ÂçÂÂå°é»Âã î å¨å¤Âç°æÂÂ極æ¿ÂçÂÂç°å¢Âä¸Â使ç¨ã î ç´æÂ¥æÂºå¨æÂ´å¤§æ©ÂãÂÂæÂÂæÂ¨é³é¿系統è£Âå¨使ç¨æÂÂæÂÂé 漸è®Âç±çÂÂå ¶ä»Âå Âä»¶ä¸Âã î å¨é»è¦Âæ©Âå°顯示å¨éÂÂè¿Â使ç¨ï¼Âå çºæÂÂå¯è½æÂÂç¢ç 干æÂ¾ï¼Âç¹åÂ¥æÂ¯å¦ÂæÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂ使ç¨室堧天ç·ÂæÂÂã î å¨å»ÂæÂ¿ æÂ å ¶ä»ÂæÂÂ使系統æÂ´ é² å¨æ¿Âç ÂæÂÂè¸汽ä¹Â丠çÂÂå°é»Âã î å¨åÂÂæ¯Â毯æÂÂå°毯ä¸Â使ç¨ï¼ÂæÂÂè¦ÂèÂÂå¸ÂæÂÂï¼ÂéÂÂ樣å¯è½ æÂÂ妨ç¤Â系統主æ©ÂçÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºæÂ£ç±æÂÂæÂÂã î 置æÂ¼ä¸Â平穩çÂÂ表é¢ï¼ÂæÂÂé¢ç©Âä¸Â足以æÂ¯æÂÂ系統主橠åÂÂè ³çÂÂ表é¢ã 渠æ½Âè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé  (pickup lens) æÂ DVD æÂ æÂ¾å¨ç è®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé Âå¨æÂ£ 常使ç¨æÂÂæÂÂä¸Âè´ æÂÂè® é«ÂçÂÂæÂ å½¢ ï¼ ä½Âä¹ÂæÂÂå¯è½å çº沾å°塵åÂÂèÂÂå°Âè´æÂ ï¼ è©³ç´°æÂ å½¢è«Â洽詢æÂÂè¿Âç Pioneer æÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ ã é ç¶è®Âå é Â渠æ½ÂÃ¥ÂÂ丠è¬å¸Âé¢ä¸Âé½å¯買 å¾Âå°ï¼Âä½ æÂ¬å ¬å¸ä¸Â建è°使ç¨以å Âå¯è½é æÂÂè®ÂÃ¥ÂÂé ÂæÂÂå£Âã 水氣åÂÂçµÂÃ¥ÂÂ顠妠æÂÂå°ÂæÂ¬ æ©Âç±溫æÂÂç 室堧æÂŒÂ°å®¤å¤Âï¼ÂæÂÂ室 堧溫 度 é½ç¶丠åÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå §é¨便å¯ è½æÂÂæÂÂæ°´æ°£ Ã¥ÂÂçµÂãÂÂé ç¶ Ã¥ÂÂçµÂç 水氣ä¸ÂæÂÂå° æÂ¬æ©Âé æÂÂæÂÂå£Âï¼Âä½Âå¯ è½æÂ ä½¿ æÂÂè½ç æÂÂéÂÂå §åÂÂå° å½±é¿ãÂÂè«Âè®Âå ¶æÂÂä¸Âå° æÂÂç æÂÂéÂÂæÂ¢å¾©è³è¼ÂæÂÂç±çÂÂ溫度ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂè¡ÂéÂÂæ©Âã æÂŒÂÂ系統主橠妠æÂÂæÂ¨é è¦ÂæÂŒÂÂå°主 æ©Âï¼Âé¦Âå Âè«Âå°ÂæÂ¬æ©Âå § çÂÂ碠çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂåº@ç¶ å¾ÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î STANDBY/ ON ï¼Âå°Â系統éÂÂéÂÂãÂÂçÂÂå°è¢å¹Âä¸Âç GOOD BYE Ã¥ÂÂ樣æ¶Â失å¾Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Â黿ºÂæÂÂé ÂæÂÂä¸Âã 1 çµÂä¸Âå¯å¨æÂ æÂ¾ æÂÂéÂÂ尠主æ©ÂèÂÂèµ·æÂÂæÂŒÂ ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂ使 é«ÂéÂÂæÂÂè½ ä¸ÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå£Âã éÂÂ註 1妠å¨ GOOD BYE Ã¥ÂÂ樣èªè¢å¹Âä¸Âæ¶Â失åÂÂ便å°Â主æ©ÂæÂÂé ÂæÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂ使系統æÂ¢å¾©æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå» çÂÂè¨Âç½®ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 33 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 34 ChH ç«é¢大å°ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ格张DVD-Video ç¢ÂçÂÂè½ æÂ¶éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ種ç ç«é¢毠ä¾Âï¼Âç¯Âä¾ å¾Âä¸Â荺 4:3 çÂÂé»è¦Âç¯Âç®å°ç«é¢æ¯Âä¾Âé«Âé 7:3 çÂÂC inemaScope 寬è¢å¹Âé»影 1 é½å¯以ã 亦æÂ å¯æÂÂä¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂ種ç« é¢æ¯Âä¾ÂçÂÂé»覠橠ã 樠溠ã 4:3ï¼Â以åÂÂ寬è¢幠16:9ã 2 é»è¦Â系統è¨Âç½® ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼å°ç£æ©Â種 æÂ¬ç³»çµ±çÂÂé Âè¨Âå¼çº AUTOï¼Âé¤éÂÂæÂ¨å¨æÂÂæÂ¾é¨份碠ç æÂÂ注æÂ å°影åÂÂæÂÂ失 çÂÂç¾象ï¼Âå¦åÂÂè«ÂçºÂ尠堶訠置çº AUTOãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç¼ç¾æÂÂæÂ¾é¨åÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂå½±åÂÂæÂ å¤± çÂÂç¾象 ï¼Âè«Âå°Âé»è¦Âæ©Âç³» çµ±è¨Âç½®æÂÂ符åÂÂæÂ¨ æÂÂå¨ å 家æÂÂå° Ã¥ÂÂçÂÂ系統ãÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂï¼Âé 樣ä¸Âä¾Âå¯è½ æÂÂé å¶æÂ¨å¯以è§ÂçÂÂçÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ種顠ã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Â砧表 @以亠解åÂÂ種 ç¢Âç æÂÂé© ç¨çÂÂ訠å®Âå¼@AUTO , PAL å NTSC ï¼ ã 3 1 å°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î éµ以é¸æÂ TV SYS ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã é»è¦Âæ©Â系統æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¦Âä¸Â@⢠AUTO î NTSC ⢠NTSC î PAL ⢠PAL î AUTO å¨è¦Âå° WELCOME å¾Âï¼Â系統å³èªåÂÂéÂÂæ©Â@並å¨ è¢å¹Âä¸Â顯示é»è¦Âæ©Â系統è¨Âå®Âå¼ã 4 é »çÂÂæÂ¥è·Âè¨Âç½® 妠æÂÂæÂ¨ç¼ç¾ç¡æ³ÂæÂ åÂÂ調é¸éÂȌ°ï¼Âå 表示ç®åÂÂç 頻çÂÂæÂ¥è·Âå¯è½ä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼æÂ¨æÂÂå¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶ / å° Ã¥ÂÂã 1 å°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂçÂÂæ Âï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠SHIFT SYSTEM SETUP ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å AM 9K/10K ï¼Âç¶å¾ÂæÂ ä¸ ENTER ã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以é¸å AM 9K æÂ AM 10K ï¼Âç¶ å¾ÂæÂÂ丠ENTER ã éÂÂ註 1 許å¤Â寬è¢å¹Âç¢ÂçÂÂ齿ÂÂç¡è¦Â系統çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Âå æÂ¤ä¸Â管è¨Âå®Âå¼çºä½Âï¼Âç¢ÂçÂÂ齿ÂÂ以 letterbox çÂÂæ ¼å¼Â顯示ã 2 ⢠å¦ÂæÂÂæ¨Â溠4:3 çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âä¸ÂæÂ¡ç¨ 16:9 (Wide) çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼ÂæÂÂ寬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ¡ç¨堶ä¸Âä¸Â種 4:3 è¨Âå®Âå¼ï¼Â便æÂÂå°Âè´ç«é¢失çÂÂã â¢ ç¶æÂ¨è§Âè³Â以 4:3 æ ¼å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¯以使ç¨é»è¦ÂæÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ä¾Â鏿ÂÂå½±åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾çÂÂæÂ¹å¼ÂãÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©Âå¯è½æÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ縮æÂ¾å 伸å±ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ï¼Âç´°ç¯Âé¨份è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±æÂ¨é»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂÂéÂÂçÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ æÂÂäºÂé»影çÂÂç«é¢æ¯Âä¾ÂæÂÂè¼ 16:9 寬ï¼Âå æÂ¤å³使æÂ¯ä½¿ç¨寬è¢å¹Âé»è¦Âæ©Âï¼ÂéÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂä»Âç¶æÂÂ以 ãÂÂletterboxãÂÂçÂÂ樣å¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã è¨Âç½®æÂ 4:3 (Letter Box) æÂÂï¼Â寬è¢幠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨顯示ç«é¢æÂÂï¼Âä¸Âä¸Â齿ÂÂåºç¾黠è²æ¢ÂéÂÂã è¨ÂæÂ 4:3 (Pan&Scan) æÂÂï¼Â寬è¢å¹Â碠çÂÂå¨顯示ç«é¢æÂÂï¼Âå·¦å³éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂªçÂÂç æÂ å½¢ãÂÂéÂÂç¶影åÂÂæÂÂçÂÂèµ·ä¾Â大äºÂï¼Âä½Â實 éÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¨çÂÂå°çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ´åÂÂå½±åÂÂã 3 å¤ÂæÂ¸æÂ°åÂÂç PAL é»è¦Âæ©Â系統å¯åµ測 50 Hz (PAL)/60 Hz (NTSC)ï¼Â並å¯èªåÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´æÂ¯å¹ ï¼Â以æ¶Âé¤顯示ç«é¢ä¸ÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´æÂ¶ç¸®ç¾ 象( vertical shrinkage)ãÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂäºÂæÂ æ³ÂæÂ¯å½±åÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ä¸Âåºè²彩ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ç PAL TV æ²ÂæÂ V-Hold æÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ï¼Â便æÂÂå çºç«é¢ æÂÂ滾åÂÂç¾象èÂÂç¡æ³Âè§Âç NTSC çÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂæÂ V-Hold æÂ§å¶åÂÂè½ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂ調æÂ´ç´å°ç«é¢åÂÂæÂ¢æ»¾åÂÂçºæÂ¢ãÂÂé¨份é»è¦Âæ©Âä¸Âï¼ ç«é¢æÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç´æÂ¶ç¸®çÂÂç¾象ï¼Âè´使è¢å¹Âä¸Âä¸Âå ©å´çÂÂæÂÂé»Âè²æ¢ÂéÂÂã ç¢Âç æÂÂæÂ¾æ©Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ 種顠系統 格张NTSC PAL AUTO DVD/Super VCD/ Video CD/DivX Video NTSC NTSC PAL NTSC PAL NTSC PAL PAL CD/MP3/WMA/ JPEG/ ç¡ç¢Âç â NTSC PAL NTSC æÂ PAL 4 é²è¡Âæ¯Âé  è¨Âå®Âå¼è®ÂæÂ´ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ÂæÂ¨å¿ é Âå Âå°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂÂå¾ æ©ÂæÂÂè¡ ï¼ÂæÂÂ丠î STANDBY/ON ï¼Âã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 34 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 35 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ 人åÂÂç¶Â常é¯å°Âä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºä¹ÂæÂÂä½Âç¶æÂÂ系統æÂ éÂÂæÂÂç°常ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨èªÂçºæÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂé£è£Âä¸Âå°ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè«ÂæÂÂ以ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé» é²è¡Â檢æÂ¥ãÂÂæÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âå¯è½æÂ¯ä¾Âèª堶ä»Âè£Âç½®ãÂÂè«Âä»Â細檢æÂ¥å ¶ä»Â使ç¨ä¸ÂçÂÂè£Âç½®åÂÂéÂȌ¨è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂ¥ èÂÂéÂÂ以ä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂé»Âå¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡ÂéÂÂæÂ¯ç¡æ³ÂæÂ¹åÂÂï¼Âè«Âå°±è¿Â洽詢æÂ¨ç Pioneer æÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂç¶Âé·åÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂä¾Â代çº ç¶Âä¿®ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ± æÂ¯å çºåÂÂå° éÂÂéÂȍÂÂå¤Âä¾ÂæÂÂæÂ è´使ç¡æ³ÂæÂ£ 常æÂÂä½Âï¼Âè«Âå°Â黿ºÂæÂ é Âå¾Â輸åºæÂ åº§ä¸ÂæÂÂ丠åÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå»以åÂÂ復æÂ£å¸¸çÂÂæÂÂä½ÂçÂÂæ Âã ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂé¡ åÂÂ顠解決辦泠黿ºÂæ²ÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂçªÂç¶ éÂÂæ© ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå¯è½æÂ æÂÂä¸Âé¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯é¡¯ç¤ºï¼ ã â¢ å°ÂæÂ¬æ©ÂæÂÂé Âç¹¼çºÂæÂÂä¸Âï¼Âç¨ÂçÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂï¼Âç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¾Âã â¢ 確å®Â主æ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂç·ÂæÂÂç¡é¬Âè«çÂÂæÂ å½¢ãÂÂå¦ÂæÂÂé¬Âè«ï¼Âå¯è½æÂÂé æÂÂ系統èªåÂÂéÂÂæ©Âã â¢ 檢æÂ¥æÂÂè²å¨çÂÂé£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºã â¢ 確å®Â主黿ºÂçÂÂé»å£ÂæÂ¯å¦é©ç¨æÂ¬æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂã â¢ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ試é³éÂÂ大å°Âã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Âä¾Âç¶åÂÂå¨ ï¼ è«Âå°Â堶帶è³æÂÂè¿Âç Pioneer æÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂç¶Âé·åÂÂé²衠ç¶Âä¿®ã é¸æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂè½å¾Âï¼Âæ²ÂæÂÂè²é³ 輸åºã å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨æÂ£ä½¿ç¨å¤Âé¨輸堥ï¼Âè«Â確å®Âè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂé£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢º ( è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± é£æÂ¥è¼Âå©è¨Âå å¨第 24 é  )ã â¢ æÂÂä¸ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç MUTE 以éÂÂéÂÂéÂÂé³åÂÂè½ã ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂæ²ÂæÂÂå½±åÂÂ輸 åºã â¢ 確å®Âé»è¦Âæ©Âé£æÂ¥æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢º ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã â¢ å°Âè¦Â頻輸åºéÂÂæÂ°è¨ÂæÂÂéÂÂè¡ÂæÂÂæÂ (interlace) ( è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨ 第 20 é  )ã æ²ÂæÂÂè²é³ä¾Âèªç°ç¹Âè²æÂ ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ã â¢ è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± è¨Âç½®è²éÂÂé³é å¨第 6 é Â以檢æÂ¥æÂÂè²å¨é³éÂÂã â¢ ç¶ TUNER æÂ LINE é¸åÂÂæÂ ï¼ æÂ¨åªè½以ç«Âé«Âè²è½åÂÂä¾Â溠ã å°Â輸堥ä¾ÂæºÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂæÂ DVD/CD 以ç¢çÂÂå¤Âè²éÂÂ鳿ÂÂã â¢ 確èªÂéÂÂ製模å¼Âå°ÂæÂªåÂÂå ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± éÂÂ製模张å¨第 24 é ÂçÂÂ堧容說æÂÂï¼ ã â¢ 確èªÂæÂ¨æÂªé¸å STEREO 模张ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± èÂÂè½ç°ç¹Âè² å¨第 11 é Â鵿¯Â容說 æÂÂï¼ ã â¢ æÂ£ç¢ºå°å°ÂæÂÂè²å¨æÂ¥ä¸ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã éÂÂæÂ§å¨ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂä½Âã â¢ æÂ´æÂÂé»池( è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã @ã â¢ è«Âå¨ 7 米堧çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以 30 è§Âä¾Âå°ÂæºÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂ卿ÂÂä½ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂ å ãÂÂï¼Âã â¢ 移走éÂÂç¤Âç©æÂÂå¾Âå ¶ä»Âä½Âç½®æÂÂä½Âã â¢ é¿å Âé½å Âç´å°Âå°åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸ÂçÂÂéÂÂæÂ§æÂÂæÂÂå¨ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 35 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 36 ChH DVD/CD/Video CD æÂÂæÂ¾å¨ è¢å¹Âä¸Âåºç¾ SND. DEMO çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樣ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ æÂ¬æ©Âç¡æ³ÂæÂ¥åÂÂæÂ§å¶ã â¢ æÂÂä½ÂéÂÂæÂ§å¨ä¸Âç î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ÂæÂÂéµ素5 ç§ÂéÂÂãÂÂç¢Âç¤æÂÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåº @表示 Sound Demo ï¼Â鳿ÂÂå±Â示ï¼Â模å¼Âå·²åÂÂæ¶Âã TRAYLOCK å¨顯示屠ä¸Â顯示ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂç¢Âç¤ç¡泠éÂÂåºã â¢ æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î ï¼ÂéÂÂåºï¼Âéµä¸ÂæÂ¾ç´ 8 ç§ÂéÂÂãÂÂæÂ¥èÂÂç¢Âç¤便å¯使ç¨ î ï¼Âé åºï¼Âéµä¾ÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂéÂÂéÂÂã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠åÂÂ顠解決辦泠ç¢ÂçÂÂå¨置堥å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂèªåÂÂé åºã â¢ 渠æ½Âç¢ÂçÂÂ並å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ£ç¢ºå°ÂæºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âæ§½ã å¦ÂæÂ DVD-video ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂå°åÂÂ代èÂÂèÂÂæÂ¬æ©Âä¸ÂçÂÂ代èÂÂä¸Âç¸符ï¼Â該ç¢ÂçÂÂ便ä¸Âè½使 ç¨ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± DVD Video é©ç¨å°å å¨第 32 é Âï¼ ã â¢ 給äºÂæÂÂéÂÂ好è®ÂæÂ¬æ©Âå §é¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂÂéÂÂè¸ç¼ãÂÂé¿å Âå¨空調è¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂè¿Â使ç¨æÂ¬ æ©Âã ç¡æ³Âé²è¡ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å¦ÂæÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂå¨置堥æÂ¾åÂÂï¼Âè«ÂéÂÂæÂ°å°Âç¢ÂçÂÂæ¨Â籤颿ÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¾å ¥ã 影åÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ä¸ÂæÂ¢ï¼Âä¸ÂæÂÂéµ ç¡æ³Â使ç¨ã â¢ æÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂ¢ï¼ÂæÂÂéÂ括Âç¶å¾ÂæÂÂ丠î ï¼ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ï¼ÂæÂÂéµéÂÂå§ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ å Âå°Â黿ºÂéÂÂé @ç¶å¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂ使ç¨åÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç î STANDBY/ON æÂÂéµå°Â黿ºÂæÂÂé ã è¨Âå®Âå¼堨鍿¶Âé¤ã â¢ ç¶é»æºÂç¼çÂÂä¸ÂæÂ·ï¼Âè¨Âå®Âå¼å³æÂÂ被æ¶Âé¤ã æ²ÂæÂÂå½±å / æ²ÂæÂÂè²彩ã â¢ 檢æÂ¥æÂÂæÂÂé£æÂ¥çÂÂå°æÂ¹æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºï¼Â以åÂÂæÂÂé ÂæÂ¯å¦å®Âå ¨æÂÂå ¥ã â¢ æÂ¥é±é»è¦Âæ© / 顯示å¨çÂÂ使ç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Â以確å®Âè¨Âå®Âå¼æÂ¯å¦æÂ£ç¢ºã è¢å¹Âç«é¢æÂÂé·æÂÂæ¯Âä¾Âæ² è®Âã â¢ é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ çÂÂè¨Âå®Âå¼ä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºãÂÂéÂÂæÂ°è¨Âç½®é»è¦Âæ©Âå±Âå¹ÂçÂÂé¸頠以èÂÂæÂ¨ä½¿ç¨çÂÂé» è¦Âæ© / 顯示å¨ç¸符 ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± è¦Â頻輸åºè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨第 20 é Âï¼ ã ç¶å¨ VCR ä¸ÂæÂÂéÂÂé AV 鏿ÂÂå¨é²è¡ÂéÂÂ製ï¼Â便æÂ å¹²æÂ¾å°影åÂÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾ã â¢ æÂ¬ç³»çµ±çºæÂ¡ç¨é²æÂ·æÂÂ衠@以é¿å ÂéÂÂé VCR æÂ AV 鏿ÂÂå¨ç¼çÂÂéÂÂ製æÂÂå½±åÂÂæÂ¹é¢ç åÂÂé¡ÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã ç«é¢å¨æÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå°干 æÂ¾æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ä¸ÂçÂÂæ¼Âé»Âã â¢ æÂ¬æ©Âè Macro-Vision System æÂ·è²Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡Âç¸容ã æÂÂäºÂç¢ÂçÂÂå §å«é²æÂᏬÂèÂÂï¼ èÂÂä¸ÂæÂ¤ç¨®ç¢ÂçÂÂ卿ÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂï¼Âå¨ç«é¢ä¸Âä¸ÂäºÂå°æÂ¹æÂÂåºç¾å¦Âç·Âæ¢ÂçÂÂçÂÂéÂÂ訠ï¼Âè¦Â使ç¨ çÂÂé»è¦Âæ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¼ÂèÂÂå®Âï¼ ãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âç¹æ®ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æ©ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½åÂÂæÂÂä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂãÂÂéÂÂå¯è½æÂÂå°Âè´ç«é¢å¨åÂÂè½å·衠ç¶æÂÂï¼ÂçÂÂæÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾æ¼Âé»ÂæÂÂè¼Âå¾®æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂç¾象ãÂÂéÂÂäºÂÃ¥ÂÂé¡Â便å çºç¢ÂçÂÂèÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂ堧容 ä¹ÂéÂÂçÂÂå·®ç°èÂÂæÂ´å çªÂ顯ï¼Âä½Â並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ¬æ©ÂæÂ éÂÂæÂÂè´ã DVD è CD é³éÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯 å·®ç°ã â¢ DVD è CD Ã¥ÂÂèªæÂ¡ç¨çÂÂéÂÂ製æÂ¹å¼Âä¸ÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã CD-ROM ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂ¬ç³»çµ±ç¡ æ³Â辨èÂÂã â¢ 確å®Â該張 CD-ROM æÂ¯å¦çºæÂ¡ç¨ ISO 9660 ç¢ÂçÂÂæ ¼å¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製 ã æÂÂéÂÂç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§æÂ¹ é¢çÂÂè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 å¨第 30 é ÂçÂÂ堧容ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 36 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 37 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ èª¿è«§å¨ é¯誤è¨ÂæÂ¯ æªÂæ¡Âç¡æ³Âå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂå°Âå / ç¸çÂÂçÂÂ覽å¨ç¶ä¸Â顯示ã â¢ ç¢ÂçÂÂä¸ÂçÂÂæªÂæ¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ稱忠é ÂæÂ¯æÂ¡ç¨æÂ£ç¢ºçÂÂ坿ªÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âè¬å¦Âï¼ÂMP3 æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .mp3ï¼ WMA æªÂæ¡ÂæÂ¡ç¨ .wmaï¼ÂJPEG æÂ¡ç¨ .jpg ï¼Â大寫æÂÂå°Â寫é½å¯以@ãÂÂèÂÂå ¶ç¸éÂÂçÂÂæÂ´ å¤Âè³Âè¨Âï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ç¢ÂçÂÂç¸容æÂ§åÂÂ砧表 å¨第 30 é ÂçÂÂ堧容ã ç¡æ³ÂæÂÂæÂ¾ WMA æªÂæ¡Âã â¢ éÂÂäºÂæªÂæ¡ÂçºæÂ¡ç¨ DRM ï¼ÂæÂ¸ä½ÂçÂÂæ¬Â管çÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂéÂÂ製çÂÂãÂÂéÂÂ並ä¸ÂæÂ¯æÂ éÂÂã åÂÂ顠解決辦泠åÂÂ顠解決辦泠æÂ¶è½éÂȌ°廣æÂÂæÂÂæÂÂæÂÂ顯 çÂÂéÂÂé³ã â¢ è«ÂæÂ¥ä¸ AM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± ãÂÂå®Âè£ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂã ï¼Â並å 以調æÂ´æÂ¹åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä½Âç½®ï¼Â以å¾Âå°æÂ ä½³çÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶æ¢Âä»¶ã æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以å¦å¤ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂçµÂ堧鍿ÂÂå¤Âé¨ AM 天締ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨ 天締å¨第 25 é Âï¼ ã â¢ è«Âå° FM ç·ÂÃ¥ÂÂ天ç·Âå®ÂæÂÂ伸å±ÂéÂÂï¼Â調æÂ´æÂÂä½³çÂÂæÂ¥æÂ¶ä½Âç½®ï¼Âç¶å¾Âåºå®Âå¨çÂÂå£Âä¸Âã æÂ¨ä¹Âå¯以å¦å¤ÂæÂ¥ä¸ÂçµÂ室夠FM 天締( è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± é£æÂ¥å¤Âé¨天締å¨第 25 é Âï¼ ã â¢ éÂÂéÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂç§»éÂÂå ¶ä»Âå¯è½æÂÂé æÂÂéÂÂé³çÂÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂã â¢ 調諧éÂÂéÂÂä¸Âé©ç¨æÂ¼æÂ¨æÂÂå¨çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶æÂÂå°åÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂ試åÂÂæÂÂ調諧éÂÂé ï¼Âé »çÂÂæÂÂ¥ è·Âï¼ ï¼Âè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± é »çÂÂæÂ¥è·Âè¨Âç½® å¨第 34 é ÂçÂÂ堧容@ã èªåÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½ (Auto tuning) ç¡æ³ÂæÂ¥æÂ¶å°æÂ äºÂéÂȌ°ã â¢ ç¡ç·Âé»è¨ÂèÂÂ太弱ãÂÂèªåÂÂ調諧åÂÂè½å è½åµ測å°è¨ÂèÂÂç¼å°Âè¯好çÂÂç¡ç·ÂéÂȌ°ãÂÂæÂ³ è¦Âç²å¾ÂæÂ´å éÂÂæÂÂçÂÂ調諧æ¢Âä»¶ï¼Âå¯æÂ¥ä¸Âä¸ÂçµÂ室å¤Â天ç·Âã è¨ÂæÂ¯ 說æÂ REC MODE ⢠æÂÂæÂÂä½Âå Recording Mode ï¼ÂéÂÂ製模å¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂèÂÂ被ç¦ÂæÂ¢ 第 24 é Âã SND. DEMO â¢ é³æÂÂå±Â示åÂÂè½åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±å¨ æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ å¨第 35 é Âç ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂ顠堧容說æÂÂã CANNOT ⢠æÂÂæÂÂä½Âå è³æ©ÂæÂ¥ä¸Âï¼ÂæÂÂå¨ç¢ÂçÂÂæÂÂæÂ¾æÂÂéÂÂæÂÂ丠TEST TONE ï¼ÂèÂÂ被ç¦ÂæÂ¢ã STEREO ⢠æÂÂæÂÂä½Âå æÂªé¸å DVD/CD Ã¥ÂÂè½ã TRAYLOCK ⢠ç¢Âç¤éÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂãÂÂè«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé±å¨ æÂ éÂÂæÂÂé¤ å¨第 35 é  ç ä¸ÂèÂŒÂÂ顠堧容說æÂÂã MUTING ⢠ç±é³æÂÂ被éÂÂé³ï¼Âå æÂ¤ä½¿ç¨æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°éÂÂå¶ ( è« æÂÂ丠MUTE )ã EEP ERR ⢠ç¶Âä¿®äºÂå®Âè«Âæ´½æÂ¨ç Pioneer æÂÂæ¬ÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂä¸Âå¿ÂæÂÂæÂ¨çÂÂç¶Âé·åÂÂã EXIT ⢠æÂÂå¨éÂÂç½®ä¸Â段æÂÂéÂÂï¼ÂèªåÂÂéÂÂåºé¸å®æÂÂåºç¾å¨è¢å¹Âä¸Âã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 37 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 38 ChH éÂÂæÂ°è¨Â置系統 è«ÂéÂÂç¨æÂ¤ç¨ÂåºÂå° æÂÂæÂÂçÂÂ系統 è¨Âå®Âå¼åÂÂ復æÂÂå 廠çÂÂé Âè¨Âå¼ã 1 Ã¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ系統ã 2 æÂÂ丠î STANDBY/ON 並æÂÂä½ÂÃ¥ÂÂé¢æÂ¿ä¸Âç FM/AM æÂÂéµã ä¸Â次å¨æÂ¨é æ©ÂæÂÂï¼ÂæÂÂæÂÂ系統è¨Âå® å¼é½å°ÂæÂÂ被 é 置ã 使ç¨èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® æÂÂäºÂèªÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂè½ ï¼ è« åÂÂé± èªÂè¨Âè¨Âå®Âå¼ å¨第 2 0 é Âï¼Âå¯è®ÂæÂ¨å¾ èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® å¨第 39 é  è£ÂæÂÂå çÂÂ1 36 種èªÂè¨Âç¶ä¸Âå»è¨Âå®ÂæÂ¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂçÂÂèªÂè¨Âã 1 é¸æÂ ãÂÂå ¶ä»ÂèªÂè¨Âã ã 2 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以鏿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代èÂÂæÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¸åÂÂ代èÂÂã 3 使ç¨ îÂÂ/î 以鏿ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代èÂÂæÂÂæÂ¯æÂ¸åÂÂ代èÂÂã è«ÂÃ¥ÂÂé± èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® ( ä¸Âä¸Âé  )ï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂå®ÂæÂ´èª è¨Â種é¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂ代èÂÂçÂÂ渠å®ã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 38 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 39 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ èªÂè¨Â代èÂÂ渠å® èªÂ訠( èªÂè¨ÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代è )ã èªÂè¨Â代è åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂ代èÂÂ渠å® Ã¥ÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå®¶ / å°åÂÂ代èÂÂã åÂÂå®¶î¿å°åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¯Â代è Japanese (ja), 1001 English (en), 0514 French (fr), 0618 German (de), 0405 Italian (it), 0920 Spanish (es), 0519 Chinese (zh), 2608 Dutch (nl), 1412 Portuguese (pt), 1620 Swedish (sv), 1922 Russian (ru), 1821 Korean (ko), 1115 Greek (el), 0512 Afar (aa), 0101 Abkhazian (ab), 0102 Afrikaans (af), 0106 Amharic (am), 0113 Arabic (ar), 0118 Assamese (as), 0119 Aymara (ay), 0125 Azerbaijani (az), 0126 Bashkir (ba), 0201 Byelorussian (be), 0205 Bulgarian (bg), 0207 Bihari (bh), 0208 Bislama (bi), 0209 Bengali (bn), 0214 Tibetan (bo), 0215 Breton (br), 0218 Catalan (ca), 0301 Corsican (co), 0315 Czech (cs), 0319 Welsh (cy), 0325 Danish (da), 0401 Bhutani (dz), 0426 Esperanto (eo), 0515 Estonian (et), 0520 Basque (eu), 0521 Persian (fa), 0601 Finnish (fi), 0609 Fiji (fj), 0610 Faroese (fo), 0615 Frisian (fy), 0625 Irish (ga), 0701 Scots-Gaelic (gd), 0704 Galician (gl), 0712 Guarani (gn), 0714 Gujarati (gu), 0721 Hausa (ha), 0801 Hindi (hi), 0809 Croatian (hr), 0818 Hungarian (hu), 0821 Armenian (hy), 0825 Interlingua (ia), 0901 Interlingue (ie), 0905 Inupiak (ik), 0911 Indonesian (in), 0914 Icelandic (is), 0919 Hebrew (iw), 0923 Yiddish (ji), 1009 Javanese (jw), 1023 Georgian (ka), 1101 Kazakh (kk), 1111 Greenlandic (kl), 1112 Cambodian (km), 1113 Kannada (kn), 1114 Kashmiri (ks), 1119 Kurdish (ku), 1121 Kirghiz (ky), 1125 Latin (la), 1201 Lingala (ln), 1214 Laothian (lo), 1215 Lithuanian (lt), 1220 Latvian (lv), 1222 Malagasy (mg), 1307 Maori (mi), 1309 Macedonian (mk), 1311 Malayalam (ml), 1312 Mongolian (mn), 1314 Moldavian (mo), 1315 Marathi (mr), 1318 Malay (ms), 1319 Maltese (mt), 1320 Burmese (my), 1325 Nauru (na), 1401 Nepali (ne), 1405 Norwegian (no), 1415 Occitan (oc), 1503 Oromo (om), 1513 Oriya (or), 1518 Panjabi (pa), 1601 Polish (pl), 1612 Pashto, Pushto (ps), 1619 Quechua (qu), 1721 Rhaeto-Romance (rm), 1813 Kirundi (rn), 1814 Romanian (ro), 1815 Kinyarwanda (rw), 1823 Sanskrit (sa), 1901 Sindhi (sd), 1904 Sangho (sg), 1907 Serbo-Croatian (sh), 1908 Sinhalese (si), 1909 Slovak (sk), 1911 Slovenian (sl), 1912 Samoan (sm), 1913 Shona (sn), 1914 Somali (so), 1915 Albanian (sq), 1917 Serbian (sr), 1918 Siswati (ss), 1919 Sesotho (st), 1920 Sundanese (su), 1921 Swahili (sw), 1923 Tamil (ta), 2001 Telugu (te), 2005 Tajik (tg), 2007 Thai (th), 2008 Tigrinya (ti), 2009 Turkmen (tk), 2011 Tagalog (tl), 2012 Setswana (tn), 2014 Tonga (to), 2015 Turkish (tr), 2018 Tsonga (ts), 2019 Tatar (tt), 2020 Twi (tw), 2023 Ukrainian (uk), 2111 Urdu (ur), 2118 Uzbek (uz), 2126 Vietnamese (vi), 2209 Volapuük (vo), 2215 Wolof (wo), 2315 Xhosa (xh), 2408 Yoruba (yo), 2515 Zulu (zu), 2621 é¿根廷 , 0118 , ar 澳洲 , 0121 , au æ¾³å°å© , 0120 , at æ¯Âå©æÂ , 0205 , be 巴西 , 0218 , br å æÂ¿å¤§ , 0301 , ca æÂºå© , 0312 , cl ä¸Âå , 0314 , cn 丹麥 , 0411 , dk 菠, 0609 , fi æ³Âå , 0618 , fr å¾·å , 0405 , de é¦Â港 , 0811 , hk å°度 , 0914 , in å°尼 , 0904 , id 義大å© , 0920 , it æÂ¥æÂ¬ , 1016 , jp éÂÂå , 1118 , kr 馬ä¾Â西亠, 1325 , my 墨西åÂÂ¥ , 1324 , mx è·è , 1412 , nl ç´Â西è , 1426 , nz æÂªå¨ , 1415 , no å·´åºæÂ¯å¦ , 1611 , pk è²å¾Âè³ , 1608 , ph è¡èÂÂç , 1620 , pt ä¿Âå ï¼Âä¿Âç¾ æÂ¯è¯é¦@, 1821 , ru æÂ°å å¡ , 1907 , sg 西çÂÂç , 0519 , es çÂÂå ¸ , 1905 , se çÂÂ士 , 0308 , ch å°ç£ , 2023 , tw æ³°å , 2008 , th è±å , 0702 , gb ç¾Âå , 2119 , us XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 39 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 40 ChH è¦Âæ ¼ ⢠æÂ´å¤§å¨é¨份 æÂÂæÂÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂ輸åº@åÂÂç½®ãÂÂä¸Âç½®ãÂÂç°ç¹Âè² ........æ¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂè²é 60 W (1 kHz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 ⦠) æ¯Âè²é 50 W (1 kHz, 10 % T.H.D., 6 ⦠) éÂÂä½Âé³ ...... 60 W (100 Hz, 10 % T.H.D., 4 ⦠) 50 W (100 Hz, 10 % T.H.D., 6 ⦠) ⢠ç¢ÂçÂÂé¨份 æÂ¸ä½Âé³頻ç¹æÂ§ .... DVD fsï¼Â96 kHz, 24-bit é¡Âå .......DVD 系統 ï¼ Video CD/Super VCD 系統åÂÂå Âç¢ÂæÂ¸ä½Âé³é¿系統 é »çÂÂé¿æÂ ....... 4 Hz å° 44 kHz (96 kHz Ã¥ÂÂ樣ç ) / 4H zå°2 2 k H z (48 kHz Ã¥ÂÂ樣ç ) æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç (Wow & Flutter) ......... 測éÂÂéÂÂå¶ (ñ 0.001 % W.PEAK) 以丠(JEITA) ⢠FM 調諧å¨é¨份 é »çÂÂç¯Âå ............ 87.5 MHz å° 108 MHz 天締................... 75 ⦠ï¼Âä¸Â平衡张⢠AM 調諧å¨é¨份 é »çÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼ æÂ¡ç¨ 9kHz æÂ¥è·ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçº ................... 531 kHz å° 1,602 kHz æÂ¡ç¨ 10kHz æÂ¥è·ÂæÂÂï¼Âç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçº ................... 530 kHz å° 1,700 kHz 天締.......................... ç°åÂÂ天締â¢ å ¶ä» é»æºÂéÂÂæ±Âï¼ æÂ°å å¡ãÂÂ馬ä¾Â西äºÂãÂÂé¦Â港æ©Â種 .............. AC 220 å° 240 V, 50/60 Hz å°ç£æ©Â種 ............ AC 110 Vï¼Â50/60 Hz æ¶ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç .......................... 45 W å¾ æ©Âæ¶ÂèÂÂÃ¥ÂÂç ..................... 0.4 W 尺寸 .. 420( 寬 )x 60( é« )x 331.5( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 3.1 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠é Âä»¶ (DVD/CD æÂ¥æÂ¶æ© ) éÂÂæÂ§å¨ .............................. 1 2è /R6 ä¹¾é»池........................ 2 è¦Âé »é£æÂ¥ç· ( é» è²æÂÂé  ) ................ 1 AM ç°åÂÂ天締........................... 1 FM 天締.............................. 1 黿ºÂç· ............................... 1 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂå æÂ¾ÂÂä½ÂæÂÂå S-DV131 æÂÂè² å¨系統 (å 置æÂÂè²å¨ x2ãÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ x2ãÂÂä¸Âç½®æÂÂè² å¨ x1ãÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³ x1) ⢠åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± ............... å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ( é²磠) 系統 ................ 7.7 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ ................. 7.7 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ ........................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ................ 90 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ...................... 60 W 尺寸 ... 105( 寬 )x 115( é« )x 114( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 0.6 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± ............... å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ( é²磠) 系統 ................ 7.7 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ ................. 7.7 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ ........................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ................ 90 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ...................... 60 W 尺寸 ... 115( 寬 )x 105( é« )x 114( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 0.6 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± ............... å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ( é²磠) 系統 ................ 7.7 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ ................. 7.7 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ ........................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ............... 100 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ...................... 60 W 尺寸 ... 105( 寬 )x 118( é« )x 114( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé .......................... 0.63 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ å¤Âç®± ............... (Bass-reflex) è½å°å 系統 ................. 16 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ ................. 16 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ ........................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ............... 30 Hz å° 2.0 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ...................... 60 W 尺寸 ... 190( 寬 )x 360( é« )x 317( æ·± ) mm XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 40 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 41 ChH English Français Nederlands Italiano Español ä¸ÂæÂ éÂÂé ........................... 4.2 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠é Âä»¶ 鲿»Â墠( å°Âå ) ....................... 12 鲿»Â墠( 大å ) ........................ 4 åºå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ ............................. 4 èº絲 ( åºå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ç¨ ) .................... 4 S-DV232T æÂÂè² å¨系統 ( Ã¥ÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ x2ãÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ x2ãÂÂä¸Âç½®æÂÂè² å¨ x1ãÂÂéÂÂä½Âé³ x1) ⢠åÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± ...............å°ÂéÂÂå¼Âè½å°å ( é²磠) 系統 ................7.7 å ¬å 2-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨@ä½Âé³ ...................7.7 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é«Âä½ ....................2.0 å ¬åÂÂé¶ç·å é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ .......................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ................ 85 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ..................... 100 W 尺寸 ..... 260( 寬 )x 983.5( é« )x 260( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 3.7 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± ...............å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ( é²磠) 系統 ................7.7 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ .................7.7 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ .......................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ................ 75 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ..................... 100 W 尺寸 .... 270( 寬 )x 90( é« )x 100( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 0.8 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠ç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨ å¤Âç®± ...............å°ÂéÂÂå¼ÂæÂ¸æÂ¶å ( é²磠) 系統 ................7.7 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ .................7.7 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ .......................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ............... 100 Hz å° 20 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ..................... 100 W 尺寸 ... 105( 寬 )x 118( é« )x 114( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 0.6 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠éÂÂä½Âé³ å¤Âç®± ...... ä½Âé³åÂÂå° (Bass-reflex) è½å°å 系統 ................. 16 å ¬å 1-way 系統 æÂÂè²å¨ ................. 16 å ¬åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂé«Âå é¡Âå®ÂéÂȾ ........................... 6 ⦠頻çÂÂç¯Âå ............... 30 Hz å° 2.0 kHz æÂÂ大輸堥åÂÂç ...................... 60 W 尺寸 ... 190( 寬 )x 360( é« )x 317( æ·± ) mm éÂÂé ........................... 4.2 å ¬æÂ¤ ⢠é Âä»¶ æÂÂè²å¨é£æÂ¥ç· ......................... 5 鲿»Â墠( å°Âå ) ........................ 4 鲿»Â墠( 大å ) ........................ 4 Ã¥ÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨æÂ¯æÂ¶åº座 ................... 2 èº絲 ( åº座ç¨ ) ........................ 6 æÂÂæÂ¶ ................................. 2 èº絲 ( æÂÂæÂ¶ç¨ ) ........................ 4 åºå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ ............................. 2 èº絲 ( åºå®ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ç¨ ) .................... 2 éÂÂ註 â¢ çºæ±Âç¢åÂÂæÂ¹è¯ï¼Âè¦Âæ ¼åÂÂè¨Âè¨Âå¦ÂæÂÂè®ÂæÂ´ï¼ÂæÂ ä¸Âå¦è¡ÂéÂÂä¹Âã ç± Dolby Laboratories æÂÂæ¬Â製é ã ãÂÂæÂÂæ¯Âã ã ãÂÂDolbyã ã ãÂÂPro LogicãÂÂèÂÂé D æ¨ÂèªÂæÂ¯ Dolby Laboratories çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæ¨Âã âÂÂDTSâÂÂå âÂÂDTS Digital SurroundâÂÂçº Digital Theater Systems, Inc. çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樠ã æÂÂ¢åÂÂç¶ÂNEC堬叿ÂÂæ¬Âï¼Â使ç¨FontAvenue î Ã¥ÂÂé«ÂãÂÂFontAvenueçºNECå ¬å¸çÂÂ註åÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ樠æÂÂ¢åÂÂæÂÂ使ç¨çÂÂçÂÂæ¬Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡ÂÃ¥ÂÂç¾ÂÃ¥ÂÂå°Âå©以å 堶ä»Â屬亠MACROVISION CORPORATION çÂÂçÂ¥è ç¢æ¬Âä¿Âè·ãÂÂ使ç¨該çÂÂæ¬Âä¿Âè·æÂÂè¡Âå¿ é ÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾ MACROVISION CORPORATION çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼Âå¦ÂæÂÂä¸Âç¶ MACROVISION CORPORATION çÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂåªè½ç¨ äºÂå®¶åºÂæÂÂæÂÂéÂÂç¯ÂÃ¥ÂÂçÂÂè§Âè³ÂãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂéÂÂÃ¥ÂÂæÂÂè§£å¯Âç 亦屬äºÂç¦ÂæÂ¢ä¹ÂÃ¥ÂÂã XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 41 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
å ¶ä»Âè³Â訠08 42 ChH çÂÂå£Âå®Âè£ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®åÂÂç°ç¹ÂæÂÂè²å¨系統 å®Âè£ÂæÂÂæÂ¶ ⢠å¨å°ÂæÂÂæÂ¶å®Âè£Âå°æÂÂè²å¨èÂÂé¢æÂ ï¼ è«Â確實åÂÂé å°Â鍿©ÂéÂÂè´ÂçÂÂèº絲ä¸Âç·Âåºå®Âã â¢ è«Âå¿å°ÂæÂÂæÂ¶å®Âè£Âå°ä¸Âç½®æÂÂè²å¨ã â¢ è«Âå¿å°ÂæÂ æÂ¶ å®Â裠å°é¨以 丠æÂÂè²å¨ ç³» çµ±æÂÂé çÂÂé«ÂÃ¥ÂÂç½®æÂÂè²å¨ä¸Âï¼ÂS-DV232Tã å®Âè£Âå â¢ è«Âè¨Âå¾ÂæÂÂè²å¨å¾Âé @åÂÂæÂÂå ¶éÂÂéÂÂå¯å°Âè´æÂ¨è£½ èº絲é¬Âè« ï¼ÂæÂÂçÂÂå£Âç¨æÂÂæÂÂå£Âé£以æÂ¯æÂ ï¼ èÂÂé æÂÂæÂÂè²å¨æÂÂè½ ã è«Â確å®ÂæÂ¨è¦Âå®Âè£ÂçÂÂé£é¢çÂÂç 強度足以æÂ¯æÂ´éÂÂäºÂæÂÂè²å¨ ã è«Âå¿å®Âè£Âå¨è å æÂ¿æÂÂè»Â質çÂÂçÂÂå£Âä¸Âã â¢ å®Âè£Âèº絲æÂªé ã è«Â使ç¨é©åÂÂçÂÂå£Âç¨æÂÂÃ¥ÂÂ以å¯ æÂ¯æÂÂæÂÂè²å¨çÂÂèº絲ã éÂÂ註 ⢠å¦ÂæÂÂæÂ¨ä¸Â確å®ÂçÂÂå£ÂçÂÂ質å°åÂÂ強度 ï¼ è«Âæ´½å°Â楠人士æÂÂä¾ÂæÂÂè¦Âã â¢ Pioneer å°ÂæÂ¼å ä¸ÂæÂ£ç¢ºå®Âè£ÂæÂÂé æÂÂçÂÂæÂÂå¤ÂæÂ æÂÂå£Âï¼Âä¸Âæ¦Âä¸Âè² ä»»ä½Â責任ã 5 â 7 mm åºå®Âèº絲ï¼ÂæÂªéÂÂï¼ æÂÂæÂ¶èº絲ï¼Âå·²éÂÂï¼ 5 mm 10 mm XV-DV131_232T_ChH.book 42 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂÃ¥ÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ
<05C000001> Printed in <ARE7602-A> PIONEER CORPORATION 4-1, Meguro 1-Chome, Meguro-ku, Tokyo 153-8654, Japan PIONEER ELECTRONICS (USA) INC. P.O. BOX 1540, Long Beach, California 90810-1540, U.S.A. TEL: (800) 421-1404 PIONEER ELECTRONICS OF CANADA, INC. 300 Allstate Parkway, Markham, Ontario L3R OP2, Canada TEL: 1-877-283-5901 PIONEER EUROPE NV Haven 1087, Keetberglaan 1, B-9120 Melsele, Belgium TEL: 03/570.05.11 PIONEER ELECTRONICS ASIACENTRE PTE. LTD. 253 Alexandra Road, #04-01, Singapore 159936 TEL: 65-6472-7555 PIONEER ELECTRONICS AUSTRALIA PTY. LTD. 178-184 Boundary Road, Braeside, Victoria 3195, Australia, TEL: (03) 9586-6300 PIONEER ELECTRONICS DE MEXICO S.A. DE C.V. Blvd.Manuel Avila Camacho 138 10 piso Col.Lomas de Chapultepec, Mexico,D.F . 1 1000 TEL: 55-9178-4270 K002_A_En Additional_information.fm 44 ãÂÂã¼ã¸ ï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âï¼Âå¹´ï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂæÂ¥ãÂÂæ°´æÂÂæÂ¥ãÂÂÃ¥ÂÂå¾Âï¼ÂæÂÂï¼Âï¼ÂÃ¥ÂÂ